2008 Toyota Rav4 Owners Manual PDF

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 1
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Steering switches overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overhead console overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Instrument panel overview

"View A
1. Side defroster outlets
2. Side vents
3. Instrument cluster
4. Center vents
5. Auxiliary box
6. Power door lock switches
7. Power window switches
8. Glove box
9. Automatic transmission selector lever
10. Rear console box
11. A/V input adapter
12. Power outlet (115 VAC)
13. Power outlet (12 VDC)
14. AUX adapter
15. Power rear view mirror control switches
16. Parking brake lever
17. Cup holders
18. Hood lock release lever
19. Window lock switch

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"View B (with manual air conditioning system)

1. Instrument panel light control dial
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Four−wheel drive lock switch
(four−wheel drive models) or “AUTO
LSD” switch (two−wheel drive models)
5. Audio system
6. Emergency flasher switch
7. Front passenger occupant classification
indicator light
8. Air conditioning controls
9. Clock display
10. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
11. Power outlet
12. Windshield wiper de−icer switch
13. Seat heater switch
14. Downhill assist control switch
15. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder
light
16. Engine immobilizer system indicator
light

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
17. Engine switch

18. Tilt and telescopic steering lock release
lever

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"View B (with automatic air conditioning system)

1. Instrument panel light control dial
2. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
light switches
3. Wiper and washer switches
4. Four−wheel drive lock switch
(four−wheel drive models) or “AUTO
LSD” switch (two−wheel drive models)
5. Audio system
6. Emergency flasher switch
indicator light
8. Air conditioning controls
9. Rear window and outside rear view
mirror defogger switch
10. Clock and air conditioning display
11. Power outlet
12. Windshield wiper de−icer switch
13. Seat heater switch
14. Downhill assist control switch
15. Front passenger’s seat belt reminder
light
16. Engine immobilizer system indicator
light

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
17. Engine switch

18. Tilt and telescopic steering lock release
lever
19. Power outlet main switch

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Steering switches overview Overhead console overview

1. Front personal lights
2. Microphone
3. Auxiliary box
4. Electric moon roof switch
Without electric moon roof

1. Audio remote control switches
2. Telephone switch
3. Speech command switch
4. Cruise control switch
With electric moon roof

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Instrument cluster overview
1. Tachometer 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 7. Trip meter reset knob

2. Service reminder indicators and 5. Fuel gauge
indicator lights 6. Odometer, two trip meters and outside
3. Speedometer temperature display

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel
Low fuel level warning light∗1

or Brake system warning light∗1
or Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1
Open door warning light∗1

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1
SRS warning light∗1
Automatic transmission fluid temperature

Charging system warning light∗1
warning light∗1
Enhanced vehicle stability control

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1
system/traction control system warning light∗1
Tire pressure warning light∗1

or Malfunction indicator lamp∗1
“4WD” warning light∗1

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Electric power steering system warning light∗1 Automatic transmission indicator lights
(4−speed)
Low windshield washer fluid level warning Automatic transmission indicator lights
light∗1 (5−speed)
Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1 Four−wheel drive lock indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator

Slip indicator light
lights
Headlight indicator light “AUTO LSD” indicator light
Tail light indicator light Downhill assist control system indicator light
Headlight high beam indicator light Cruise control indicator light∗2
∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning

Turn signal indicator lights
buzzers” on page 129 in Section 1−6.
∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 168 in
Front fog light indicator light Section 1−7.
10

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 2
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Engine immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Wireless remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electric moon roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
11

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Keys (without engine Keys (with engine immobilizer

immobilizer system) system)
Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds KEY NUMBER PLATE Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
of keys. Your key number is shown on the plate. of keys.
1. Master keys—These keys work in ev- Keep the plate in a safe place such as 1. Master keys—These keys work in ev-
ery lock. your wallet, not in the vehicle. ery lock. Your Toyota dealer will need
2. Sub key—This key will not work in the If you should lose your keys or if you one of them to make a new key with
glove box. need additional keys, duplicates can be a built−in transponder chip.
To protect items locked in the glove box made by a Toyota dealer using the key 2. Sub key—This key will not work in the
when using valet parking, leave the sub number. glove box.
key with the attendant. We recommend writing down the key num- A transponder chip for engine immobilizer
Since the side doors can be locked with- ber and storing it in a safe place. system has been placed in the head of
out a key, you should always carry a the master and sub keys. These chips are
spare key in case you accidentally lock needed to enable the system to function
your keys inside the vehicle. correctly, so be careful not to lose these
keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the system
or start the engine.
12

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To protect items locked in the glove box

when using valet parking, leave the sub
key with the attendant.
Since the side doors can be locked with-
out a key, you should always carry a
spare key in case you accidentally lock
your keys inside the vehicle.
NOTICE z When starting the engine, do not

use the key with other transponder
When using a key containing a trans-
keys around (including keys of oth-
ponder chip, observe the following
er vehicles) and do not press other
precautions:
key plates against the key grip.
z When starting the engine, do not Otherwise the engine may not start,
use the key with a key ring resting or may stop soon after it starts. If
on the key grip and do not press this happens, remove the key once
the key ring against the key grip. and then insert it again after remov-
Otherwise the engine may not start, ing other transponder keys (includ-
or may stop soon after it starts. ing keys of other vehicles) from the
ring or while gripping or covering
them with your hand to start the
engine.
13

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
z Do not cover the key grip with any

material that cuts off electromagnet-
ic waves.
z Do not knock the key hard against
other objects.
z Do not leave the key exposed to
high temperatures for a long period,
such as on the dashboard and hood
under direct sunlight.
z Do not put the key in water or
wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
z Do not use the key with electromag-
netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE
z Do not bend the key grip.
Your key number is shown on the plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as
your wallet, not in the vehicle.
If you should lose your keys or if you
need additional keys, duplicates can be
made by a Toyota dealer using the key
number.
We recommend writing down the key num-
ber and storing it in a safe place.
14

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine immobilizer system

The system is maintenance−free.
For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built−in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.
If you make your own duplicate key,
you will not be able to cancel the sys-
tem or start the engine.
NOTICE
Do not modify, remove or disas-
The engine immobilizer system is a The system is automatically set when the semble the engine immobilizer sys-
theft prevention system. When you in- key is removed from the engine switch. tem. If any unauthorized changes or
sert the key in the engine switch, the The indicator light will start flashing to modifications are made, proper opera-
transponder chip in the key’s head show the system is set. tion of the system cannot be guaran-
transmits an electronic code to the ve- In the following cases, contact your Toyota teed.
hicle. The engine will start only when dealer.
the electronic code in the chip corre-
sponds to the registered ID code for D The indicator light stays on.
the vehicle. D The indicator light does not start flash-
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle ing when the key is removed from the
when you leave the vehicle. engine switch.
D The indicator light flashes inconsistent-
ly.
Inserting the registered key in the engine
switch automatically cancels the system,
which enables the engine to start. The
indicator light will go off.
15

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Wireless remote control—

For vehicles sold in U.S.A. For vehicles sold in Canada
FCC ID: MOZRI−20BTY This device complies with RSS−210 of

This device complies with Part 15 of the industry Canada. Operation is subject to
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the the following two conditions:
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interfer-
(1) This device may not cause harmful ence, and (2) this device must accept
interference, and (2) this device must any interference, including interference
accept any interference received, includ- that may cause undesired operation of
ing interference that may cause unde- the device.
sired operation.
CAUTION 1. Indicator light

2. Lock switch
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party respon- 3. Alarm switch
sible for compliance could void the 4. Unlock switch
user’s authority to operate the equip-
The wireless remote control system is
ment.
designed to lock or unlock all the side
doors and back door or activate the
alarm from a distance within
approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
When you operate any switch, push it
slowly and securely. At this time, the indi-
cator light flashes once.
The wireless remote control key is an
electronic component. Observe the follow-
ing instructions in order not to cause dam-
age to the key.
16

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Do not leave the key in places where For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
the temperature becomes high such as NOTICE:
on the dashboard. This device complies with Part 15 of the This equipment has been tested and
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the found to comply with the limits for a
D Do not disassemble it. Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
following two conditions:
D Avoid knocking it hard against other 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
objects or dropping it. (1) This device may not cause harmful designed to provide reasonable protec-
interference, and (2) this device must tion against harmful interference in a
D Avoid putting it in water. accept any interference received, includ- residential installation. This equipment
You can use up to 3 wireless remote con- ing interference that may cause unde- generates, uses and can radiate radio
trol keys for the same vehicle. Contact sired operation. frequency energy and, if not installed
your Toyota dealer for detailed information.
and used in accordance with the instruc-
If the wireless remote control key does tions, may cause harmful interference to
not actuate the side doors and back door radio communications. However, there
or alarm, or operate from a normal dis- is no guarantee that interference will not
tance or the indicator on the key is occur in a particular installation. If this
dimmed or does not come on: equipment does cause harmful interfer-
D Check for closeness to a radio trans- ence to radio or television reception,
mitter such as a radio station or an which can be determined by turning the
airport which can interfere with normal equipment off and on, the user is en-
operation of the key. couraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following
D The battery may have been consumed. measures:
Check the battery in the key. To re-
place the battery, see “—Replacing bat-
tery” on page 20.
If you lose your wireless remote control
key, contact your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible to avoid the possibility of
theft, or an accident. (See “If you lose
your keys” on page 379 in Section 4.)
17

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Locking and unlocking

doors
To lock and unlock all the doors, push
D Reorient or relocate the receiving an- the switches of the key slowly and se-
tenna. curely. At this time, the indicator light
D Increase the separation between the on the key grip flashes once.
equipment and receiver. To lock: Push the lock switch. All the side
D Connect the equipment into an outlet doors and back door are locked simulta-
on a circuit different from that to neously. At this time one beep will be
which the receiver is connected. heard, and the turn signal lights flash
once.
D Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help. Check to see that all the side doors and
back door are securely locked.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not ex- The beep and flashing turn signal lights
pressly approved by the party respon- can be disabled. For details, contact your
Locking operation
sible for compliance could void the Toyota dealer.
user’s authority to operate the equip- If any of the side doors or the back door
ment. is not securely closed, locking cannot be
performed by the lock switch and a beep
For vehicles sold in Canada will sound continuously for 10 seconds.
However, if the key is in the engine
NOTE switch, a beep will not sound.
Operation is subject to the following two To stop the beep, close all the side doors
conditions: and back door securely or push the un-
(1) this device may not cause interfer- lock switch.
ence, and (2) this device must accept The beep can be disabled. For details,
any interference, including interference contact your Toyota dealer.
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
Unlocking operation
18

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Activating alarm
To unlock: Push the unlock switch once to This alarm function can be disabled. For
unlock the driver’s door alone. Pushing details, contact your Toyota dealer.
the switch twice within 3 seconds unlocks
all the side doors and back door simulta-
neously. Each time the unlock switch is
pushed, two beeps will be heard, and the
turn signal lights flash twice.
This double switch operation to unlock all
the side doors and back door can be
changed to a single switch operation. For
details, contact your Toyota dealer.
When you unlock all the doors using the
wireless remote control, the illuminated
entry function will be activated. (For fur-
Pushing the alarm switch blows the
ther information, see “Illuminated entry horn intermittently and flashes the
system” on page 119 in Section 1−5.)
headlights, tail lights and turn signal
You have 30 seconds to open a door after lights and turns on the interior and per-
using the wireless remote unlock feature. sonal lights.
If a door is not opened by then, all the
The alarm switch is used to deter vehicle
side doors and back door will be automati- theft when you witness anyone attempting
cally locked again.
to break into or damage your vehicle.
The time before automatic door lock func-
The alarm will last for one minute. To stop
tion can be changed. For details, contact alarm midway, push any of the switch on
your Toyota dealer.
the key. You can also stop the alarm by
If the lock or unlock switch is kept turning the engine switch from the “LOCK”
pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera- to the “ON” position.
tion is not repeated. Release the switch
The alarm function does not work when
and then push again. the engine switch is in the “ON” position.
19

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Replacing battery
For replacement, use a CR2016 lithium
battery or equivalent.
CAUTION
Special care should be taken to pre-

vent small children from swallowing
the removed battery or components.
NOTICE
z When replacing the battery, be care-
ful not to lose the components.
z Replace only with the same or 1. Open the cover using a flathead screw- 2. Remove the module from the key
equivalent type recommended by a driver wrapped with plastic tape. frame.
Toyota dealer.
z Dispose of used batteries according
to the local laws.
Replace the battery by following these

procedures:
20

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
z Do not bend the terminals.
z Make sure the positive side and
negative side of the battery are
faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause unexpected
rust.
z Do not touch or move any compo-
nents inside the transmitter, or it
may interfere with proper operation.
z Be careful not to bend the electrode
3. Open and remove the battery case 4. Take out the discharged battery and
when inserting the battery and that
cover using a coin. put in a new battery with the positive
dust or oils do not adhere to the
(+) side up.
battery case.
5. Install the battery case cover and then
z Close the battery case securely.
install the module into the key frame.
Close the cover.
After replacing the battery, check that the
6. When pushing either switch on the
key operates properly. If the key still does
wireless key, make sure the indicator
not operate properly, contact your Toyota
light comes on.
dealer.
21

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Side doors
CAUTION
Do not pull the inside handle of the

doors while driving. The doors will
open and an accident may occur.
Toyota strongly recommends that all
children be placed in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Closing the door with the lock knob in the

lock position will also lock the door. Be
careful not to lock your keys in the ve-
hicle.
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH Doors cannot be locked if you leave the
Insert the key into the keyhole and turn INSIDE LOCK KNOB key in the engine switch.
it. Move the lock knob.
To lock: Turn the key forward. To lock: Push the knob forward.
To unlock: Turn the key backward. To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
All the side doors and back door lock and The front doors can be opened by pulling
unlock simultaneously with driver’s door. the inside handle even if the lock knobs
In the driver’s door lock, turning the key are in the locked position.
once will unlock the driver’s door and
twice in succession will unlock all the side
doors and back door simultaneously.
When the driver’s door is unlocked using
the key, the illuminated entry system will
be activated. (For further information, see
“Illuminated entry system” on page 119 in
Section 1−5.)
22

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
Push the switch.
To lock: Push the switch down on the
right side.
To unlock: Push the switch down on the
left side.
Operating the switch simultaneously locks
or unlocks all the side doors and back
door.
If you do either of the following, no door
can be unlocked with the power door lock
Driver’s side switch.
REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS
D Lock all the doors with the key or wire-
less remote control when all the doors Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
are closed. position as shown on the label.
D Open the driver’s door and move the When the child−protector is locked, you
inside lock knobs to the lock position, cannot open the rear door by the inside
then close the door. door handle. We recommend using this
feature whenever small children are in the
The power door lock switch can be reset
vehicle.
in the following ways.
D Turn the engine switch to the “ON”
position.
D Unlock all the doors with the key or
wireless remote control.
D Unlock the driver’s door with the inside
Front passenger’s side lock knob, and then unlock all the
doors with the power door lock switch.
23

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Power windows
OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW
CAUTION
Use the switch on the driver’s door.
Before driving, be sure that the doors Normal operation: The window moves as
are closed and locked, especially long as you hold the switch.
when small children are in the ve- To open: Lightly push down the switch.
hicle. Along with the proper use of To close: Lightly pull up the switch.
seat belts, locking the doors helps
Automatic operation: Push the switch
prevent the driver and passengers
from being thrown out from the ve- completely down or pull it completely up,
and then release it. The window will fully
hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-
open or close. To stop the window part-
vent the doors from being opened
unintentionally. way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-
site direction and then release it.
Jam protection function: During automat-
The windows can be operated with the
switch on each door. The passengers’ ic closing operation, the window stops and
windows can also be controlled by the opens half way if something gets caught
switches on the driver’s door. between the window and window frame.
The power windows work when the engine If the window receives a strong impact,
switch is in the “ON” position. this function may work even if nothing is
caught.
Key off operation: If the either front door
is closed, they work for 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned off. They
stop working when the either front door is
opened.
24

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the power window does not operate

automatically or the jam protection Window
function does not operate correctly, you lock
should normalize the power window. switch
To normalize the power window:
1. Push down the power window switch
and lower the windows fully.
2. Pull up the switch until the windows
close and hold the switch for a second.
Make sure that the window open and
close automatically. If the power windows
cannot be operated properly, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’
CAUTION WINDOWS
Use the switch on each passenger’s
D Never try jamming any part of your door or the switches on the driver’s
body to activate the jam protection door that control each passenger’s win-
function intentionally, as it could re- dow.
sult in a death or serious injury. The window moves as long as you hold
D The jam protection function may the switch.
not work if something gets caught To open: Push down the switch.
just before the window is fully To close: Pull up the switch.
closed.
If you push in the window lock switch on
the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows
cannot be operated.
25

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Back door
CAUTION D Never leave anyone (particularly a

small child) alone in your vehicle,
To avoid death or serious personal especially with the key still in-
injury, you must do the following. serted. Otherwise, he/she could use
D Before you close the power win- the power window switches and get
dows, always make sure there is trapped in a window. Unattended
nobody around the power windows. person (particularly a small child)
You must also make sure the can be involved in a serious acci-
heads, hands and other parts of the dent.
bodies of all occupants are kept
completely inside the vehicle. If
someone’s neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing window, it
could result in death or serious in- To open the back door, pull the handle.
jury. When anyone closes the power All the side doors and back door lock and
windows, make sure he or she op- unlock simultaneously with the driver’s
erates the windows safely. door.
D When small children are in the ve- Operating the power door lock switch or
hicle, never let them use the power wireless remote control key simultaneously
window switches without supervi- locks or unlocks the back door. (See
sion. Use the window lock switch to “—Locking and unlocking doors” on page
prevent them from making unex- 18 and “Side doors” on page 22 in this
pected use of the switches. Section.)
D Be sure to remove the key when When closing the back door, make sure
you leave your vehicle. it is fully closed.
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 336
in Section 2 for precautions when loading
luggage.
26

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Hood
CAUTION
D Keep the back door closed while

driving. This not only keeps the
luggage from being thrown out but
also prevents exhaust gases from
entering the vehicle.
D If the open back door hides the
stop, tail or rear turn signal lights
while you are parked, other road
users must be warned of the pres-
ence of your vehicle by a warning
triangle or other device.
To open the hood: 2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The auxiliary catch lever and lift the
hood will spring up slightly. hood.
CAUTION
Before driving, be sure that the hood

is closed and securely locked. Other-
wise, the hood may open unexpected-
ly while driving and an accident may
occur.
27

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Fuel tank cap
CAUTION
After inserting the support rod into

the slot, make sure the rod supports
the hood securely from falling down
on to your head or body.
NOTICE
Be sure to return the support rod to
its clip before closing the hood. Clos-
ing the hood with the support rod up
could cause the hood to bend.
3. Hold the hood open by inserting the This indicates that the fuel filler door
support rod into the slot. is on the left side of your vehicle.
To insert the support rod into the slot,
move it straight up. If it is moved to the
side or toward the inside of the vehicle,
it may become detached.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. and return the support rod to its
clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the
hood and make sure it locks into place.
If necessary, press down gently on the
front edge to lock it.
28

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the 2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn 3. The removed cap can be hanged on
lever up. the cap counterclockwise. Pause the cap hanger.
When refueling, turn off the engine. slightly before removing it. When installing the cap, turn it clock-
It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh wise until one click is heard, in order
CAUTION when the cap is opened. to fully close it. The cap returns slight-
ly when your hand is released from the
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al- cap after closure, however this does
low open flames when refueling. not cause any problems.
The fumes are flammable. If the cap is not tightened securely, the
D When opening the cap, do not re- malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
move the cap quickly. In hot weath- Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
er, fuel under pressure could cause The indicator lamp goes off after driving
injury by spraying out of the filler several times. If the indicator lamp does
neck if the cap is suddenly re- not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
moved. soon as possible.
29

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Electric moon roof

To operate the moon roof, use the
CAUTION switch on the overhead console.
The engine switch must be in the “ON”
D Make sure the cap is tightened se-
position.
curely to prevent fuel spillage in
the event of an accident. The sun shade can be opened or closed
D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank by hand.
cap for replacement. It is designed Automatic sliding operation—
to regulate fuel tank pressure. To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDE
OPEN” side.
NOTICE The roof will open and stop partway 50
mm (2.0 in.) from the fully opened posi-
To prevent damage to the cap, apply tion. When you push the “SLIDE OPEN”
force only in the turning direction to Sliding operation side again, the moon roof will open fully.
the cap. Do not pull or pry it. To stop the roof partway, push the switch
on either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.
As driving with the moon roof opened fully
will cause wind throbs, we recommend
you to drive with the moon roof partway
50 mm (2.0 in.) from the fully opened
position.
The sun shade will be opened together
with the roof.
To close: Push the switch on the “TILT
UP” side.
The roof will fully close automatically. To
Tilting operation
stop the roof partway, push the switch on
either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”
side briefly.
30

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Manual sliding operation— Key off operation: The moon roof works
for 45 seconds even after the engine CAUTION
To open the moon roof slightly, quickly
push and release the switch on the switch is turned off. It stops working when
either front door is opened. To avoid death or serious personal
“SLIDE OPEN” side.
injury, you must do the following:
To close the moon roof slightly, quickly Jam protection function: If something
gets caught between the moon roof and D While the vehicle is moving, always
push and release the switch on the “TILT keep the heads, hands and other
UP” side. frame during closing operation, the moon
roof stops and opens half way. parts of the bodies of all occupants
Automatic tilting operation— away from the roof opening. Failure
If the moon roof receives a strong impact, to do so may result in death or
To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILT this function may work even if nothing is
UP” side. serious injury if the vehicle stops
caught.
suddenly or if the vehicle is in-
To tilt down: Push the switch on the If the moon roof does not operate auto- volved in an accident.
“SLIDE OPEN” side. matically or the jam protection function
D Before you close the moon roof,
The roof will fully tilt up or down automati- does not operate correctly, you should
always make sure there is nobody
cally. To stop the roof partway, push the normalize the moon roof.
around the moon roof. You must
switch on either the “SLIDE OPEN” or To normalize the moon roof, push and also make sure nobody places his
“TILT UP” side briefly. hold the moon roof switch on the “TILT or her head, hands and other parts
Manual tilting operation— UP” side until the roof fully tilts up. Then of the body in the roof opening. If
To tilt up the moon roof slightly, quickly release the switch. Push and hold the someone’s neck, head or hands get
push and release the switch on the “TILT switch on the “TILT UP” side until the caught in the closing roof, it could
UP” side. moon roof tilts up, tilts down, slides open result in death or serious injury.
and then closes automatically. When anyone closes the moon roof,
To tilt down the moon roof slightly, quickly first make sure it is safe to do so.
push and release the switch on the Make sure that the moon roof opens and
“SLIDE OPEN” side. closes automatically. If the moon roof can-
not be operated properly, have it checked
by your Toyota dealer.
31

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Be sure to remove the key when

you leave your vehicle.
D Never leave anyone (particularly a
small child) alone in your vehicle,
especially with the key still in-
serted. Otherwise, he/she could use
the moon roof switch and get
trapped in the roof opening. Unat-
tended person (particularly a small
child) can be involved in a serious
accident.
D Never sit on top of the vehicle
around the roof opening.
D Never try jamming any part of your
body to activate the jam protection
function intentionally, as it could re-
sult in a death or serious injury.
D The jam protection function may
not work if something gets caught
just before the moon roof is fully
closed.
32

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 3
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Flattening front seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Seat heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
33

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Front seats—
Seats —Front seat precautions
While the vehicle is being driven, all ve- Driver seat
hicle occupants should have the seatback D Slightly recline the back of the
upright, sit well back in the seat and prop- CAUTION seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
erly wear the seat belts provided. many drivers can achieve the 250
The SRS driver airbag deploys with mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
CAUTION considerable force, and can cause driver seat all the way forward, sim-
death or serious injury especially if ply by reclining the back of the
D Do not drive the vehicle unless the the driver is very close to the airbag. seat somewhat. If reclining the back
occupants are properly seated. Do The National Highway Traffic Safety of your seat makes it hard to see
not allow any passengers to sit on Administration (“NHTSA”) advises: the road, raise yourself by using a
top of a folded−down seatback, or firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise
Since the risk zone for driver airbag the seat if your vehicle has that
in the luggage compartment or car- is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
go area. Persons not properly feature.
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
seated and/or not properly rein.) from your driver airbag provides D If your steering wheel is adjustable,
strained by seat belts can be killed you with a clear margin of safety. tilt it downward. This points the air-
or severely injured in the event of This distance is measured from the bag toward your chest instead of
emergency braking or a collision. center of the steering wheel to your your head and neck.
D During driving, do not allow any breastbone. If you sit less than 250 The seat should be adjusted as rec-
passengers to stand up or move mm (10 in.) away now, you can ommended by NHTSA above, while
around between seats. Otherwise, change your driving position in sever- still maintaining control of the foot
death or severe injuries can occur al ways: pedals, steering wheel, and your view
in the event of emergency braking D Move your seat to the rear as far of the instrument panel controls.
or a collision. as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
34

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Seat adjustment precautions

Front passenger seat Front seats (with SRS side airbags)
CAUTION
CAUTION CAUTION
D Do not adjust the seat while the
The SRS front passenger airbag also The SRS side airbags are installed in vehicle is moving as the seat may
deploys with considerable force, and the driver and front passenger seats. unexpectedly move and cause the
can cause death or serious injury es- Observe the following precautions. driver to lose control of the vehicle.
pecially if the front passenger is very D Do not lean against the front door D Be careful that the seat does not
close to the airbag. The front passen- when the vehicle is in use, since hit a passenger or luggage.
ger seat should be as far from the the side airbag inflates with consid- D After adjusting the seat position,
airbag as possible with the seatback erable speed and force. Otherwise, try sliding it forward and backward
adjusted, so the front passenger sits you may be killed or seriously in- to make sure it is locked in posi-
upright. jured. tion.
D Do not use seat accessories which D After adjusting the seatback, push
cover the area where the side air- your body back against the seat to
bags inflate. Such accessories may make sure the seat is locked in
prevent the side airbags from acti- position.
vating correctly, causing death or D Do not put objects under the seats.
serious injury. Otherwise, the objects may interfere
D Do not modify or replace the seats with the seat−lock mechanism or
or upholstery of the seats with side unexpectedly push up the seat posi-
airbags. Such change may prevent tion adjusting lever and the seat
the side airbag system from activat- may suddenly move, causing the
ing correctly, disable the system or driver to lose control of the vehicle.
cause the side airbags to inflate ac- D While adjusting the seat, do not put
cidentally, resulting in death or seri- your hands under the seat or near
ous injury. the moving parts. Otherwise, your
hands or fingers may be caught and
injured.
35

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Adjusting front seats

(manual seat)
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
position with slight body pressure and
release the lever.
2. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTING LEVER
Pull up or push down the lever.
3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
LEVER
Lean forward and pull the lever up.
Then lean back to the desired angle
and release the lever.
Driver’s seat Passenger’s seat
36

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Adjusting front seats (power

seat)
1. SEAT POSITION, SEAT CUSHION
CAUTION ANGLE AND SEAT HEIGHT
ADJUSTING SWITCH
Avoid reclining the seatback any
Move the control switch in the desired
more than needed. The seat belts pro-
direction.
vide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and Releasing the switch will stop the seat at
the front passenger are sitting up that position.
straight and well back in the seats. If Do not place anything under the front
you are reclined, the lap belt may seats, as this might interfere with the seat
slide past your hips and apply re- movement.
straint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoul- 2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING
SWITCH
der belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is re- Move the control switch in the desired
clined, the greater the risk of death direction.
or serious injury. Releasing the switch will stop the seat-
back at that position.
37

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Flattening front seatbacks

(manual seat)
CAUTION
Avoid reclining the seatback any

more than needed. The seat belts pro-
vide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and
the front passenger are sitting up
straight and well back in the seats. If
you are reclined, the lap belt may
slide past your hips and apply re-
straint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoul-
der belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is re- 1. Hold the center of the lever and pull 2. Remove the front head restraint.
clined, the greater the risk of death it up. Then slide the rear/second Hold the center of the lever and pull
or serious injury. seats fully backward and pull it for- it up. Then slide the front seat fur-
ward slightly until it locks. ther forward than the front−most
3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT lock position.
ADJUSTING SWITCH
Push the control switch on either side.
The amount of lumbar support will change
while the switch is pushed.
38

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Flattening front seatbacks

(power seat)
CAUTION
D Do not allow passengers to ride on

the flattened seat while driving; use
the seat in the normal position.
D After returning the seat to its origi-
nal position, try pushing the seat
and seatback forward and rearward
to make sure it is secured in place.
Be certain to replace head restraint.
3. Pull the seatback angle adjusting le- 1. Hold the center of the lever and pull
ver up to unlock and push down the it up. Then slide the rear/second
seatback. seats fully backward and pull it for-
When returning the seatback to the upward slightly until it locks.
right position, be careful not to make
yourself hit by the seatback which will
bound with considerable spring force.
After returning the seat to its original
position, be certain to replace the head
restraint.
39

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
D Do not allow passengers to ride on

the flattened seat while driving; use
the seat in the normal position.
D After putting back the seat, try
pushing the seat and seatback for-
ward and rearward to make sure it
is secured in place. Be certain to
replace the head restraint.
2. Remove the front head restraint. 3. Move the seatback angle adjusting
Push the seat position adjusting switch backward to flatten the seat-
switch forward to slide the seat to back.
the front−most position. After returning the seat to its original
position, be certain to replace the head
restraint.
40

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear seats—
—Rear seat precautions —Adjusting rear/second seats
CAUTION D When returning seats to their origi-

nal position, observe the following
D Do not adjust the seat while the precautions in order to prevent
vehicle is moving. death or serious injury in a colli-
D Be careful that the seat does not sion or sudden stop:
hit a passenger or luggage. Make sure the seat is securely
D Adjust both seat cushions to the locked by pushing forward and rear-
same position and align all seat- ward on the top of the seatback.
backs at the same angle when a Failure to do so will prevent the
person sits in the rear center posi- seat belt from operating properly.
tion. Otherwise, the person cannot Make sure the seat belts are not
wear the seat belt properly and this twisted or caught under the seat
may cause death or serious injuries and are arranged in their proper
in a collision. position and are ready to use.
D After adjusting the seat position,
try sliding it forward and backward Folding down the seats will enlarge the
to make sure it is locked in posi- luggage compartment. See “—Stowage
tion. precautions” on page 336 in Section 2 for
D After adjusting the seatback, push precautions when loading luggage.
back your body to make sure the
seat is locked in position.
Without third seat
41

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVERS

CAUTION
Hold the center of the lever and pull it
up. Then slide the seat to the desired
D Adjustments should not be made
position with slight body pressure and
while the vehicle is moving.
release the lever.
D Adjust both seat cushions to the
When a person sits in the rear center same position and align all seat-
position, adjust both seat cushions to
backs at the same angle when a
the same position.
person sits in the rear center posi-
2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING tion. Otherwise, the person cannot
LEVERS wear the seat belt properly and this
Pull down the lever. Then lean back to may cause death or serious injuries
the desired angle and release the lever. in a collision.
When a person sits in the rear center D Avoid reclining the seatback any
position, align all seatbacks at the more than needed. The seat belts
same angle. provide maximum protection in a
frontal or rear collision when the
passengers are sitting up straight
and well back in the seats. If you
are reclined, the lap belt may slide
past your hips and apply restraint
forces directly to the abdomen or
your neck may contact the shoulder
belt. In the event of a frontal colli-
sion, the more the seat is reclined,
the greater the risk of death or ser-
ious injury.
With third seat
42

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Moving second seat for —Fold−down rear/second

third seat entry seats
D After adjusting the seatback, push

back your body to make sure it is
locked in position.
D After adjusting the seat position,
try sliding it forward and backward
to make sure it is locked in posi-
tion.
For easy access to the third seat from BEFORE FOLDING DOWN
right side, do this. REAR/SECOND SEATS
Pull down the lever and fold the seat- 1. If the center seat belt is connected,
back. The seat will slide forward. release it to prevent damage.
After passengers are in, lift up the seat- Insert the key into the hole on the
back and return the seat to the original buckle to release the tab, and allow the
position. belt to retract.
CAUTION
After putting back the seat, try push-

ing the seat forward and rearward to
make sure it is secured in place.
43

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
2. Insert the tabs of the center seat 3. Make sure the outer seat belt passes 4. Stow the rear/second seat belt
belt into the cover. Make sure the through the hanger when folding the buckles as shown in the illustration.
tabs are securely locked in the cov- rear/second seat. This prevents the buckles from falling out
er. This prevents the shoulder belt from being when you fold down the rear/second seat.
damaged.
NOTICE
CAUTION
The seat belt tabs must be stowed CAUTION
before you fold the seatback. Before using the seat belt, pull out
The seat belt must be removed from the buckle and make sure the belt is
the hanger when the seat belt is in not twisted.
use.
NOTICE
The seat belt buckles must be stowed
before you fold the seatback.
44

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
FOLDING DOWN REAR/SECOND SEATS 2. Lower the head restraint to the low- 3. Raise the armrest until it locks.
1. Hold the center of the lever and pull est position.
it up. Then slide the rear seat fully
backward and pull it forward slightly
until it locks.
45

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Without third seats—

The rear seat can be folded down for
the luggage compartment. Open the
back door and pull the lock release le-
ver to fold down the rear seat.
Before folding down the rear seat, slide
the rear seat fully backward and pull it
forward slightly until it locks. Then raise
the armrest until it locks.
Folding down the seats will enlarge the
luggage compartment. See “—Stowage
precautions” on page 336 in Section 2 for
precautions when loading luggage.
Left side
4. Pull down the seatback angle adjust-
ing lever and fold down the seat-
back.
Right side
46

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Stowing third seats for

luggage space
RETURNING SEATBACKS
CAUTION
Raise the seatback until it locks.
Do not fold the rear seatback when
the rear passengers sit on the rear CAUTION
seats or the luggage is placed on the
seat. Make sure that no passengers Do not allow passengers to ride on
or luggage are on the rear seats. the folded seat or in the luggage
compartment while driving; use the
seat in its normal position.
When returning the seatback to the
upright position, observe the follow-
ing precautions in order to prevent
serious injury in a collision or sud-
den stop: BEFORE FOLDING DOWN THIRD SEATS
D Make sure the seatback is securely 1. Stow the third seat belt buckles as
locked by pushing forward and rear- shown in the illustration.
ward on the top of the seatback.
Failure to do so will prevent the NOTICE
seat belt from operating properly.
To prevent damage to the seat belt
D Make sure the seat belts are not
buckles, they must be stowed before
twisted or caught in the seatback
you fold down the seatback.
and are arranged in their proper
position and are ready to use.
47

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
2. Pass the third seat belts through the STOWING THIRD SEATS 2. Pull the seatback lock release strap
hangers. 1. Lower the head restraint to the low- to fold down the seatback. Make
This prevents the shoulder belt from being est position. sure it is locked securely.
damaged.
CAUTION
The seat belt must be removed from

the hanger when the seat belt is in
use.
48

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
4. Push the seat on the front side

against the floor and push the seat
on rear side against the floor. Make
sure it is locked securely.
3. Pull and hold the seat lock release

strap and lift up the seat rearward.
Then push the seat down.
If the seat does not lift up when the seat
lock release strap is pulled, lift the seat-
back by pulling the seatback lock release
strap, and push the seatback down again.
49

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
When stowing or returning the seat,

observe the following precautions in
order to prevent death or serious in-
jury:
D Make sure the seat is free of people
or luggage. Then, hold the seat and
slowly move it. Otherwise, people
may be injured or luggage may be
damaged if the seat hits them.
D Be careful not to get your hands or
feet pinched in the seat.
RETURNING THIRD SEATS 2. Pull the seatback lock release strap
and raise the seatback. D Do not stow and return the seats
1. Pull and hold the seat lock release when you are inside the vehicle in
strap, then lift up the seat forward. order to prevent pinching your
Push the seat down. Push the seat hands or feet in the seat. Be sure
on the rear side against the floor to stow and return the seats from
and push the seat on the front side. outside the vehicle.
Make sure it is locked securely.
If the seat does not lift up when the seat
lock release strap is pulled, lock the seat-
back again.
To lock the seatback, lift the seatback by
pulling the seatback lock release strap
and push the seatback down.
50

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Armrest Head restraints
When returning seats to their original

position, observe the following pre-
cautions in order to prevent death or
serious injury in a collision or sud-
den stop:
D Make sure the seat is securely
locked by pushing forward and rear-
ward on the top of the seatback or
by trying to pull up the edge of the
bottom cushion. Failure to do so
will prevent the seat belt from oper-
ating properly.
D Make sure the seat belts are not Front seats
twisted or caught in the seatback To use the armrest, lower the center
and are arranged in their proper head restraint. Pull the strap and pull
position and are ready to use. the armrest down.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest,
avoid putting heavy loads on it.
Rear/second seats
51

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Seat heaters
CAUTION
D Adjust the center of the head re-

straint so that it is closest to the
top of your ears.
D After adjusting the head restraint,
make sure it is locked in position.
D Do not drive with the head re-
straints removed.
Third seats
To turn on the seat heater, push the
switches (“L” switch for driver’s seat
For your safety and comfort, adjust the and “R” switch for passenger’s seat).
head restraint before driving. At this time, the indicator light will illu-
To raise: Pull it up. minate to indicate the seat heater is
To lower: Push it down while pressing the operating.
lock release button. To turn off the seat heater, push the
The rear/second seats and third seats switch once again.
head restraints—When an occupant sits The engine switch must be in the “ON”
on the rear seats, always pull up the head position to operate seat heaters.
restraint to the lock position.
The head restraint is most effective when
it is close to your head. Therefore, using
a cushion on the seatback is not recom-
mended.
52

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Seat belts—
—Seat belt precautions
Toyota strongly urges that the driver and
CAUTION NOTICE
passengers in the vehicle be properly re-
z Do not put unevenly weighed ob- strained at all times with the seat belts
Occupants must use caution when op- provided. Failure to do so could increase
jects on the seat and do not stick
erating the seat heater because it the chance of injury and/or the severity of
sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)
may make them feel too hot or cause injury in accidents.
into the seat.
burns at low temperatures (erythema,
z When cleaning the seats, do not The seat belts provided for your vehicle
varicella). Use extra caution for;
use organic substances (paint thin- are designed for people of adult size,
D Babies, small children, elderly per- ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline, large enough to properly wear them.
sons, sick persons or persons with
etc.). They may damage the heater Child. Use a child restraint system ap-
physical disabilities
and seat surface. propriate for the child until the child be-
D Persons who have sensitive skin z To prevent the battery from being comes large enough to properly wear the
D Persons who are exhausted discharged, turn the switch off vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”
when the engine is not running. on page 85 in this Section for details.
D Persons who have taken alcohol or
drugs which induce sleep (sleeping If a child is too large for a child restraint
drug, cold remedy, etc.) system, the child should sit in the rear
seat and must be restrained using the
To prevent the seat overheating, do
vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
not use the seat heater with a blan-
statistics, the child is safer when properly
ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-
restrained in the rear seat than in the
jects which cover the seat.
front seat.
If a child must sit in the front seat, the
seat belts should be worn properly. If an
accident occurs and seat belts are not
worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-
tion of the airbag may cause death or
serious injury to the child.
53

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Do not allow any children to stand up or

kneel on either rear or front seats. An CAUTION D Be careful not to damage the belt
unrestrained child could suffer serious in- webbing or hardware. Take care that
jury or death during emergency braking or Persons should ride in their seats they do not get caught or pinched
a collision. Also, do not let the child sit properly wearing their seat belts in the seat or side doors.
on your lap. Holding a child in your arms whenever the vehicle is moving. D Inspect the belt system periodically.
does not provide sufficient restraint. Otherwise, they are much more likely Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
to suffer death or serious bodily inju- parts. Damaged parts should be re-
Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
ry, in the event of sudden braking or placed. Do not disassemble or
use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
a collision. modify the system.
specific recommendations. The lap belt
should be worn securely and as low as When using the seat belts, observe D Keep the belts clean and dry. If
possible over the hips and not on the the following: they need cleaning, use a mild soap
waist. D Use the belt for only one person at solution or lukewarm water. Never
Injured person. Toyota recommends the a time. Do not use a single belt for use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-
use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju- two or more people—even children. ers, or allow them to come into
ry, first check with your doctor for specific D Avoid reclining the seatback any contact with the belts—they may
recommendations. more than needed. The seat belts severely weaken the belts. (See
provide maximum protection in a “Cleaning the interior” on page 386
frontal or rear collision when the in Section 5.)
driver and the front passenger are D Replace the belt assembly (includ-
sitting up straight and well back in ing bolts) if it has been used in a
the seats. If you are reclined, the severe impact. The entire assembly
lap belt may slide past your hips should be replaced even if damage
and apply restraint forces directly is not obvious.
to the abdomen or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt. In the
event of a frontal collision, the
more the seat is reclined, the great-
er the risk of death or serious inju-
ry.
54

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Fastening front and rear

seat belts
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-
pletely extended and is then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that Take up
position and cannot be extended. This fea- slack
ture is used to hold the child restraint
system securely. (For details, see “Child Too high
restraint” on page 85 in this Section.) To
Tab free the belt again, fully retract the belt
and then pull the belt out once more.
Buckle If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the

retractor, firmly pull the belt and release
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull Keep as low on
the belt out of the retractor. hips as possible
Adjust the seat as needed and sit up CAUTION Adjust the position of the lap and
straight and well back in the seat. To shoulder belts.
fasten your belt, pull it out of the re- D After inserting the tab, make sure Position the lap belt as low as possible
tractor and insert the tab into the the tab and buckle are locked and on your hips—not on your waist, then ad-
buckle. that the belt is not twisted. just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder
You will hear a click when the tab locks D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in portion upward through the latch plate.
into the buckle. the buckle as this may prevent you
The seat belt length automatically adjusts from properly latching the tab and
to your size and the seat position. buckle.
The retractor will lock the belt during a D If the seat belt does not function
sudden stop or on impact. It also may normally, immediately contact your
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
slow, easy motion will allow the belt to until the seat belt is fixed, because
extend, and you can move around freely. it cannot protect an adult occupant
or your child from death or serious
injury.
55

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION CAUTION
D Both high−positioned lap belts and Always make sure the shoulder belt
loose−fitting belts could cause is positioned across the center of
death or serious injuries due to your shoulder. The belt should be
sliding under the lap belt during a kept away from your neck, but not
collision or other unintended event. falling off your shoulder. Failure to
Keep the lap belt positioned as low do so could reduce the amount of
on hips as possible. protection in an accident and cause
D Do not place the shoulder belt un- death or serious injuries in a colli-
der your arm. sion.
Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder

anchor—
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to
your size.
To raise: Slide the anchor up.
To lower: Push in the lock release button
and slide the anchor down.
After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.
56

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To release the belt, press the buckle REAR/SECOND CENTER SEAT BELT Two buckles and tabs for rear/second
release button and allow the belt to The rear/second center seat belt is a center seat belt
retract. 3−point type restraint with 2 buckles. Both The two tabs have different shape for its
If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull seat belt buckles must be correctly lo- end so that the belt is not buckled in the
it out and check for kinks or twists. Then cated and securely latched for proper op- wrong place.
make sure it remains untwisted as it re- eration. Buckle 1—Properly matches with hook
tracts. Make sure that buckle 1 is securely end tab
latched for ready use of the center seat Buckle 2—Properly matches with round
belt. end tab
57

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
Make sure the both buckles are cor-

rectly located and securely latched.
Failure to properly match the buckle
and tab may cause death or severe
injury in case of an accident or a
collision.
To release the hook end tab, insert the

key into the hole on the buckle and allow CAUTION
the belt to retract.
Do not use the rear/second center
seat belt with either buckle released.
Fastening only the shoulder belt or
lap belt may cause death or severe
personal injury in case of sudden
braking or a collision.
58

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Stowing the rear seat belt —Stowing the rear/second

buckles center seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed when not in use.
The seat belt buckles must be stowed
before you fold the seatback.
CAUTION
Before using the seat belt, pull out

the buckle and make sure the belt is
not twisted.
Rear/second seat belt buckles

STOWING THE REAR/SECOND CENTER
SEAT BELT
Insert the tabs of the center seat belt
into the cover as shown above. Make
sure the tabs are securely locked in the
cover.
The seat belt must be stowed before you
fold the seatback.
NOTICE
Stow the rear/second center seat belt
when not in use.
Third seat belt buckles
59

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Seat belt extender

If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-
curely because they are not long enough, D Make sure the “AIR BAG ON”
a personalized seat belt extender is avail- indicator light is illuminated when
able from your Toyota dealer free of using the seat belt extender for the
charge. front passenger seat. If the “AIR
BAG OFF” indicator light is
Please contact your local Toyota dealer to illuminated, disconnect the extender
order the proper required length for the tongue from the seat belt buckle,
extender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex- then reconnect the seat belt.
pect to wear for proper measurement and Reconnect the seat belt extender
selection of length. Additional ordering in- after making sure the “AIR BAG
formation is available at your Toyota deal- ON” indicator light is illuminated. If
er. you use the seat belt extender
while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator
CAUTION light is illuminated, the front
D If the seat belt extender has been passenger airbag and side airbag
When using the seat belt extender, connected to the driver’s seat belt on the front passenger side may
observe the following precautions. buckle without wearing the seat belt not activate correctly, causing death
Failure to follow these instructions when using the extender in the or serious injury in the event of
could reduce the effectiveness of the driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air- collision.
seat belt restraint system in case of bag system will judge that the driv- D Be sure to wear the seat belt with-
an accident, increasing the chance of er wears the seat belt even if not out the seat belt extender if you
death or serious injury. wearing it. In this case, the driver’s can fasten the seat belt without the
D Remember that the extender pro- airbag may not activate correctly, extender.
vided for you may not be safe when causing death or serious injury in
used on a different vehicle, for the event of collision. Be sure to
another person, or at a different wear the seat belt with the seat belt
seating position than the one origi- extender.
nally intended.
60

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
As far as the seat belt extender on the

D Do not use the seat belt extender front passenger side is concerned, do not
when installing a child restraint fail to disconnect the extender from the
system on the front or rear passen- seat belt after the above operation in or-
ger seat. If installing a child re- der to activate the front passenger airbag
straint system with the seat belt correctly when getting into the vehicle
extender connected to the seat belt, next time.
the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which When not in use, remove the extender
could cause death or serious injury and store in the vehicle for future use.
to the child or other passengers in
the event of collision. CAUTION
D After inserting the tab, make sure

the tab and buckle are locked and
To connect the extender to the seat that the lap and shoulder portions
belt, insert the tab into the seat belt of the belt and the seat belt extend-
buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on er are not twisted.
the buckle release buttons of the ex-
tender and the seat belt are both facing D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
outward as shown. the buckle as this may prevent you
from properly latching the tab and
You will hear a click when the tab locks buckle.
into the buckle.
D If the seat belt does not function
When releasing the seat belt, press on normally, immediately contact your
the buckle release button on the extender, Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
not on the seat belt. This helps prevent until the seat belt is fixed, because
damage to the vehicle interior and extend- it cannot protect an adult occupant
er itself. or your child from death or serious
injury.
61

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Seat belt pretensioners

Vehicles with curtain shield airbags—When
the sensor detects a severe frontal impact
or a vehicle roll over, the front seat belts
are quickly drawn back by the retractors
so that the belts snugly restrain the occu-
pants.
The front passenger’s seat belt pretension-
er will not activate if no passenger is
detected in the front passenger seat by
the front passenger occupant classification
system. However, the front passenger’s
seat belt pretensioner may activate if lug-
gage is put on the seat, or the seat belt
is buckled up regardless of the presence
Vehicles without curtain shield air- of an occupant in the seat. (As for the The seat belt pretensioner system con-
bags—The driver and front passenger front passenger occupant classification sists mainly of the following components
seat belt pretensioners are designed to system, see “—Front passenger occupant and their locations are shown in the il-
be activated in response to a severe classification system” on page 81 in this lustration.
frontal impact. Section.) 1. Front airbag sensors
Vehicles with curtain shield airbags— The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air- 2. SRS warning light
The driver and front passenger seat bags may not operate together in all colli-
belt pretensioners are designed to be 3. “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
sions.
activated in response to a severe fron- indicator lights
tal impact or a vehicle roll over. 4. Front passenger occupant classification
Vehicles without curtain shield airbags— system (ECU and sensors)
When the sensor detects a severe frontal 5. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
impact, the front seat belts are quickly
drawn back by the retractors so that the 6. Front passenger’s seat belt buckle
belts snugly restrain the occupants. switch
7. Airbag sensor assembly
62

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The seat belt pretensioners are controlled

CAUTION NOTICE
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sen- Do not perform any of the following
sor and airbag sensor. Observe the following precautions to
changes without consulting your
reduce the risk of injury in the event Toyota dealer. Such changes can
When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-
of sudden braking or an accident. interfere with proper operation of the
vated, an operating noise may be heard
Failure to do so may cause death or seat belt pretensioners in some
and a small amount of non−toxic gas may
severe injury. cases.
be released. This does not indicate that
a fire is occurring. This gas is normally D If the pretensioner has activated, z Installation of electronic devices
harmless. the seat belt becomes locked: it such as a mobile two−way radio,
Once the seat belt pretensioners have cannot be further extended, nor will cassette tape player or compact
been activated, the seat belt retractors it return to the stowed position. disc player
remain locked. The seat belt cannot be used again
z Repairs on or near the front seat
and must be replaced at your
If the vehicle is involved in multiple colli- belt retractor assemblies
Toyota dealer.
sions, the pretensioner will activate for the z Modification of the suspension sys-
first collision, but will not activate for the D Do not modify, remove, strike or
tem
second or subsequent collisions. open the seat belt pretensioner as-
semblies, airbag sensor or sur- z Modification of the front end struc-
rounding area or wiring. Consult ture
your Toyota dealer about any repair z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
and modification. bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
winches or any other equipment to
the front end
z Repairs made on or near the front
fenders, front end structure or con-
sole
63

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
This warning light system monitors the

airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-
er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front
passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat
belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, in-
terconnecting wiring and power sources.
(For details, see “Service reminder indica-
tors and warning buzzers” on page 129 in
Section 1−6.)
If any of the following conditions occurs,
This indicator comes on when the en- this indicates a malfunction of the airbags In the following cases, contact your Toyota
gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi- or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your dealer as soon as possible:
tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds. Toyota dealer as soon as possible. D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
This means the seat belt pretensioners illustration) was involved in an accident
are operating properly. D The light does not come on when the
engine switch is turned to the “ON” that was not severe enough to cause
position or remains on for more than the seat belt pretensioners to operate.
6 seconds. D Either seat belt pretensioner assembly
D The light comes on while driving. or surrounding area is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
D If any seat belt does not retract or
cannot be pulled out due to a malfunc-
tion or activation of the relevant seat
belt pretensioner.
D The seat belt pretensioner assembly or
surrounding area has been damaged.
64

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SRS airbags—
—SRS driver airbag and front
passenger airbag
In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work with the seat CAUTION
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries D The SRS front airbag system is de-
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s signed only as a supplement to the
head or chest caused by hitting the ve- primary protection of the driver and
hicle interior. front passenger seat belt systems.
The driver and front passenger can
The SRS front passenger airbag will not
be killed or seriously injured by the
activate if there is no passenger sitting in
inflating airbags if they do not wear
the front passenger seat. However, the
the available seat belts properly.
front passenger airbag may deploy if lug-
During sudden braking just before
gage is put in the seat, or the seat belt
a collision, an unrestrained driver
is buckled up, regardless of the presence
or front passenger can move for-
of an occupant in the seat. (As for the
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys- ward into direct contact with or
front passenger occupant classification
tem) front airbags are designed to pro- close proximity to the airbag which
system, see “—Front passenger occupant
vide further protection for the driver may then deploy during the colli-
classification system” on page 81 in this
and front passenger in addition to the sion. To ensure maximum protection
Section.)
primary safety protection provided by in an accident, the driver and all
Always wear your seat belt properly. passengers in the vehicle must
the seat belts.
wear their seat belts properly. Wear-
Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED ing a seat belt properly during an
AIRBAGS” designed based on US motor accident reduces the chances of
vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The death or serious injury or being
airbag system controls airbag deployment thrown out of the vehicle. For in-
power for the driver and front passenger. structions and precautions concern-
The driver airbag system consists of the ing the seat belt system, see “Seat
driver seat’s position sensor etc. The front belts” on page 53 in this Section.
passenger’s airbag system consists of the
front passenger occupant classification
sensor etc.
65

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The SRS front airbags are designed to

D Improperly seated and/or restrained deploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-
infants and children can be killed sions where the magnitude and duration
or seriously injured by the deploy- of the forward deceleration of the ve-
ing airbags. An infant or child who hicle exceeds the designed threshold Collision from the rear
is too small to use a seat belt level.
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the de-
strongly recommends that all in-
signed threshold level, comparable to an
fants and children be placed in the
rear seat of the vehicle and proper- approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision Collision from the side
when the vehicle has the impact straight
ly restrained. The rear seat is the
into a fixed barrier that does not move or Vehicle rollover
safest for infants and children. For
instructions concerning the installa- deform.
tion of a child restraint system, see However, this threshold velocity will be
The SRS front airbags are not generally
“Child restraint” on page 85 in this considerably higher if the vehicle strikes designed to inflate if the vehicle is in-
Section. an object, such as a parked vehicle or
volved in a side or rear collision, if it
sign pole, which can move or deform on
rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an speed frontal collision. But, whenever a
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
collision of any type causes sufficient
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
forward deceleration of the vehicle, de-
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.). ployment of the SRS front airbags may
It is possible that in some collisions occur.
where the forward deceleration of the ve-
hicle is very close to the designed thresh-
old level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.
Always wear your seat belts properly.
66

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
8. Driver’s seat position sensor

10. Airbag module for driver
Hitting a curb, Falling into or (airbag and inflator)
edge of pavement jumping over a The airbag sensor assembly consists of a
or hard surface deep hole
safing sensor and airbag sensor.
The front airbag sensors constantly moni-
tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.
If an impact results in a forward decelera-
tion beyond the designed threshold level,
the system triggers the airbag inflators. At
Landing hard or vehicle falling this time a chemical reaction in the infla-
tors very quickly fills the airbags with
The SRS front airbags may also deploy The SRS front airbag system consists non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward
if a serious impact occurs to the under- mainly of the following components, and motion of the occupants. The front airbags
side of your vehicle. Some examples their locations are shown in the illustra- then quickly deflate, so that there is no
are shown in the illustration. tion. obstruction of the driver’s vision should it
1. Front airbag sensors be necessary to continue driving.
2. SRS warning light When the airbags inflate, they produce a
loud noise and release some smoke and
3. “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
residue along with non−toxic gas. This
indicator lights
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
4. Airbag module for front passenger remain inside the vehicle for some time,
(airbag and inflator) and may cause some minor irritation to
5. Front passenger occupant classification the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to
system (ECU and sensors) wash off any residue as soon as possible
to prevent any potential skin irritation with
6. Front passenger’s seat belt buckle
switch soap and water. If you can safely exit
from the vehicle, you should do so imme-
7. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch diately.
67

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Deployment of the airbags happens in a

fraction of a second, so the airbags must CAUTION
inflate with considerable force. While the
system is designed to reduce serious inju- The driver or front passenger who is
ries, primarily to the head and chest, it too close to the steering wheel or
may also cause other, less severe injuries dashboard during airbag deployment
to the face, chest, arms and hands. These can be killed or seriously injured.
are usually in the nature of minor burns Toyota strongly recommends that:
or abrasions and swelling, but the force of D The driver sit as far back as pos-
a deploying airbag can cause more seri- sible from the steering wheel while
ous injuries, especially if an occupant’s still maintaining control of the ve-
hands, arms, chest or head is in close hicle.
proximity to the airbag module at the time
D The front passenger sit as far back
of deployment. This is why it is important
as possible from the dashboard.
for the occupant to: avoid placing any
object or part of the body between the D All vehicle occupants be properly D Do not sit on the edge of the seat
occupant and the airbag module; sit restrained using the available seat or lean against the dashboard when
straight and well back into the seat; wear belts. the vehicle is in use, since the
the available seat belt properly; and sit as For instructions and precautions con- front passenger airbag could inflate
far as possible from the airbag module, cerning the seating position, see with considerable speed and force.
while still maintaining control of the ve- “—Front seat precautions” on page Anyone who is up against, or very
hicle. 34 in this Section. close to, an airbag when it inflates,
can be killed or seriously injured.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
Sit up straight and well back in the
hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
seat, and always use your seat belt
for several minutes after deployment, so
properly.
do not touch! The airbags inflate only
once. The windshield may be damaged by
absorbing some of the force of the inflat-
ing airbag.
68

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Do not modify or remove any wir-

ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
or open any components such as
the steering wheel pad, steering
wheel, column cover, dashboard
near the front passenger airbag,
front passenger airbag or airbag
sensor assembly. Doing so may pre-
vent the front airbag system from
activating correctly, cause sudden
activation of the system or disable
the system, which could result in
death or serious injury.
Failure to follow these instructions
D Toyota strongly recommends that all D Do not put anything or any part of can result in death or serious injury.
infants and children be placed in your body on or in front of the Consult your Toyota dealer about any
the rear seat of the vehicle and be dashboard or steering wheel pad repair and modification.
properly restrained. that houses the front airbag sys-
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
D Do not hold a child on your lap or tem. They might restrict inflation or
cause death or serious injury as a person with physical disability, con-
in your arms. Use a child restraint sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-
system in the rear seat. For instruc- they are projected rearward by the
gerously interfere with the SRS front
tions concerning the installation of force of the deploying airbags. Like-
wise, the driver and front passenger airbags operation.
a child restraint system, see “Child
restraint” on page 85 in this Sec- should not hold objects in their
tion. arms or on their knees.
69

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

NOTICE
Do not perform any of the following sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
changes without consulting your sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-
Toyota dealer. Such changes can er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
interfere with proper operation of the buckle switch, “AIR BAG ON” indicator
SRS front airbag system in some light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front
cases. passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat
z Installation of electronic devices
such as a mobile two−way radio,
cassette tape player or compact
disc player
Section 1−6.)
z Modification of the suspension sys-
If any of the following conditions occurs,
tem This indicator comes on when the en- this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
z Modification of the front end struc- gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi- or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
ture tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds. Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
This means the SRS front airbags are
z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
operating properly. D The light does not come on when the
bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, engine switch is turned to the “ON”
winches or any other equipment to position or remains on for more than
the front end 6 seconds.
z Repairs made on or near the front D The light comes on while driving.
fenders, front end structure, con-
The SRS warning light and “AIR BAG
sole, steering column, steering
OFF” indicator light will come on if there
wheel or dashboard near the front
is a malfunction in the front passenger
passenger airbag
occupant classification system.
70

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—SRS side airbags and

curtain shield airbags
In response to a severe side impact, the
SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbags
in the impacted side work with the seat
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.
The SRS side airbags help reduce injuries
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s
chest. The SRS curtain shield airbags
help reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,
front passenger’s or rear/second passen-
ger’s head and help prevent them from
being thrown out of the vehicle.
The SRS side airbag on the passenger
seat will not activate if there is no pas-
senger sitting in the front passenger seat.
In the following cases, contact your Toyota The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys- However, the side airbag on the passen-
dealer as soon as possible: tem) side airbags and curtain shield air- ger seat may deploy if luggage is put in
D The SRS front airbags have been in- bags are designed to provide further the seat, or the seat belt is buckled up
flated. protection for the driver, front passen- regardless of the presence of the occu-
ger and rear/second passengers in addi- pant in the seat. (As for the front passen-
D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the tion to the primary safety protection ger occupant classification system, see
illustration) was involved in an accident provided by the seat belts. “—Front passenger occupant classification
that was not severe enough to cause
system” on page 81 in this Section.)
the SRS front airbags to inflate.
The SRS curtain shield airbag on the pas-
D The pad section of the steering wheel
senger side are activated even with no
or dashboard (shaded in the illustra-
passenger in the front seat or rear/second
tion) is scratched, cracked, or other-
outside seat.
wise damaged.
NOTICE
Do not disconnect the battery cables
before contacting your Toyota dealer.
71

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Roll sensing function:

In response to a vehicle rollover, the cur- CAUTION D Do not allow anyone to lean his/her
tain shield airbags on both sides work head or any part of his/her body
with the seat belts to help reduce injury D The SRS side airbag and curtain against the door or the area of the
by inflating. The curtain shield airbags shield airbag system is designed seat, front pillar, rear pillar or roof
help reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s, only as a supplement to the prima- side rails from which the SRS side
front passenger’s or rear/second passen- ry protection of the driver, front airbag and curtain shield airbag
ger’s head and help prevent them from passenger and rear/second outside deploy even if he/she is a child
being thrown out of the vehicle. passenger seat belt systems. To en- seated in the child restraint system.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti- sure maximum protection in an ac- It is dangerous if the SRS side air-
vate even when the side airbags are not cident, the driver and all passen- bag and curtain shield airbag in-
activated. gers in the vehicle must wear their flate, and the impact of the deploy-
seat belts properly. Wearing a seat ing airbag could cause death or se-
Always wear your seat belt properly. belt properly during an accident re- rious injury to the occupant.
duces the chances of death or seri-
ous injury or being thrown out of
the vehicle. For instructions and
precautions concerning the seat
belt system, see “Seat belts” on
page 53 in this Section.
72

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Improperly seated and/or restrained

infants and children can be killed
or seriously injured by the deploy-
ing airbags. An infant or child who
Collision from the rear
is too small to use a seat belt
should be properly secured using a
child restraint system. Toyota
strongly recommends that all in-
fants and children be placed in the Collision from the front
rear seats of the vehicle and prop-
erly restrained. The rear seats are Vehicle rollover
the safest for infants and children.
For instructions concerning the
installation of a child restraint sys- The SRS side airbag and curtain shield The SRS side airbags are not generally
tem, see “Child restraint” on page airbag system may not activate if the designed to inflate if the vehicle is in-
85 in this Section. vehicle is subjected to a collision from volved in a front or rear collision, if it
the side at certain angles, or a collision rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−
to the side of the vehicle body other speed side collision.
than the passenger compartment as
shown in the illustration.
The SRS side airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side.
73

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Collision from
the front Collision from
the rear
The angle of Skidding vehicle

vehicle tip−up hitting a curb
is marginal stone
Pitch end over end
The curtain shield airbags may not acti- The curtain shield airbags may inflate The curtain shield airbags are not gen-
vate if the vehicle is subjected to a if the angle of vehicle tip−up is margin- erally designed to inflate if the vehicle
collision from the side at certain al or if the skidding vehicle’s tires hit is involved in a front or rear collision,
angles, or a collision to the side of the a curb stone laterally as shown in the if it pitches end over end, or if it is
vehicle body other than the passenger illustration. involved in a low−speed side collision.
compartment as shown in the illustra-
tion.
The curtain shield airbags are designed to
inflate when the passenger compartment
area suffers a severe impact from the
side or vehicle rollover.
74

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

9. Front passenger’s seat belt buckle
switch
Hitting a curb, Falling into or The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
edge of pavement jumping over a airbag system is controlled by the airbag
or hard surface deep hole sensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-
sembly consists of a safing sensor and
airbag sensor.
In a severe side impact, the side and
curtain shield airbag sensor and/or the
curtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) the
Landing hard or vehicle falling side airbag inflators and/or the curtain
shield airbag inflators. At this time a
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags The SRS side airbag and curtain shield chemical reaction in the inflators quickly
may deploy if a serious impact occurs airbag system consists mainly of the fol- fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help
to the underside of your vehicle. Some lowing components, and their locations are restrain the lateral motion of the occu-
examples are shown in the illustration. shown in the illustration. pants.
1. SRS warning light In a vehicle rollover, the airbag sensor
assembly triggers the curtain shield airbag
2. “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights inflator. At this time, a chemical reaction
in the inflators quickly fills the airbags
3. Curtain shield airbag modules with non−toxic gas to help restrain the
(airbag and inflator) lateral motion of the occupants.
system (ECU and sensors)
5. Side airbag modules
(airbag and inflator)
6. Curtain shield airbag sensors
7. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors
75

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When the airbags inflate, they produce a

fairly loud noise and release some smoke CAUTION
and residue along with non−toxic gas. This
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may SRS side airbags and curtain shield
remain inside the vehicle for some time, airbags inflate with considerable
and may cause some minor irritation to force. To reduce the possibility of
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to death or serious injury when they in-
wash off any residue as soon as possible flate, the driver, front passenger and
to prevent any potential skin irritation with rear/second outside passengers must:
soap and water. If you can safely exit D Wear their seat belts properly.
from the vehicle, you should do so imme-
D Remain properly seated with their
diately.
backs upright and against the seats
Deployment of the airbags happens in a at all times.
fraction of a second, so the airbags must
Improper sitting and wearing of the
inflate with considerable force. While the
seat belts may not retain you inside D Do not allow anyone to lean against
system is designed to reduce serious inju-
the vehicle. the door when the vehicle is in use,
ries, it may also cause minor burns or
since the side airbag and curtain
abrasions and swelling.
shield airbag could inflate with con-
Front seats as well as parts of the front siderable speed and force. Other-
and rear pillars, front, center and rear wise, he/she may be killed or seri-
garnish and roof interior may be hot for ously injured. Special care should
several minutes, but the airbags them- be taken especially when you have
selves will not be hot. The airbags are a small child in the vehicle.
designed to inflate only once.
D Sit up straight and well back in the
seat, distributing your weight evenly
in the seat. Do not apply excessive
weight to the outer side of the
seats with a side airbag, and to the
front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
rail with a curtain shield airbag.
76

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Do not allow anyone to get his/her D Do not allow anyone to kneel on D Do not allow anyone to get his/her
head closer to the area where the the passenger seat, facing the pas- head or hands out of windows
side airbag and curtain shield air- senger’s side door, since the side since the curtain shield airbags
bag inflate, since these airbags airbag and curtain shield airbag could inflate with considerable
could inflate with considerable could inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
speed and force. Otherwise, he/she speed and force. Otherwise, he/she may be killed or seriously injured.
may be killed or seriously injured. may be killed or seriously injured. Special care should be taken espe-
Special care should be taken espe- Special care should be taken especially when you have a small child
cially when you have a small child cially when you have a small child in the vehicle.
in the vehicle. in the vehicle.
77

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Do not hook a hanger, heavy or

sharp pointed objects on the coat
hook. If the curtain shield airbag
inflates, those items will be thrown
away with great force or the curtain
shield airbag may not activate cor-
rectly, resulting in death or serious
injury. When you hang clothes,
hang them on the coat hook direct-
ly.
D Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the side air-
bags inflate. Such accessories may
prevent the side airbags from acti-
D Do not attach a cup holder or any D Do not attach a microphone or any vating correctly, causing death or
other device or object on or around other device or object near the area serious injury.
the door. When the side airbag in- where the curtain shield airbag acti-
flates, the cup holder or any other vates such as on the windshield D Do not modify or replace the seats
or upholstery of the seats with side
device or object will be thrown with glass, side door glass, front, center
great force or the side airbag may and roof side garnish. When the airbags. Such changes may prevent
not activate correctly, resulting in curtain shield airbag inflates, the the side airbag system from activat-
ing correctly, disable the system or
death or serious injury. Likewise, microphone or other device or ob-
the driver and front passenger ject will be thrown away with great cause the side airbags to inflate ac-
should not hold objects in their force or the curtain shield airbag cidentally, resulting in death or seri-
ous injury.
arms or on their knees. may not activate correctly, resulting
in death or serious injury.
78

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Do not disassemble or repair the Failure to follow these instructions NOTICE

front, center and roof side garnish can result in death or serious injury.
Do not perform any of the following
containing the curtain shield air- Consult your Toyota dealer about any
changes without consulting your
bags. Such changes may disable repair and modification.
Toyota dealer. Such changes can
the system or cause the curtain If you wish to modify your vehicle for interfere with proper operation of the
shield airbags to inflate accidental- a person with physical disability, con- SRS side airbag and curtain shield
ly, resulting in death or serious in- sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan- airbag system in some cases.
jury. gerously interfere with the SRS side
z Installation of electronic devices
D Do not modify or change the sus- airbags and curtain shield airbags op-
such as a mobile two−way radio,
pension system. Such changes may eration.
cassette tape player or compact
cause the curtain shield airbags to
disc player
inflate accidentally, which could re-
sult in death or serious injury. z Modification of the suspension sys-
tem
D Do not use tires or wheels other
than the manufacturer’s recom- z Modification of the side structure of
mended size. Such a use may cause the passenger compartment
the curtain shield airbags to inflate z Repairs made on or near the con-
accidentally, which could result in sole or front seat
death or serious injury. For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
on page 410 in Section 7−2.
D Do not place luggage heavier than
specified on the roof luggage carri-
er. Such luggage may cause the
curtain shield airbags to inflate ac-
cidentally, which could result in
death or serious injury. For details,
see “Roof luggage carrier” on page
303 in Section 1−10.
79

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
buckle switch, “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front
passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat
Section 1−6.)
If either of the following conditions occurs,
This indicator comes on when the en- this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi- or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds. Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
This means the SRS side airbags and
curtain shield airbags are operating D The light does not come on when the
engine switch is turned to the “ON”
properly.
position or remains on for more than
6 seconds.
D The light comes on while driving.
The SRS warning light and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator light will come on if there
is a malfunction in the front passenger
occupant classification system.
80

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Front passenger occupant

classification system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota Your vehicle is equipped with a front
dealer as soon as possible: passenger occupant classification sys-
D Any of the SRS side airbags and cur- tem. This system detects the conditions
tain shield airbags have been inflated. 1—4 in the table on page 83 and based
on these conditions activates or deacti-
D The portion of the doors (shaded in the vates the following systems;
illustration) was involved in an accident
that was not severe enough to cause D Front passenger airbag
the SRS side airbags and curtain D Side airbag on the front passenger
shield airbags to inflate. seat
D The surface of the seats with the side D Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-
airbag (shaded in the illustration) is er
scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam- The system monitors the weight and
aged. load on the front passenger seat, and
D The portion of the front, center and the seat belt buckle switch to determine The “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
roof side garnish containing the curtain conditions 1—4. indicator lights indicate the actuation of
shield airbags inside (shaded in the the front passenger airbag, side airbag
In order for the system to detect the
illustration) is scratched, cracked, or on the front passenger seat and front
conditions correctly, do not do any of
otherwise damaged. passenger’s seat belt pretensioner.
the following:
The “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light will be
NOTICE D Apply a heavy load to the front pas- illuminated when the engine switch is in
senger seat or equipment (e.g. seat-
the “ON” position with the condition 2 in
Do not disconnect the battery cables back pocket).
the table shown below.
before contacting your Toyota dealer. D Attach a commercial seatback table,
etc. to the front passenger seatback.
D Put weight on the front passenger seat
by putting your hands or feet on the
seatback from the rear passenger seat.
81

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the front passenger occupant classifica- The “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
tion system determines that a person of indicator lights will be illuminated ini-
adult size sits in the front passenger seat tially when the engine switch is turned
but the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is to the “ON” position. After about four
illuminated, one of the following is likely seconds, they will go off. After that, the
to have occurred: front passenger occupant classification
D A rear passenger lifts the front passen- system operates and judges which indi-
ger seat cushion with their legs. cator light be illuminated.
D Objects are placed under the front pas-
senger seat.
D The front passenger seatback is in
contact with the rear/second seat.
To ensure the system correctly detects an
adult sitting in the front passenger seat, The SRS warning light and “AIR BAG
make sure the above do not occur. OFF” indicator light will come on if
there is a malfunction in the front pas-
Make sure that the “AIR BAG ON” indica-
senger occupant classification system.
tor light is illuminated when an adult is
seated in the front passenger seat. If the
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumina-
ted, ask the passenger to sit up straight,
well back in the seat, and with the seat
belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light still remains illuminated, ei-
ther ask the passenger to move to the
rear seat, or if that is not possible, move
the front passenger seat fully rearward.
82

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Indicator/warning light Devices

Condition detected by “AIR BAG Curtain shield
the front passenger Front Side airbag Front
ON” and “AIR Front airbag in the
occupant classification SRS warning passenger’s on the front passenger’s
BAG OFF” passenger front
system light seat belt passenger seat belt
indicator airbag passenger
reminder light seat pretensioner
lights side
“AIR BAG
1. Adult∗1 Off Flashing∗4 Activated
ON”
2. Child∗2 or child “AIR BAG
Off Flashing∗4 Deactivated Activated
restraint system∗3 OFF”∗5
Not
3. Unoccupied Off Off Deactivated Deactivated
illuminated Activated
4. There is a
“AIR BAG
malfunction in the On Off Deactivated Activated
OFF”
system
∗1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
∗2 : When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
∗3 : Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only be
installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 85 in this Section as for installing the
child restraint system.)
∗4 : In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
∗5 : In case the indicator is not illuminated, see “Child restraint” on page 85 as for installing the child restraint system properly.
83

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION D Do not recline the front passenger D Wear the seat belt properly.
seatback so far that it touches a D Make sure the front passenger’s
To avoid potential death or serious rear/second seat. This may cause seat belt tab has not been left in-
injury when the front passenger occu- the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator to be serted into the buckle before some-
pant classification system does not illuminated, which indicates that the one sits in the front passenger
detect the conditions correctly, ob- passenger’s airbags will not deploy seat.
serve the following. in the event of a severe accident.
If the seatback touches the rear/ D Do not apply a heavy load to the
D Make sure the “AIR BAG ON” indi- front passenger seat or equipment
cator light is illuminated when us- second seat, return the seatback to
a position where it does not (e.g. seatback pocket).
ing the seat belt extender for the
front passenger seat. If the “AIR touches the rear/second seat. D Do not put weight on the front pas-
BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi- Keep the front passenger seatback senger seat by putting your hands
nated, disconnect the extender as upright as possible when the ve- or feet on the front passenger seat
tongue from the seat belt buckle, seatback from the rear/second pas-
hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-
then reconnect the seat belt. Recon- senger seat.
back excessively may lessen the ef-
nect the seat belt extender after fectiveness of the seat belt system. D Do not let a rear/second passenger
making sure the “AIR BAG ON” in- lift the front passenger seat with
D If an adult sits in the front passen-
dicator light is illuminated. If you their feet or press on the seatback
ger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indica-
use the seat belt extender while the with their legs.
tor light should be illuminated. If
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is D Do not put objects under the front
the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illu-
illuminated, the front passenger air- passenger seat.
minated, ask the passenger to sit
bag and side airbag on the front
up straight, well back in the seat, D Child restraint systems installed on
passenger side may not activate
feet on the floor, and with the seat the rear/second seat should not
correctly, which could cause death
belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG contact the front seatbacks.
or serious injury in the event of
OFF” indicator still remains illumi-
collision.
nated, either ask the passenger to
move to the rear/second seat, or if
that is not possible, move the front
passenger seat fully rearward.
84

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Child restraint—
—Child restraint precautions
Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-
D When it is unavoidable to install the propriate child restraint systems for D Toyota strongly urges use of a
forward−facing child restraint sys- children. proper child restraint system which
tem on the front passenger seat, conforms to the size of the child,
install the child restraint system on The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A. installed on the rear seat. Accord-
the front passenger seat in the and Canada now require the use of a
ing to accident statistics, the child
proper order. (As for the installation child restraint system.
is safer when properly restrained in
order, see “—Installation with seat Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819. the rear seat than in the front seat.
belt” on page 88 in this Section.) If a child is too large for a child restraint D Never install a rear−facing child re-
D Do not remove the front seats. system, the child should sit in the rear straint system on the front passen-
D Do not kick the front passenger seat and must be restrained using the ger seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
seat or subject it to severe impact. vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” on indicator light is illuminated. In the
Otherwise, the SRS warning light page 53 in this Section for details. event of an accident, the force of
may come on to indicate a malfunc- the rapid inflation of the front pas-
tion of the detection system. In this CAUTION senger airbag can cause death or
case, contact your Toyota dealer im- serious injury to the child if the
mediately. D For effective protection in automo- rear−facing child restraint system is
bile accidents and sudden stops, a installed on the front passenger
child must be properly restrained, seat.
The “AIR BAG ON” indicator light may be
using a seat belt or child restraint
illuminated (the front passenger airbag and
system depending on the age and
side airbag on the front passenger seat
size of the child. Holding a child in
may deploy) even if observing the above
your arms is not a substitute for a
cautions, when a child sits in, or a for-
child restraint system. In an acci-
ward−facing child restraint system is
dent, the child can be crushed
installed on the front passenger seat. Re-
against the windshield, or between
fer to all the cautions in “SRS airbags” on
you and the vehicle’s interior.
page 65 and “Child restraint” on page 85
in this Section.
85

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Child restraint system

A child restraint system for a small
D A forward−facing child restraint sys- D Do not use the seat belt extender child or baby must itself be properly
tem should be allowed to be when installing a child restraint restrained on the seat with the lap por-
installed on the front passenger system on the front or rear passen- tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
seat only when it is unavoidable. ger seat. If installing a child re- carefully consult the manufacturer’s
Always move the seat as far back straint system with the seat belt instructions which accompany the child
as possible even if the “AIR BAG extender connected to the seat belt, restraint system.
OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the seat belt will not securely hold
the child restraint system, which To provide proper restraint, use a child
because the front passenger airbag
could cause death or serious injury restraint system following the manufactur-
could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the to the child or other passengers in er’s instructions about the appropriate age
the event of collision. and size of the child for the child restraint
child may be killed or seriously in-
system.
jured. D Make sure you have complied with
D On vehicles with side airbags and all installation instructions provided Install the child restraint system correctly
by the child restraint manufacturer following the instructions provided by its
curtain shield airbags, do not allow
the child to lean his/her head or and that the system is properly se- manufacturer. General directions are also
cured. If it is not secured properly, provided under the following illustrations.
any part of his/her body against the
door or the area of the seat, front it may cause death or serious injury The child restraint system should be
or center and roof side garnish to the child in the event of a sud- installed on the rear seat. According to
from which the side airbags or cur- den stop or accident. accident statistics, the child is safer when
tain shield airbags deploy even if properly restrained in the rear seat than
the child is seated in the child rein the front seat.
straint system. It is dangerous if
the side airbag and/or curtain shield
airbag inflate, and the impact could
cause death or serious injury to the
child.
86

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Types of child restraint

system
Child restraint systems are classified into
CAUTION the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
When the child restraint system is
(A) Infant seat
not in use:
(B) Convertible seat
D Keep the child restraint system (C) Booster seat
properly secured on the seat even
Install the child restraint system following
if it is not in use. Do not store the
the instructions provided by its manufac-
restraint unsecured in the passen-
ger compartment. turer.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-
D If it is necessary to detach the
curing the top strap of a child restraint
child restraint system, remove it
system.
from the vehicle or store it securely
in the luggage compartment. This For instructions about how to use the an- (A) Infant seat
will prevent it from injuring passen- chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” on
gers in the event of a sudden stop page 100 in this Section.
or accident. The child restraint lower anchorages ap-
proved for your vehicle may also be used.
See “—Installation with child restraint low-
er anchorages” on page 104 in this Sec-
tion.
(B) Convertible seat
87

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Installation with seat belt
(C) Booster seat

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
CAUTION
An infant seat must be used in rear−
facing position only. D Never install a rear−facing child re-
straint system on the front passen-
ger seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. In the
event of an accident, the force of
the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or
serious injury to the child if the
rear−facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.
88

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Same
position Same angle
To install the infant seat:

D Do not install a child restraint sys- D When installing a child restraint
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through
tem on the rear/second or third system on the rear/second center
seat if it interferes with the lock position, adjust both seat cushions or around the infant seat following the
mechanism of the front or second to the same position and align all instructions provided by its manufactur-
seats. Otherwise, the child or front seatbacks at the same angle. Other- er and insert the tab into the buckle
or second seat occupant(s) may be wise, the child restraint system can- taking care not to twist the belt. Keep
killed or seriously injured in case not be securely restrained and this the lap portion of the belt tight.
of sudden braking or a collision. may cause death or serious injuries
D If the driver’s seat position does in a collision.
not allow sufficient space for safe
installation, install the child re-
straint system on the rear right
seat.
89

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION

that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
child from properly latching the tab
and buckle.
normally, it cannot protect your
child from death or serious injury.
Contact your Toyota dealer immedi- 2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it 3. While pressing the infant seat firmly
ately. Do not install the child in the lock mode. When the belt is against the seat cushion and seatback,
restraint system on the seat until then retracted even slightly, it cannot let the shoulder belt retract as far as
the seat belt is fixed. be extended. it will go to hold the infant seat secure-
To hold the infant seat securely, make ly.
sure the belt is in the lock mode before
letting the belt retract.
90

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To remove the infant seat: Rear/second center seat: If the seat in

CAUTION which a child restraint system is installed
Press the buckle release button and allow
the belt to retract completely. The belt will in the rear most position, release the cen-
Push and pull the child restraint sys- ter seat belt after removing the child re-
move freely again and be ready to work
tem in different directions to be sure straint system. Otherwise, the rear center
it is secure. Follow all the installation for an adult or older child passenger.
seat belt may not work properly.
instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
91

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Install the child restraint system on the 6. While pressing the convertible seat
front passenger seat only when it is un- firmly against the seat cushion and
avoidable. Your vehicle is equipped with a seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
front passenger occupant classification as far as it will go to hold the convert-
system. In order to activate the occupant ible seat securely.
classification system correctly, install the
forward−facing child restraint system on CAUTION
the front passenger seat in the following
order: Push and pull the child restraint sys-
1. Turn the engine switch to the “ON” tem in different directions to be sure
position. it is secure. Follow all the installation
instructions provided by its manufac-
2. Move the front passenger seat to the
turer.
rearward position.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION 3. Put the child restraint system on the
7. Put a child on the child restraint sys-
A convertible seat must be used in for- front passenger seat without putting
tem and secure the child, complying
your weight on the front passenger
ward−facing or rear−facing position de- with the instructions provided by the
seat.
pending on the age and size of the child restraint system manufacturer.
child. When installing, follow the 4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seat
manufacturer’s instructions about the belt buckle.
applicable age and size of the child as 5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
well as directions for installing the in the lock mode. When the belt is
child restraint system. then retracted even slightly, it cannot
be extended. To hold the seat securely,
make sure the belt is in the lock mode
before letting the belt retract.
92

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light should

be illuminated when the engine switch is CAUTION
in the “ON” position and the child is in the
child restraint system after following these D Never install a rear−facing child re-
procedures. The “AIR BAG OFF” indicator straint system on the front passen-
light indicates the SRS front passenger ger seat. A forward−facing child re-
airbag and side airbag on the passenger straint system should only be
side will not deploy. If the “AIR BAG ON” installed on the front passenger
indicator light is illuminated, remove the seat when unavoidable. If you must
child restraint system and reinstall it with install the child restraint system on
the engine switch in the “ACC” or “LOCK” the front passenger seat, put the
position. If the “AIR BAG ON” indicator seat in its most rearward position,
light is illuminated when the engine switch and install the forward−facing child
is turned to the “ON” position, then the restraint system in the proper or-
SRS front passenger airbag and side air- der. Otherwise, the front passenger
bag on the passenger side may deploy in occupant classification system can D Never install a rear−facing child re-
an accident. Do not drive the vehicle in not detect the presence of the child straint system on the front passen-
this condition. Remove the child restraint restraint system and the front pas- ger seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
system and contact your Toyota dealer. senger airbag and side airbag on indicator light is illuminated. In the
the front passenger seat could event of an accident, the impact of
deploy, and the impact could cause the rapid inflation of the front pas-
death or serious injury to the child. senger airbag could cause death or
serious injury to the child if the
rear−facing child restraint system is
installed on the front passenger
seat.
93

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D On vehicles with side airbags and

the child to lean his/her head or
door or the area of the seat, front
or center and roof side garnish
from which the side airbags or cur-
tain shield airbags deploy even if
the child is seated in the child re-
Move seat
fully back airbag inflate, and the impact could
child.
D A forward−facing child restraint sys- D Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem should be allowed to be tem on the rear/second or third
installed on the front passenger seat if it interferes with the lock
seat only when it is unavoidable. mechanism of the front or second
Always move the seat as far back seats. Otherwise, the child or front
as possible even if the “AIR BAG or second seat occupant(s) may be
OFF” indicator light is illuminated, killed or seriously injured in case
because the front passenger airbag of sudden braking or a collision.
speed and force. Otherwise, the D If the driver’s seat position does
child may be killed or seriously in- not allow sufficient space for safe
jured. installation, install the child re-
straint system on the rear/second
right seat.
94

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Same CAUTION
position Same angle
that the lap and shoulder portions
of the belt are not twisted.
D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
the buckle as this may prevent your
and buckle.
child from death or serious injury.
To install the convertible seat: Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
D When installing a child restraint
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through ately. Do not install the child
system on the rear/second center
position, adjust both seat cushions or around the convertible seat following restraint system on the seat until
to the same position and align all the instructions provided by its the seat belt is fixed.
seatbacks at the same angle. Other- manufacturer and insert the tab into
wise, the child restraint system can- the buckle taking care not to twist the
not be securely restrained and this belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt
may cause death or serious injuries tight.
in a collision.
95

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it 3. While pressing the convertible seat
in the lock mode. When the belt is firmly against the seat cushion and CAUTION
then retracted even slightly, it cannot seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
be extended. as far as it will go to hold the convert- Push and pull the child restraint sys-
ible seat securely. tem in different directions to be sure
To hold the convertible seat securely, it is secure. Follow all the installation
make sure the belt is in the lock mode instructions provided by its manufac-
before letting the belt retract.
turer.
96

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To remove the convertible seat: Rear/second center seat: If the seat in (C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
Press the buckle release button and allow which a child restraint system is installed A booster seat must be used in for-
the belt to retract completely. The belt will in the rear most position, release the cen- ward−facing position only.
move freely again and be ready to work ter seat belt after removing the child re-
for an adult or older child passenger. straint system. Otherwise, the rear center
97

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D On vehicles with side airbags and Same

position Same angle
the child to lean his/her head or
door or the area of the seat, front
or center and roof side garnish
from which the side airbags or cur-
tain shield airbags deploy even if
the child is seated in the child re-
Move seat
fully back airbag inflate, and the impact could
child.
CAUTION D When installing a child restraint
system on the rear/second center
D A forward−facing child restraint sys- position, adjust both seat cushions
tem should be allowed to be to the same position and align all
installed on the front passenger seatbacks at the same angle. Other-
seat only when it is unavoidable. wise, the child restraint system can-
Always move the seat as far back not be securely restrained and this
as possible even if the “AIR BAG may cause death or serious injuries
OFF” indicator light is illuminated, in a collision.
because the front passenger airbag
speed and force. Otherwise, the
child may be killed or seriously in-
jured.
98

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION D If the seat belt does not function

D Always make sure the shoulder belt child from death or serious injury.
is positioned across the center of Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
child’s shoulder. The belt should be ately. Do not install the child
kept away from child’s neck, but restraint system on the seat until
not falling off child’s shoulder. the seat belt is fixed.
Otherwise, the child may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
D Both high−positioned lap belts and
loose−fitting belts could cause
death or serious injuries due to
To install the booster seat: sliding under the lap belt during a
Sit the child on a booster seat. Run the collision or other unintended event.
lap and shoulder belt through or around Keep the lap belt positioned as low
the booster seat and across the child fol- on a child’s hips as possible.
lowing the instructions provided by its D For child’s safety, do not place the
manufacturer and insert the tab into the shoulder belt under child’s arm.
buckle taking care not to twist the belt. D After inserting the tab, make sure
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly the tab and buckle are locked and
across the child’s shoulder and that the that the lap and shoulder portions
lap belt is positioned as low as possible of the belt are not twisted.
on the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
page 53 in this Section for details. the buckle as this may prevent your
and buckle.
99

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Using a top strap
Outside position
To remove the booster seat: Rear/second center seat: If the seat in
Press the buckle release button and allow which a child restraint system is installed
the belt to retract. in the rear most position, release the cen-
ter seat belt after removing the child re-
straint system. Otherwise, the rear center
Center position
100

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Follow the procedure below for a child Use one anchor bracket on the roof and
Symbol mark
restraint system that requires the use two anchor brackets on the rear/second
of a top strap. seatbacks to attach the top strap.
Anchor brackets are installed for each
rear/second seating position.
This symbol indicates the locations of the
anchor brackets.
Anchor brackets
Outside position
Symbol mark
Center position
101

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
TO USE THE OUTSIDE ANCHOR Hold the center of the lever and pull it 2. Fix the child restraint system with
BRACKET: up. Then slide the rear/second seats the seat belt.
1. Remove the head restraint. forward slightly if it is in the rear−most Widen the slit of the cover slightly
position. and confirm the position of the an-
chor fitting. Latch the hook onto the
anchor bracket and tighten the top
strap.
For instructions to install the child re-
straint system, see “Child restraint” on
page 85 in this Section.
102

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
Make sure the top strap is securely

latched, and check that the child re-
straint system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
3. Insert the head restraint and push it After installing the child restraint
down to the lock position. system, move the rear/second seat to
the rear−most lock position to prevent
the child restraint system from
interfering with the front seat.
103

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Installation with child

restraint lower anchorages
TO USE THE CENTER ANCHOR 2. Fix the child restraint system with Lower anchorages for the child restraint
BRACKET: the seat belt. systems complying with the FMVSS225
1. Open the lid of the anchor bracket. Latch the hook onto the anchor or CMVSS210.2 specifications are
bracket and tighten the top strap. installed in the rear/second seat.
For instructions to install the child re- The anchorages are installed in the gap
straint system, see “Child restraint” on between the seat cushion and seatback of
page 85 in this Section. both outside rear/second seating position.
Child restraint systems complying with the
CAUTION FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification
can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
Make sure the top strap is securely case, it is not necessary to fix the child
latched, and check that the child re- restraint system with a seat belt on the
straint system is secure by pushing vehicle.
and pulling it in different directions.
Follow all the installation instructions
provided by its manufacturer.
104

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1st lock
7th lock position
position
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

INSTALLATION
1. Fold down the seatback and back it
to the 1st lock position (most up-
right position) until it locks into
place. Adjust the seatback to the 7th
lock position.
Make sure the seatback is locked secure-
ly.
Canada only Canada only
Type A Type B
105

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
2. Widen the gap between the seat

cushion and seatback slightly and CAUTION
confirm the position of the lower an-
chorages near the buttons on the D When using the lower anchorages
seatback. for the child restraint system, be
sure that there are no irregular ob-
3. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
jects around the anchorages or that
straps onto the anchorages and
the seat belt is not caught.
tighten the lower straps.
D Push and pull the child restraint
Type B—Latch the buckles onto the system in different directions to be
anchorages.
sure it is secure. Follow all the
For owners in Canada—The symbol on a installation instructions provided by
child restraint system indicates the pres- its manufacturer.
ence of a lower connector system.
D When using the lower anchorages
If your child restraint system has a top for the child restraint system, en-
strap, it should be anchored. (For the sure that the seat is moved to the
installation of the top strap, see “—Using rear−most position, with the seat-
a top strap” on page 100 in this Section.) back close to the child restraint
For installation details, refer to the instruc- system.
tion manual equipped with each product. D After securing the child restraint
system, never slide or recline the
seat.
D Do not install a child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat if it interferes
with the lock mechanism of the
front seats. Otherwise, the child or
front seat occupant(s) may be killed
or seriously injured in case of sud-
den braking or a collision.
106

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 4
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
107

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tilt and telescopic steering

wheel Outside rear view mirrors—
CAUTION
D Do not adjust the steering wheel

while the vehicle is moving. Doing
so may cause the driver to mishan-
dle the vehicle and an accident may
occur resulting in death or serious
injuries.
D After adjusting the steering wheel,
try moving it up and down or for-
ward and rearward to make sure it
is locked in position.
To adjust the steering wheel position, Adjust the mirror so that you can just
push down the lock release lever. Then see the side of your vehicle in the mir-
tilt the steering wheel to the desired ror.
angle, push or pull it to the desired Be careful when judging the size or dis-
steering column length and return the tance of any object seen in the outside
lever to its original position. rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
because it is a convex mirror. Any object
seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
and farther away than when seen in a flat
mirror.
On some models, when you push the rear
window defogger switch, the heater panels
in the outside rear view mirrors will quick-
ly clear the mirror surface. (See “Rear
window and outside rear view mirror de-
foggers” on page 122 in Section 1−5.)
108

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Power rear view mirror

control
CAUTION NOTICE
If ice should jam the mirror, do not
D Do not adjust the mirror while the operate the control or scrape the mir-
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
ror face. Use a spray de−icer to free
cause the driver to mishandle the
the mirror.
vehicle and an accident may occur
resulting in death or serious inju-
ries.
D On some models: Since the mirror
surfaces can get hot, do not touch
them when the defogger switch is
on.
To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
be adjusted
Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
(right).
2. Control switch—To move the mirror
Push the switch in the desired direc-
tion.
Mirrors can be adjusted when the engine
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
109

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Anti−glare inside rear view

—Folding rear view mirrors mirror
CAUTION
Do not adjust the mirror while the

vehicle is moving. Doing so may
cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
hicle and an accident may occur re-
sulting in death or serious injuries.
The rear view mirrors can be folded Adjust the mirror so that you can just
backward for parking in compact areas. see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
To fold the rear view mirror, push back- ror.
ward. To reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicle behind you during night
CAUTION driving, operate the lever on the lower
edge of the mirror.
Do not drive with the mirrors folded Daylight driving—Lever at position 1
backward. Both the driver and pas-
The reflection in the mirror has greater
senger side rear view mirrors must
be extended and properly adjusted clarity at this position.
before driving. Night driving—Lever at position 2
Remember that by reducing glare you also
lose some rear view clarity.
110

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Sun visors— —Vanity mirrors
CAUTION
Do not extend the plate at the end of

the sun visor when the visor is in the
position 1. It can cover the anti−glare
inside rear view mirror and obstruct
the rear view.
To block out glare, move the sun visor. To use the vanity mirrors, swing down
To block out glare from the front—Swing the main sun visor and slide the cover.
down the main sun visor (position 1). The vanity light comes on when you slide
To block out glare from the side—Swing the cover.
down the main sun visor, remove it from
the hook and swing it to the lateral side
(position 2).
If glare comes from obliquely behind you,
extend the plate at the end of the visor
(to position 3).
111

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
112

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 5
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Illuminated entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Rear window wiper and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Windshield wiper de−icer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers . . . . . . . . . . . 122
113

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Headlights and turn signals

HEADLIGHTS
NOTICE
To turn on the following lights: Twist
the headlight/turn signal lever knob. To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the lights on
Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,
for a long period when the engine is
side marker and instrument panel lights
not running.
For Canada—The tail light indicator lights
up in the instrument cluster.
Daytime running light system
Position 2—Headlights and all of the (on some models)
above
The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-
For the U.S.A.—The headlight indicator ty when the parking brake is released with
lights up in the instrument cluster. the engine started, even with the light
Automatic light cut off system switch in the “OFF” position. They will not
For the U.S.A. go off until the engine switch is turned off.
If the driver’s door is opened and closed
with the engine turned off, the lights will To turn on the other exterior lights and
automatically turn off after 30 seconds. If instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
all the doors are locked with the wireless the position 1.
remote control, the lights will turn off im- Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
mediately. the headlights to full intensity for driving
To turn on the lights again, turn the en- at night.
gine switch to the “ON” position or turn
the headlight switch on. If you are going
to park for over one week, make sure the
headlight switch is off.
For Canada
114

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the turn signal indicator lights (green

lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” on page 422 in Section 7−3.
High−Low beams—For high beams, turn TURN SIGNALS

the headlights on and push the lever away To signal a turn, push the headlight/
from you (position 1). Pull the lever to- turn signal lever up or down to position
ward you (position 2) for low beams. 1.
The headlight high beam indicator light The engine switch must be in the “ON”
(blue light) on the instrument panel will position.
tell you that the high beams are on.
The lever automatically returns after you
Flashing the high beam headlights make a turn, but you may have to return
(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way it by hand after you change lanes.
back. The high beam headlights turn off
when you release the lever. To signal a lane change, move the lever
up or down to the pressure point (position
You can flash the high beam headlights 2) and hold it.
with the knob turned to “OFF”.
115

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Emergency flashers Instrument panel light control

NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not leave the switch on
longer than necessary when the en-
gine is not running.
To turn on the emergency flashers, To adjust the brightness of the instru-

push the switch. ment panel lights, turn the dial.
All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn With the dial turned fully up, the intensity
them off, push the switch once again. of the instrument panel lights will not be
Turn on the emergency flashers to warn reduced even when the tail lights/head-
other drivers if your vehicle must be lights are turned on.
stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
Always pull as far off the road as pos-
sible.
The turn signal light switch will not work
when the emergency flashers are operat-
ing.
116

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Front fog lights Interior light

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the engine switch is in the “LOCK” posi-
tion and the door is left opened with the
switch at the “DOOR” position for 20 min-
utes or more.
To turn on the front fog lights, twist To turn on the interior light, slide the
the band of the headlight and turn sig- switch.
nal switch lever. They will come on The interior light switch has the following
only when the headlights are on low positions:
beam.
“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
Front fog light indicator light on the instru-
ment panel will tell you that the front fog “OFF”—Turns the light off.
lights are on. “DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of
the side doors are opened. For details,
see “Illuminated entry system” on page
119 in this Section.
117

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Personal lights Luggage compartment light

The personal lights operate separately
with each lens.
To turn on the light, push the lens on your
side. To turn the light off, push the lens
once again.
The personal light switch has the following
positions:
“DOOR”—Turns the lights on when any of
the side doors is opened. For details, see
“Illuminated entry system” on page 119 in
this Section.
“OFF”—Turn the lights on only when you
Without electric moon roof push the lens.
INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION
To prevent the battery being discharged,
the light will automatically turn off when
the engine switch is in the “LOCK” posi-
tion and the door is left opened with the
switch at the “DOOR” position for 20 min-
utes or more.
With electric moon roof
118

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Illuminated entry system

To turn on the luggage compartment The following lights will come on when
light, push the luggage compartment any of the side doors are opened. After
light switch upwards. The light turn on all the side doors are closed, the lights
when the back door is opened. The remain on for about 15 seconds before
light goes off when the back door is fading out.
closed. 1. Engine switch light
2. Personal lights (with the “DOOR” posi-
tion)
3. Interior light (with the “DOOR” position)
4. Foot lights
When any of the side doors are unlocked,
the lights will come on and remain on for
about 15 seconds before fading out.
If all the doors are closed, when the en-
gine switch is turned to the “LOCK” posi-
tion, the lights will come on and remain
on for about 15 seconds.
The duration of the lighting can be
changed. For details, ask your Toyota
dealer.
If all the doors are closed and the engine
switch is in the “ACC” position, the engine
switch light and interior light will fade out.
If all the doors are locked, all the lights
will fade out.
119

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Windshield wipers and washer

To prevent the battery being discharged, The “INT” band lets you adjust the wiping
the lights will automatically turn off when time interval when the wiper lever is in
the key is removed and the door is left the intermittent position (position 1). Twist
opened for about 20 minutes. the band upward to decrease the time
between sweeps, and downward to in-
FOOT LIGHTS
crease it.
The foot lights also come on when the
To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
engine switch is in the “ON” position with
toward you.
the automatic transmission selector lever
in the “P” position. When the selector le- If the windshield wipers are off, they will
ver is moved out of “P” position, the foot operate a couple of times after the washer
lights will be dimmed. squirts.
This operation can be customized. For de- For instructions on adding washer fluid,
tails, ask your Toyota dealer. see “Adding washer fluid” on page 422 in
To turn on the windshield wipers, move Section 7−3.
the lever to the desired setting. In freezing weather, warm the windshield
The engine switch must be in the “ON” with the defroster before using the washer.
position. This will help prevent the washer fluid
from freezing on your windshield, which
Lever position Speed setting can block your vision.
Position 1 Intermittent
NOTICE
operation
Position 2 Low speed Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
operation shield is dry. It may scratch the
glass.
Position 3 High speed
operation
For a single sweep of the windshield,
push the lever up and release it.
120

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear window wiper and

washer
When waxing your vehicle, make sure that For instructions on adding washer fluid,
the washer nozzles do not become see “Adding washer fluid” on page 422 in
blocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked, Section 7−3.
contact your Toyota dealer to have the
vehicle serviced. NOTICE
NOTICE Do not operate the rear wiper if the

rear window is dry. It may scratch the
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not glass.
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
To turn on the rear window wiper, twist

the lever knob upward.
position.
Lever position Speed setting

Intermittent
Position 1
operation
Position 2 Normal operation
To squirt washer fluid on the rear window,

twist the knob upward or downward as far
as it will go (position 3 or 4). The knob
automatically returns from these positions
after you release it. The rear window wip-
er operates while the washer squirts.
121

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear window and outside rear

Windshield wiper de−icer view mirror defoggers
To defog or defrost the rear window,
push the switch.
position.
The thin heater wires on the inside of the
rear window will quickly clear the window
surface. An indicator light will illuminate to
indicate the defogger is operating.
On some models, the heater panels in the
outside rear view mirrors will also quickly
clear the surfaces.
Push the switch once again to turn the
Manual air conditioning system defoggers off.
To deice the windshield wiper blades,
push the switch. The system will automatically shut off af-
ter the defoggers have operated about 15
The engine switch must be in the “ON” minutes.
position.
The system will automatically shut off af- CAUTION
ter the deicer has operated about 15 min-
utes. An indicator light will illuminate to On some models: Since the mirror
indicate the deicer is operating. surfaces can get hot, do not touch
If further deicing is desired, simply actuate them when the switch is on.
the switch again. When the wiper blades
have deiced, push the switch once again
to turn the deicer off. Continuous use may
cause the battery to discharge, especially
during stop−and−go driving.
Automatic air conditioning system
122

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Make sure you turn the defoggers off

when the surfaces are clear. Leaving the
defoggers on for a long time could cause
the battery to discharge, especially during
stop−and−go driving. The defoggers are
not designed for drying rain water or for
melting snow.
If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-
ly coated with ice, use a spray de−icer
before operating the switch.
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or connec-
tors.
123

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
124

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 6
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
125

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine coolant temperature

Fuel gauge gauge
On inclines or curves, due to the move-
ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
warning light may come on earlier than
usual.
If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
the fuel tank immediately.
The indicator lamp goes off after driving
several times. If the indicator lamp does
not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
The gauge indicates the approximate The gauge indicates the engine coolant
quantity of fuel remaining in the tank temperature when the engine switch is
when the engine switch is in the “ON” in the “ON” position. The engine oper-
position. ating temperature will vary with
Nearly full—Needle at “F” changes in weather and engine load.
Nearly empty—Needle at “E” If the needle moves into the red zone,
It is a good idea to keep the tank over your engine is too hot. If your vehicle
1/4 full. overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
engine to cool.
The needle moves when braking, acceler-
ating or making turns. This is caused by Your vehicle may overheat during severe
the movement of the fuel in the tank. operating conditions, such as:
If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
fuel level warning light comes on, fill the D Reducing speed or stopping after high
fuel tank as soon as possible. speed driving.
126

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

D Idling for a long period with the air
conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.
D Towing a trailer.
NOTICE
z Do not remove the thermostat in
the engine cooling system as this
may cause the engine to overheat.
The thermostat is designed to con-
trol the flow of coolant to keep the
temperature of the engine within
the specified operating range.
z Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. See “If your ve- The tachometer indicates engine speed This meter displays the odometer and
hicle overheats” on page 360 in in thousands of rpm (revolutions per two trip meters.
Section 4. minute). Use it while driving to select 1. Odometer—Shows the total distance
correct shift points and to prevent en- the vehicle has been driven.
gine lugging and over−revving.
2. Two trip meters—Show two different
Driving with the engine running too fast distances independently driven since
causes excessive engine wear and poor the last time each trip meter was set
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases to zero.
the slower the engine speed, the greater
the fuel economy. You can use one trip meter to calculate
the fuel economy and the other to
NOTICE measure the distance on each trip. All
trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-
Do not let the indicator needle get trical power source is disconnected.
into the red zone. This may cause
severe engine damage.
127

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Outside temperature display

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
trip meters to zero, and also change
the meter display.
To change the meter display, quickly
push and release the knob. The meter
display changes in the order from the
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
B, then back to the odometer each
time you push.
To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-
play the meter A reading, then push
and hold the knob until the meter is
set to zero. The same process can be
applied for resetting the trip meter B.
The displayed temperature ranges from
−40_C (−40_F) up to 50_C (122_F).
position.
If an abnormality exists in the connection
of the outside air temperature sensor,
“−−_C” will appear on the display. If
“−−_C” appears on the display, contact
your Toyota dealer.
When the outside air temperature falls be-
low 3_C (37_F) while driving, the tempera-
ture display flashes to indicate that the
outside air temperature is becoming low.
However, if the temperature is already
3_C (37_F) or below, the display does not
flash when the engine is turned to the
“ON” position.
128

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.
(a) or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(b) Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(indicator and buzzer)
(c) Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.
(indicator and buzzer)
(d) Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(e) Stop and check.
(f) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(g) Fill up tank.
129

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(h) or
If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.
(i) Close all side doors and back door.
(j) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.
(k) Stop and check.
(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(m) Adjust the tire inflation pressure. If warning light remains, contact Toyota dealer.
Cool the driveline without turning off the engine. If warning light remains, contact
(n) Toyota dealer.
(o) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
130

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(p) Add washer fluid.
(q) Replace engine oil.
(r) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.
131

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(a) Brake System Warning Light (b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
CAUTION and Buzzer
This light comes on in the following cases
when the engine switch is in the “ON” The light and buzzer act as a reminder to
If either of the following conditions
position. buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
D When the parking brake is applied... at a safe place and contact your Once the engine switch is turned to the
This light comes on for a few seconds Toyota dealer. “ON” or “START” position, the reminder
light flashes if the driver’s seat belt is not
when the engine switch is turned to the D The light does not turn off even
“ON” position even after the parking brake fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
after the parking brake is released
is released. while the engine is running. belt, the light continues flashing.
D When the brake fluid level is low... If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h
In this case, the brakes may not
(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,
work properly and your stopping
the buzzer will sound for 30 seconds.
CAUTION distance will become longer. De-
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,
press the brake pedal firmly and
the buzzer will sound in a different tone
It is dangerous to continue driving bring the vehicle to an immediate
for 90 more seconds. Even if the vehicle
normally when the brake fluid level is stop.
speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), the
low. D The brake system warning light re- buzzer will continue to sound. To stop the
mains on together with the “ABS” buzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer
Have your vehicle checked at your warning light. still sounds, make sure the front passen-
Toyota dealer in the following cases: In this case, not only the anti−lock ger’s seat belt is fastened.
D The light does not come on even if the brake system will fail but also the
parking brake is applied when the en- vehicle will become extremely un-
gine switch is in the “ON” position. stable during braking.
D The light does not come on even if the
engine is turned to the “ON” position
with the parking brake released.
A warning light turning on briefly during
operation does not indicate a problem.
132

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re- (d) Charging System Warning Light The light may occasionally flicker when
minder Light and Buzzer This warning light comes on when the the engine is idling or it may come on
The light and buzzer act as a reminder to engine switch is turned to the “ON” posi- briefly after a hard stop. There is no
have the front passenger buckle up the tion, and goes off when the engine is cause for concern if it then goes out when
seat belt. started. the engine is accelerated slightly.
Once the engine switch is turned to the When there are problems in the charging The light may come on when the oil level
“ON” or “START” position, the reminder system while the engine is running, the is extremely low. It is not designed to
light flashes if a passenger sits in the warning light comes on. indicate low oil level, and the oil level
front passenger seat and does not fasten must be checked using the level dipstick.
the seat belt. However, if a front passen- NOTICE
NOTICE
ger uses an additional seat cushion, the
When the charging system warning
light may not flash even when the seat Do not drive the vehicle with the
light comes on while the engine is
belt is not buckled up. warning light on—even for one block.
running, malfunctions such as the en-
If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h gine drive belt being broken may have It may ruin the engine.
(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened, occurred. If the warning light comes
the buzzer will sound for 30 seconds. on, immediately stop the vehicle in a (f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, safe place and contact your Toyota This lamp comes on when the engine
the buzzer will sound in a different tone dealer. switch is turned to the “ON” position
for 90 more seconds. Even if the vehicle
and goes off after the engine starts.
speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), the
(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning This means that the warning light sys-
buzzer will continue to sound. To stop the
Light tem is operating properly.
buzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer
still sounds, make sure the driver’s seat This light warns that the engine oil pres- If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
belt is fastened. sure is too low. comes on while driving, first check the
If it flickers or stays on while you are followings.
If luggage or other load is placed on the
front passenger seat, depending on its driving, pull off the road to a safe place D Empty fuel tank
weight the reminder light may flash. and stop the engine immediately. Call a If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for ately.
assistance.
133

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Loose fuel tank cap Even if the abnormality of the electronic (g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely throttle control system is corrected during This light comes on when the fuel level
tighten it. low speed driving, the system may not be in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
recovered until the engine is stopped and the tank as soon as possible.
These cases are temporary malfunctions. the engine switch is turned to the “ACC”
The malfunction indicator lamp will go off or “LOCK” position. On inclines or curves, due to the move-
after taking several driving trips. ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
If the lamp does not go off even after warning light may come on earlier than
CAUTION
several trips, contact your Toyota dealer usual.
as soon as possible. Be especially careful to prevent erro- (h) “ABS” Warning Light
If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel neous pedal operation. The light comes on when the engine
tank cap is not loose... switch is turned to the “ON” position. If
D There is a problem somewhere in the Emissions Inspection and Maintenance the anti−lock brake system and the brake
engine, emission control system, elec- (I/M) programs assist system work properly, the light
tronic throttle control system, automatic Your vehicle may not pass a state turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter,
transmission electrical system or warn- emission inspection if the malfunction if either of the systems malfunctions, the
ing light system itself. light comes on again.
indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
possible to service the vehicle. emission control system and OBD the brake system warning light is off), the
(On−Board Diagnostics) system before following systems do not operate, but the
If engine speed does not increase when taking your vehicle for the inspection. brake system still operates conventionally.
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
may be a problem somewhere in the elec- For details, see “Emissions Inspection and D Anti−lock brake system
tronic throttle control system. Maintenance (I/M) programs” on page 394 D Brake assist system
in Section 6.
At this time, vibration may occur. Howev- D Traction control system
er, if you depress the accelerator pedal D “AUTO LSD” system
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys-
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as tem
possible. D Downhill assist control system
D Hill−start assist control system
134

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and (j) SRS Warning Light
the brake system warning light is off), the CAUTION
This indicator comes on when the en-
anti−lock brake system does not operate gine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-
so that the wheels could lock up during If the “ABS” warning light remains on
tion. It goes off after about 6 seconds.
a sudden braking or braking on slippery together with the brake system warn-
This means the SRS airbags and seat
road surfaces. ing light, immediately stop your ve-
belt pretensioners are operating proper-
hicle at a safe place and contact your
If either of the following conditions ly.
Toyota dealer.
occurs, this indicates a malfunction This warning light system monitors the
somewhere in the components moni- In this case, not only the anti−lock
brake system will fail but also the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
tored by the warning light. Contact your sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to vehicle will become extremely unsta-
service the vehicle. ble during braking.
D The light does not come on when the buckle switch, “AIR BAG ON” indicator
engine switch is turned to the “ON” (i) Open Door Warning Light light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front
position, or remains on. This light remains on until all the side passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seat
D The light comes on while you are driv- doors and back door are completely belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, in-
ing. closed. terconnecting wiring and power sources.
A warning light turning on briefly during If any of the following conditions occurs,
operation does not indicate a problem. this indicates a malfunction of the airbags
or seat belt pretensioners. Contact your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
D The light does not come on when the
position or remains on for more than
6 seconds.
D The light comes on while driving.
135

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The SRS warning light and “AIR BAG (l) “VSC” Warning Light (m) Tire Pressure Warning Light
OFF” indicator light will come on if there The light warns that there is a problem This light warns that the tire pressure of
is a malfunction in the front passenger somewhere in the following. one or more of your tires (including the
occupant classification system. spare tire) is low. The light comes on
D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys-
(k) Automatic Transmission Fluid Tem- tem when the engine switch is turned to the
perature Warning Light “ON” position. It goes off after a few sec-
D Traction control system onds. This indicates that the tire pressure
This light warns that the automatic trans-
mission fluid temperature is too high. D “AUTO LSD” system warning system is functioning properly.
If this light comes on while you are driv- D Downhill assist control system If the warning light comes on while you
ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stop D Hill−start assist control system are driving, the tire pressure of one or
the vehicle at a safe place and put the more of your tires (including the spare
The light will come on when the engine tire) is low. The light goes off after the
selector lever in “P”. With the engine id- switch is turned to the “ON” position and
ling, wait until the light goes off. If the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the
will go off after a few seconds. proper pressure.
light goes off, you can start the vehicle
again. If the light does not go off, call a If the light comes on while driving, all the If the warning light blinks, the tire pres-
Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for above systems will not work. In such a sure warning system may be malfunction-
assistance. case, the brakes will operate when applied ing. Contact your Toyota dealer.
(no electronic assistance will be avail-
able), and it will be possible to continue For details, see “Tire pressure warning
NOTICE system” on page 163 in Section 1−7.
driving the vehicle.
Continued driving with the warning
In the following cases, contact your Toyota
light on may damage the automatic
dealer:
transmission.
D The warning light does not come on
after the engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position.
D The warning light remains on after the
position.
D The warning light comes on while driv-
ing.
136

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(n) “4WD” Warning Light If the “4WD” warning light remains on...
CAUTION
The light warns that when there is a prob- This indicates that the system may not
lem somewhere in active torque control work properly. Contact your Toyota dealer
If the electric power steering system
4WD system. to service your vehicle.
warning light comes on, take your ve-
The light will come on when the engine (o) Electric Power Steering System hicle to your Toyota dealer as soon
switch is turned to the “ON” position, and Warning Light as possible. In this case, more effort
will go off after about a few seconds. The light comes on when the engine is required for the steering wheel to
If the warning light does not come on switch is turned to the “ON” position. If turn than usual. Drive your vehicle
when the engine switch is turned to the the electric power steering system warning while firmly gripping the steering
“ON” position, contact your Toyota dealer light works properly, the light turns off wheel.
to service the vehicle. after a few seconds. If the system has
If the “4WD” warning light flashes... malfunctions, the light comes on again. (p) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level
If the following conditions occur, this Warning Light
This indicates that the driveline tempera-
ture has become too high. Without turning indicates a malfunction somewhere in The light warns that the windshield washer
off the engine, do either of the following the components monitored by the warn- fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at
to cool the driveline: ing light system. Have your vehicle your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon see “Adding washer fluid” on page 422 in
D Reduce vehicle speed until the light as possible. Section 7−3.)
goes off.
D The light does not come on when the
D Stop the vehicle at a safe place and engine switch is turned to the “ON”
allow the engine to idle until the light position or remains on.
goes off.
D The light stays on while you are driv-
If operation of the vehicle is continued ing.
while the light is flashing, the system au-
tomatically shuts off the engine torque that
is applied to the rear wheels to protect
the driveline. If this happens, the light will
flash faster.
When the driveline temperature falls
enough, the light will go off.
137

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(q) Engine Oil Replacement Reminder The system must be reset after the en- CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER
Light gine oil replacement. Reset the system by INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
This light acts as a reminder to replace the following procedure: warning light and low windshield
the engine oil. 1. Turn the engine switch to the “OFF” washer fluid level warning light)
This light will come on when the engine position with the trip meter A reading 1. Apply the parking brake.
switch is turned to the “ON” position and shown. (For details, see “Odometer and 2. Open one of the doors.
will go off after about a few seconds. two trip meters” on page 127 in this The open door warning light should
Section.) come on.
When you drive for about 7200 km (4500
miles) after the engine oil replacement, 2. Turn the engine switch to the “ON” 3. Close the door.
this light illuminates for about 3 seconds position while holding down the trip The open door warning light should go
and then flashes for about 12 seconds meter reset knob. off.
with the engine switch turned to the “ON” Hold down the knob for at least 5 sec- 4. Turn the engine switch to the “ON”
position. If you continue driving without onds. The odometer indicates “000000” position, but do not start the engine.
replacing the engine oil, and if the dis- and the light goes off. All the service reminder indicators ex-
tance driven exceeds 8000 km (5000 If the system fails to reset, the light will cept the open door warning light should
miles), the light will come on after the continue flashing. come on.
engine switch is turned to the “ON” posi-
tion. The light will remain on thereafter. (r) Key Reminder Buzzer The following service reminder indica-
This buzzer acts as a reminder to remove tors go off after a few seconds:
If the light is flashing, we recommend that
you replace the engine oil at an early the key when you open the driver’s door D Engine oil replacement reminder light
opportunity depending on the driving and with the engine switch in the “ACC” or D Automatic transmission fluid tempera-
road conditions. If the light comes on, “LOCK” position. ture warning light
replace it as soon as possible. D “ABS” warning light
D “VSC” warning light
D Tire pressure warning light
D “4WD” warning light
D Electric power steering system warning
light
138

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D “AUTO LSD” indicator light

D Slip indicator light
D Downhill assist control system indicator
light
D Four−wheel drive lock indicator light
The SRS warning light goes off after
about 6 seconds.
If any service reminder indicator or warn-
ing buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
139

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
140

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 7
CONTROLS
Engine (ignition) switch, Transmission and Parking
brake
Engine (ignition) switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Active torque control 4WD system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
“AUTO LSD” system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Enhanced vehicle stability control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Downhill assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Hill−start assist control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
141

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine (ignition) switch

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
NOTICE
wheel is locked. The key can be re-
moved only at this position. Do not leave the engine switch in the
You must push in the key to turn the “ON” position if the engine is not
engine switch from the “ACC” to “LOCK” running. The battery will discharge
position. The selector lever must be in the and the ignition could be damaged.
“P” position before pushing the key.
Vehicles with engine immobilizer sys-
tem—Once you remove the key, the en-
gine immobilizer system is automatically
set. (See “Engine immobilizer system” on
page 15 in Section 1−2.)
When starting the engine, the engine
“START”—Starter motor on. The key switch may seem stuck at the “LOCK”
will return to the “ON” position when position. To free it, first be sure the key
released. is pushed all the way in, and then rotate
the steering wheel slightly while turning
For starting tips, see page 341 in Section
the key gently.
3.
Approximately five hours after the engine
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on. is turned off, you may hear sound coming
from under the floor around the driver’s
This is the normal driving position. seat for several minutes. This is normal
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio operation and does not indicate a malfunc-
operate, but the engine is off. tion. (See “Leak detection pump” on page
ix.)
If you leave the engine switch in the
“ACC” or “LOCK” position and open the It is not a malfunction if the needle on all
driver’s door, a buzzer will remind you to meters and gauges move slightly when the
remove the key. engine switch is turned to the “ON” or
“START” position.
142

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Automatic transmission (4−speed)

Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of the “P” position when the
Selector lever brake pedal is depressed (with the engine
switch in the “ON” position).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and
key removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving
(shifting into overdrive possible)
3: Engine braking
(shifting into overdrive not possible)
Shift with the brake pedal 2: Stronger engine braking
depressed. L: Maximum engine braking
(The engine switch must
be in the “ON” position.)
Shift normally.
143

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(b) Normal driving (c) Using engine braking D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How To use engine braking, you can downshift mission will downshift to first gear
to start the engine” on page 342 in the transmission as follows: when the vehicle speed drops down to
Section 3. The transmission must be in or lower than the following speed, and
D Shift into the “3” position. The trans- maximum engine braking will be en-
the “P” or “N” position. mission will downshift to third gear and abled.
2. With your foot holding down the brake engine braking will be enabled.
pedal, shift the selector lever to the Two−wheel drive models
Two−wheel drive models 56 km/h (35 mph)
“D” position. 173 km/h (108 mph) Four−wheel drive models
When the lever is in the “D” position, the Four−wheel drive models 53 km/h (33 mph)
automatic transmission system will select 164 km/h (102 mph)
the most suitable gear for running condi- When the cruise control is being used,
D Shift into the “2” position. The trans- even if you downshift from the “D” to “3”
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb- mission will downshift to second gear
ing, hard towing, etc. position, engine braking will not be en-
when the vehicle speed drops down to abled because the cruise control is not
Always use the “D” position for better fuel or lower than the following speed, and cancelled.
economy and quieter driving. If the engine stronger engine braking will be en-
coolant temperature is low, the transmis- abled. For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
sion will not shift into the overdrive gear see “Cruise control” on page 168 in this
Two−wheel drive models Section.
even in the “D” position. 113 km/h (70 mph)
Four−wheel drive models
CAUTION CAUTION
107 km/h (66 mph)
Never put your foot on the accelera- Be careful when downshifting on a

tor pedal while shifting. slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
could cause the vehicle to skid or
spin.
3. Release the parking brake and brake
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly for smooth starting.
144

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(d) Using the “2” and “L” positions (f) Parking

z Do not continue hill climbing or
The “2” and “L” positions are used for hard towing for a long time in the 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
strong engine braking as described pre- “2” or “L” position. This may cause 2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
viously. severe automatic transmission dam- securely apply the parking brake.
With the selector lever in the “2” or “L” age from overheating. To prevent 3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
position, you can start the vehicle in mo- such damage, the “3” position shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
tion as with the lever in the “D” position. should be used in hill climbing or tion.
With the selector lever in the “2” position, hard towing.
the vehicle will start in first gear and au- CAUTION
tomatically shift to second gear. (e) Backing up
With the selector lever in the “L” position, 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. Never attempt to move the selector
the transmission is engaged in first gear. lever into the “P” position under any
2. With the brake pedal held down with
circumstances while the vehicle is
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
NOTICE moving. Serious mechanical damage
“R” position.
and loss of vehicle control may re-
z Be careful not to over−rev the en- sult.
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep NOTICE
engine rpm from going into the red Never shift into reverse while the ve-
zone. The approximate maximum al- (g) Good driving practice
hicle is moving.
lowable speed for each position is D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
given below for your reference: and down between third gear and over-
Two−wheel drive models drive when climbing a gentle slope,
“2” . . . . . . . . . 126 km/h (78 mph) shift the selector lever to the “3” posi-
“L” . . . . . . . . . . 70 km/h (43 mph) tion. Be sure to shift the selector lever
to the “D” position immediately after-
Four−wheel drive models ward.
“2” . . . . . . . . . 120 km/h (74 mph)
“L” . . . . . . . . . . 67 km/h (41 mph) D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
use the “D” position.
145

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
Always keep your foot on the brake

pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle
from creeping.
NOTICE
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
the vehicle using the accelerator ped-
al, as this can cause the transmission
to overheat.
(h) If you cannot shift the selector le-

ver out of the “P” position
If you cannot shift the selector lever from
the “P” position even though the brake
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock
override button. For instructions, see “If
you cannot shift automatic transmission
selector lever” on page 378 in Section 4.
146

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Automatic transmission (5−speed)

Your automatic transmission has a shift
lock system to minimize the possibility of
incorrect operation. This means you can
only shift out of the “P” position when the
Selector lever brake pedal is depressed (with the engine
switch in the “ON” position).
(a) Selector lever
The shift position is also displayed on the
instrument cluster.
P: Parking, engine starting and key
removal
R: Reverse
N: Neutral
D: Normal driving
(shifting into overdrive possible)
4: Engine braking
(shifting into overdrive not possible)
Shift with the brake pedal 3, 2: Stronger engine braking
depressed. L: Maximum engine braking
(The engine switch must
be in the “ON” position.)
Shift normally.
147

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(b) Normal driving (c) Using engine braking For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,
1. Start the engine as instructed in “How To use engine braking, you can downshift see “Cruise control” on page 168 in this
to start the engine” on page 342 in the transmission as follows: Section.
Section 3. The transmission must be in D Shift into the “4” position. The trans-
the “P” or “N” position. CAUTION
mission will downshift to fourth gear
2. With your foot holding down the brake and engine braking will be enabled. Be careful when downshifting on a
pedal, shift the selector lever to the D Shift into the “3” position. The trans- slippery surface. Abrupt shifting
“D” position. mission will downshift to third gear could cause the vehicle to skid or
When the lever is in the “D” position, the when the vehicle speed drops down to spin.
automatic transmission system will select or lower than 161 km/h (100 mph),
the most suitable gear for running condi- and stronger engine braking will be en-
(d) Using the “3”, “2” and “L” posi-
tions such as normal cruising, hill climb- abled.
tions
ing, hard towing, etc. D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used for
Always use the “D” position for better fuel mission will downshift to second gear
strong engine braking as described pre-
economy and quieter driving. If the engine when the vehicle speed drops down to
viously.
coolant temperature is low, the transmis- or lower than 99 km/h (62 mph), and
sion will not shift into the overdrive gear stronger engine braking will be en- With the selector lever in the “3”, “2” or
even in the “D” position. abled. “L” position, you can start the vehicle in
motion as with the lever in the “D” posi-
D Shift into the “L” position. The trans- tion.
CAUTION mission will downshift to first gear
when the vehicle speed drops down to With the selector lever in the “3” or “2”
Never put your foot on the accelera- or lower than 42 km/h (26 mph), and position, the vehicle will start in first gear
tor pedal while shifting. maximum engine braking will be en- and automatically shift to third gear or
abled. second gear.
3. Release the parking brake and brake When the cruise control is being used, With the selector lever in the “L” position,
pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal even if you downshift from the “D” to “4” the transmission is engaged in first gear.
slowly for smooth starting. position, engine braking will not be en-
abled because the cruise control is not
cancelled.
148

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(e) Backing up (g) Good driving practice

NOTICE
1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
z Be careful not to over−rev the en- and down between fourth gear and
2. With the brake pedal held down with
gine. Watch the tachometer to keep overdrive when climbing a gentle slope,
your foot, shift the selector lever to the
engine rpm from going into the red shift the selector lever to the “4” posi-
“R” position.
zone. The approximate maximum al- tion. Be sure to shift the selector lever
lowable speed for each position is NOTICE to the “D” position immediately after-
given below for your reference: ward.
“3” . . . . . . . . 175 km/h (109 mph) Never shift into reverse while the ve-
D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
“2” . . . . . . . . . 113 km/h (70 mph) hicle is moving.
tain engine braking efficiency, do not
“L” . . . . . . . . . . 63 km/h (39 mph) use the “D” position.
(f) Parking
z Do not continue hill climbing or
hard towing for a long time in the 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. CAUTION
“3”, “2” or “L” position. This may 2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
cause severe automatic transmis- securely apply the parking brake. Always keep your foot on the brake
sion damage from overheating. To pedal while stopped with the engine
3. With the brake pedal pressed down, running. This prevents the vehicle
prevent such damage, the “4” posi-
shift the selector lever to the “P” posi- from creeping.
tion should be used in hill climbing
tion.
or hard towing.
CAUTION NOTICE
Never attempt to move the selector Always use the brake pedal or the
lever into the “P” position under any parking brake to hold the vehicle on
circumstances while the vehicle is an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold
moving. Serious mechanical damage the vehicle using the accelerator ped-
and loss of vehicle control may real, as this can cause the transmission
sult. to overheat.
149

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Active torque control 4WD

system
(h) If you cannot shift the selector le- The active torque control 4WD system
ver out of the “P” position controls the engine torque that is ap-
If you cannot shift the selector lever from plied to the rear wheels according to
the “P” position even though the brake the driving conditions and road condi-
pedal is depressed, use the shift lock tions. When the vehicle’s driving condi-
override button. For instructions, see “If tions are stable such as driving straight
you cannot shift automatic transmission ahead, the engine torque is applied to
selector lever” on page 378 in Section 4. only the front wheels.
FOUR−WHEEL DRIVE LOCK SWITCH

When the vehicle is driven on loose
surfaces, such as sand, gravel, or deep
snow, or if the vehicle gets stuck,
pushing the four−wheel drive lock
switch to ensure that the engine torque
is applied to the 4 wheels.
When the four−wheel drive lock switch is
pushed, the four−wheel drive lock indicator
light blinks twice and remains on until the
four−wheel drive lock is canceled.
To cancel the four−wheel drive lock, push
the switch once again and the four−wheel
drive lock indicator light will go off.
150

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h If the “4WD” warning light flashes...
(25 mph), the four−wheel drive lock will This indicates that the driveline tempera-
be cancelled automatically. ture has become too high. Without turning
The four−wheel drive lock indicator will off the engine, do either of the following
come on for a few seconds when the to cool the driveline:
engine switch is turned to the “ON” posi- D Reduce vehicle speed until the light
tion. goes off.
If the indicator light does not come on D Stop the vehicle at a safe place and
when the engine switch is turned to the allow the engine to idle until the light
“ON” position or the four−wheel drive lock goes off.
switch is pushed, contact your Toyota
dealer. If operation of the vehicle is continued
while the light is flashing, the system au-
NOTICE tomatically shuts off the engine torque that
SYSTEM FAILURE WARING is applied to the rear wheels to protect
Use the four−wheel drive lock only The “4WD” warning light warns that there the driveline. If this happens, the light will
when driving on the loose surfaces, is a problem somewhere in the active flash faster.
such as sand, gravel, or deep snow, torque control 4WD system. When the driveline temperature falls
or if the vehicle gets stuck. After the
The light will come on when the engine enough, the light will go off.
four−wheel drive lock is used to pro-
switch is turned to the “ON” position. If the “4WD” warning light remains on...
vide traction, cancel the four−wheel
When the system works properly, the light
drive lock. Using the four−wheel drive This indicates that the system may not
turns off after a few seconds.
lock at other times may cause dam- work properly. Contact your Toyota dealer
age to the four−wheel drive system. If the warning light does not come on to service your vehicle.
when the engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position, contact your Toyota dealer
to service the vehicle.
151

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Traction control system

The traction control system automatical- When the traction control system is oper-
ly helps prevent the spinning of the ating, the following conditions occur:
front wheels (two−wheel drive models) D The system controls the spinning of the
or 4 wheels (four−wheel drive models) front wheels (two−wheel drive models)
when the vehicle is started or acceler- or 4 wheels (four−wheels drive mod-
ated on slippery road surfaces. els). At this time, the slip indicator light
When the engine switch is turned to the blinks.
“ON” position, the system automatically D The vehicle may vibrate or make a
turns on. noise due to brake operation. This indi-
cates the system is functioning proper-
CAUTION ly.
Under certain slippery road condi- The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the engine switch is turned
tions, full traction of the vehicle and
A sound may be heard from the engine to the “ON” position. If the indicator light
power to the front wheels (two−wheel
drive models) or 4 wheels (four−wheel compartment for a few seconds when the does not come on when the engine switch
engine is started or just after the vehicle is turned to the “ON” position, contact
drive models) cannot be maintained,
begins to move. This means that the sys- your Toyota dealer.
even though the traction control sys-
tem is in operation. Do not drive the tem is in the self−check mode. This sound
vehicle under any speed or maneuver- does not indicate a malfunction.
ing conditions which may cause the
vehicle to lose traction control. If the
road surface is covered with ice or
snow, your vehicle should be fitted
with snow tires or tire chains. Always
drive at a speed that is appropriate
for the present road conditions.
152

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“AUTO LSD” system

(two−wheel drive models)
If the light comes on while driving, all the The “AUTO LSD” system aids traction
above systems will not work. In such a by using the traction control system to
case, the brakes will operate when applied control engine performance and braking
(no electronic assistance will be avail- when one of the front wheels begins to
able), and it will be possible to continue spin.
driving the vehicle. This system is used only when wheel
In the following cases, contact your Toyota spinning occurs in a ditch or on a
dealer: rough surface.
D The warning light does not come on This system is effective in case one of
when the engine switch is turned to the the front wheels is spinning.
“ON” position.
NOTICE
engine switch is turned to the “ON” Do not use the “AUTO LSD” system
“VSC” warning light position. in conditions other than the above. A
This light warns that there is a problem D The warning light comes on while driv- much greater steering effort and more
somewhere in the following systems: ing. careful cornering control will be re-
quired.
D Traction control system
D “AUTO LSD” system
tem
D Downhill assist control system
The light will come on when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position.
When the systems are work properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds.
153

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The “AUTO LSD” indicator light will come

on for a few seconds when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position. If
the indicator light does not come on when
the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position or the “AUTO LSD” switch is
pushed, contact your Toyota dealer.
If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high, a buzzer will sound for about 3
seconds. (The slip indicator light will also
be lit.) The system will temporarily stop
operating in order to protect the brake
actuator. Although “AUTO LSD” system is
not operating, it is still possible to contin-
To turn on the system, push the “AUTO ue your driving. “VSC” warning light
LSD” switch when the vehicle is This light warns that there is a problem
The operation of the system will be auto-
stopped. somewhere in the following systems:
matically restored after the actuator cools
The “AUTO LSD” indicator light will come down. After operation is restored, the slip D Traction control system
on and remain on while the system is on. indicator light will go off.
While the system is operating, the slip D “AUTO LSD” system
indicator light will also flash. D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys-
To turn off the system, push the “AUTO tem
LSD” switch again and the “AUTO LSD” D Downhill assist control system
indicator light will go off. D Hill−start assist control system
If the vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h (31 When the engine switch is turned to the
mph), this system will be cancelled auto- “ON” position, the light will come on.
matically. When the systems are work properly, the
154

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Enhanced vehicle stability

control system
(two−wheel drive vehicles)
If the light comes on while driving, all the The vehicle stability control system
above systems will not work. In such a helps provide integrated control of the CAUTION
case, the brakes will operate when applied such systems as the anti−lock brake,
(no electronic assistance will be avail- brake assist, traction control, engine D Do not rely excessively on the ve-
able), and it will be possible to continue control, electric power steering. This hicle stability control system. Even
driving the vehicle. system automatically controls the if the vehicle stability control sys-
brakes, engine and power steering to tem is operating, you must always
help prevent the vehicle from skidding drive carefully and attentively to
dealer:
when cornering on a slippery road sur- avoid death or serious injury. Reck-
D The warning light does not come on face or operating steering wheel abrupt- less driving will result in an unex-
when the engine switch is turned to the ly. pected accident. If the slip indicator
“ON” position. light flashes, and an alarm sounds,
This system activates when the vehicle
D The warning light remains on after the special care should be taken while
speed exceeds about 15 km/h (9 mph).
engine switch is turned to the “ON” driving.
A sound may be heard from the engine
position. D Use only tires of the specified size.
compartment for a few seconds when the The size, manufacturer, brand and
D The warning light comes on while driv- engine is started or just after the vehicle
ing. tread pattern for all 4 tires should
begins to move. This means that the sys-
be the same. If you use the tires
tem is in the self−check mode. This sound
other than specified, or different
does not indicate a malfunction.
type or size, the vehicle stability
control system may not function
correctly. When replacing the tires
or wheels, contact your Toyota deal-
er. (See “Checking and replacing
tires” on page 410 in Section 7−2.)
D In situations where the road surface
is covered with ice or snow, your
vehicle should be fitted with snow
tires or tire chains.
155

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the light comes on while driving, all the

above systems will not work. In such a
case, the brakes will operate when applied
(no electronic assistance will be avail-
able), and it will be possible to continue
dealer:
“ON” position.
If the vehicle is going to skid during driv- “VSC” warning light position.
ing, the slip indicator light blinks and an This light warns that there is a problem D The warning light comes on while driv-
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care somewhere in the following systems: ing.
should be taken while driving.
The slip indicator light comes on for a few
seconds when the engine switch is turned D “AUTO LSD” system
to the “ON” position. If the indicator light D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys-
does not come on when the engine switch tem
is turned to the “ON” position, contact D Downhill assist control system
your Toyota dealer.
The light will come on when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position.
156

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Enhanced vehicle stability

control system
(four−wheel drive models)
The vehicle stability control system
helps provide integrated control of the CAUTION
such systems as the anti−lock brake,
brake assist, traction control, engine D Do not rely excessively on the ve-
control, electric power steering, active hicle stability control system. Even
torque control 4WD. This system auto- if the vehicle stability control sys-
matically controls the brakes, engine tem is operating, you must always
and power steering as well as driving drive carefully and attentively to
force to all the 4 wheels to help pre- avoid death or serious injury. Reck-
vent the vehicle from skidding when less driving will result in an unex-
cornering on a slippery road surface or pected accident. If the slip indicator
operating steering wheel abruptly. light flashes, and an alarm sounds,
special care should be taken while
This system activates when the vehicle
driving.
speed exceeds about 15 km/h (9 mph).
D Use only tires of the specified size. If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-
A sound may be heard from the engine The size, manufacturer, brand and ing, the slip indicator light blinks and an
compartment for a few seconds when the
tread pattern for all 4 tires should alarm sounds intermittently. Special care
engine is started or just after the vehicle
be the same. If you use the tires should be taken while driving.
begins to move. This means that the sys-
other than specified, or different The slip indicator light comes on for a few
tem is in the self−check mode. This sound
type or size, the vehicle stability seconds when the engine switch is turned
does not indicate a malfunction.
control system may not function to the “ON” position. If the indicator light
correctly. When replacing the tires does not come on when the engine switch
or wheels, contact your Toyota deal- is turned to the “ON” position, contact
er. (See “Checking and replacing your Toyota dealer.
tires” on page 410 in Section 7−2.)
D In situations where the road surface
is covered with ice or snow, your
vehicle should be fitted with snow
tires or tire chains.
157

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Downhill assist control system

If the light comes on while driving, all the The downhill assist control system as-
above systems will not work. In such a sists the deceleration of the engine
case, the brakes will operate when applied brake when you drive down a steep hill.
(no electronic assistance will be avail- When you are driving down a hill,
able), and it will be possible to continue pushing the “DAC” switch turns on the
driving the vehicle. system. If the vehicle is traveling at a
In the following cases, contact your Toyota speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less, you
dealer: can descend at a constant speed.
D The warning light does not come on CAUTION

“ON” position.
Do not rely excessively on the down-
D The warning light remains on after the hill assist control system. It may not
engine switch is turned to the “ON” be able to maintain a low speed over
“VSC” warning light position. road surfaces or off−road surfaces on
This light warns that there is a problem D The warning light comes on while driv- which sliding can easily occur, such
somewhere in the following systems: ing. as extremely steep slopes or icy or
muddy roads.
D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys- TO ACTIVATE THE DOWNHILL ASSIST
tem CONTROL SYSTEM
D Downhill assist control system 1. In order to make full use of the en-
D Hill−start assist control system gine brake, put the transmission se-
The light will come on when the engine lector lever in “L” (forward) or “R”
switch is turned to the “ON” position. (reverse).
158

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the “DAC” switch is pushed to turn the

system off while it is in operation, the
system will stop operating gradually. The
downhill assist control system indicator
light will flash to alert the driver. To con-
tinue driving at a low speed, push the
“DAC” switch to turn the system on.
The slip indicator light and downhill assist
control system indicator light come on for
a few seconds when the engine switch is
turned to the “ON” position. If any of the
indicator lights does not come on when
the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position, contact your Toyota dealer.
2. Push the “DAC” switch to turn the With the vehicle traveling at a speed of
system on. The downhill assist con- 25 km/h (15 mph) or less, release the If the brake actuator temperature becomes
too high, the downhill assist control sys-
trol system indicator light will come brake pedal and accelerator pedal to acti-
tem indicator light will flash and a buzzer
on. vate the system. The vehicle will descend
the hill at a low speed. will start to sound intermittently. This indi-
If the downhill assist control system indicates that the system cannot operate for
cator light flashes, the selector lever may While the system is operating, the slip much longer. In this case, stop the vehicle
not be in “L” or “R”. indicator light will flash and the stoplights immediately in a safe place.
If the indicator light does not come on and high mounted stoplight will be lit. A
If the system continues to operate while
when the switch is pushed, or the indica- sound may also occur during the opera-
tion. This does not indicate a malfunction. driving, the buzzer will sound for about 3
tor light flashes when the selector lever is seconds. The system will temporarily stop
in “L” or “R”, contact your Toyota dealer. If the brakes are applied while the system operating in order to protect the brake
is operating, a kickback from the brake actuator. Although the downhill assist con-
pedal may result and a sound may occur. trol system is not operating, it is still pos-
This does not indicate a malfunction. sible to continue your driving.
159

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The operation of the system will be auto- If the light comes on while driving, all the
matically restored after the actuator cools above systems will not work. In such a
down. The downhill assist control system case, the brakes will operate when applied
indicator light changes from flash to re- (no electronic assistance will be avail-
main on after operation is restored. able), and it will be possible to continue
dealer:
“ON” position.
“VSC” warning light position.
This light warns that there is a problem D The warning light comes on while driv-
somewhere in the following systems: ing.
tem
When the engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position, the light will come on.
160

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Hill−start assist control

system
The hill−start assist control system as- TO ACTIVATE THE HILL−START ASSIST
sists in starting to drive a steep or a CONTROL SYSTEM
slippery hill. When you start to move The hill−start assist control system will
up a hill slope, the system helps to operate for maximum of 2 seconds. The
prevent the vehicle from rolling back- brake pedal must be depressed further
ward in the interval while moving the to activate the system when all of the
foot from the brake pedal to the accel- following conditions apply with the
erator pedal. brake pedal is depressed:
At this time, one beep will be heard.
CAUTION
D When the selector lever is not in “P”
D Do not rely excessively on the hill− D When the accelerator pedal is not de-
start assist control system. The ve- pressed
hicle may not be able to start
smoothly on road surfaces or off−
D When the parking brake is not applied When the hill−start assist control system
road surfaces such as extremely D When the vehicle is stopped is operating, the slip indicator light flashes
steep slopes or icy roads, on which The system is designed to operate when and the stoplights and high mounted stop-
sliding can occur very easily. the vehicle is starting on uphill slope; light are lit.
D Do not use the hill−start assist con- therefore, if the transmission selector le- When any of the following is performed,
trol system to park the vehicle. This ver is in “P”, it will not operate. the system will stop operation. At this
system is not designed as a func- time, two beeps will be heard and the slip
tion for parking the vehicle on a indicator light will go off.
uphill slope. D Shifting the selector lever to “P”
D Applying the parking brake
D Depressing the brake pedal
If the accelerator pedal is depressed, the
system will also stop operation without
beep sounds.
161

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The hill−start assist control system oper- If the light comes on while driving, all the
ates for a maximum of 2 seconds. If the above systems will not work. In such a
vehicle is not started within 2 seconds, case, the brakes will operate when applied
two beeps will be heard and the system (no electronic assistance will be avail-
will gradually stop operating. able), and it will be possible to continue
The hill−start control system is not de- driving the vehicle.
signed to park the vehicle on uphill slope. In the following cases, contact your Toyota
When parking the vehicle, be sure to ap- dealer:
ply the parking brake. D The warning light does not come on
The slip indicator light comes on for a few when the engine switch is turned to the
seconds when the engine switch is turned “ON” position.
to the “ON” position. If the indicator light D The warning light remains on after the
does not come on when the engine switch engine switch is turned to the “ON”
is turned to the “ON” position, contact position.
“VSC” warning light
your Toyota dealer.
This light warns that there is a problem D The warning light comes on while driv-
somewhere in the following systems: ing.
tem
When the engine switch is turned to the
“ON” position, the light will come on. If
the systems are work properly, the light
turns off after a few seconds.
162

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tire pressure warning system

The tire pressure warning system warns Indicator
you that the tire inflation pressure is Meanings Do this
status
low.
ON Tire inflation Adjust the
The tire pressure warning system is not
pressure is tire inflation
a substitute for checking normal tire infla-
low pressure
tion pressure. Check the tire inflation
pressure with a tire pressure gauge regu- ON after Tire pres- Have the
larly. blinking for sure warn- system
1 minute ing system checked at
CAUTION malfunction your Toyota
dealer
The warning system may not activate
immediately if blowout or sudden air CAUTION
loss should occur.
The tire pressure warning light comes on
If the tire pressure warning light
when the engine switch is in “ON” position
comes on, be sure to observe the
and goes off after a few seconds. This
following precautions. Failure to do
means the tire pressure warning system is
so could cause loss of vehicle control
operating properly. If the tire inflation pres-
and result in death or serious injury.
sure becomes low, the light comes on
again. In this case, adjusting the tire infla- D Stop your vehicle in a safe place as
tion pressure will turn off the light after a soon as possible. Adjust the tire
few minutes. If the light comes on after inflation pressure immediately.
blinking for 1 minute, the tire pressure
warning system is not working properly.
163

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D If the tire pressure warning light CAUTION As an added safety feature, your ve-
comes on even after tire inflation hicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure adjustment, it is probable Each tire, including the spare (if pro- pressure monitoring system (TPMS–
that you have a flat tire. Check the vided), should be checked monthly tire pressure warning system) that il-
tires. If the tire is flat, change to when cold and inflated to the inflation luminates a low tire pressure telltale
the spare tire and have the flat tire pressure recommended by the vehicle (tire pressure warning light) when one
repaired by the nearest Toyota deal- manufacturer on the vehicle placard or more of your tires is significantly
er. or tire inflation pressure label (tire under−inflated. Accordingly, when the
D Avoid abrupt maneuvering and bra- and load information label). (If your low tire pressure telltale (tire pres-
king. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, vehicle has tires of a different size sure warning light) illuminates, you
you could lose control of the steer- than the size indicated on the vehicle should stop and check your tires as
ing wheel or the brakes. placard or tire inflation pressure label soon as possible, and inflate them to
(tire and load information label), you the proper pressure. Driving on a sig-
should determine the proper tire infla- nificantly under−inflated tire causes
The tire pressure warning light may turn tion pressure for those tires.) the tire to overheat and can lead to
on due to natural causes such as natural tire failure. Under−inflation also re-
air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes duces fuel efficiency and tire tread
caused by temperature. In this case, ad- life, and may affect the vehicle’s han-
justing the tire inflation pressure will turn dling and stopping ability.
off the light after a few minutes.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pres-
The spare tire is also equipped with the sure warning system) is not a substi-
tire pressure warning valve and transmit- tute for proper tire maintenance, and
ter. The tire pressure warning light will it is the driver’s responsibility to
turn on if the tire inflation pressure of the maintain correct tire pressure, even if
spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even under−inflation has not reached the
though the flat tire is replaced with the level to trigger illumination of the
spare tire, the warning light does not turn TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
off. Replace the spare tire with the re- pressure warning light).
paired tire and adjust the proper tire infla-
tion pressure. The tire pressure warning
light will turn off after a few minutes.
164

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Your vehicle has also been equipped TPMS (tire pressure warning system)
with a TPMS (tire pressure warning malfunctions may occur for a variety
system) malfunction indicator to indi- of reasons, including the installation
cate when the system is not operat- of replacement or alternate tires or
ing properly. The TPMS (tire pressure wheels on the vehicle that prevent
warning system) malfunction indicator the TPMS (tire pressure warning sys-
is combined with the low tire pres- tem) from functioning properly. Al-
sure telltale (tire pressure warning ways check the TPMS (tire pressure
light). When the system detects a warning system) malfunction telltale
malfunction, the telltale will flash for after replacing one or more tires or
approximately one minute and then wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
remain continuously illuminated. This the replacement or alternate tires and
sequence will continue upon subse- wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure
quent vehicle start−ups as long as warning system) to continue to func- IF THE TIRE PRESSURE WARNING
the malfunction exists. When the mal- tion properly. LIGHT COMES ON AFTER BLINKING
function indicator is illuminated, the FOR 1 MINUTE···
system may not be able to detect or
NOTICE If the tire pressure warning light comes
signal low tire pressure as intended.
on after blinking for 1 minute when the
z Do not use liquid sealants for a flat engine switch is in “ON” position, the
tire as tire pressure warning valve tire pressure warning system is not
and transmitter will be damaged. working properly.
z When the tires must be repaired or The system will be disabled in the follow-
replaced, have them repaired or re- ing conditions:
placed by the nearest Toyota dealer (When the condition becomes normal, the
or an authorized tire dealer. The system will work properly.)
tire pressure warning valves and D If tires not equipped with tire pressure
transmitters will be affected by the warning valves and transmitters are
installation or removal of tires. used.
165

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D If the ID code on the tire pressure If the tire pressure warning light continues
warning valves and transmitters is not to come on after blinking for 1 minute NOTICE:
registered in the tire pressure warning when the engine switch is in “ON” posi- This equipment has been tested and
computer. tion, have the system checked by your found to comply with the limits for a
Toyota dealer. Class B digital device, pursuant to Part
D If the tire inflation pressure is more 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
than 500 kPa (5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar, 73 Even if you use genuine wheels, the tire
designed to provide reasonable protec-
psi). pressure warning system may not work
tion against harmful interference in a
The system may be disabled in the follow- properly with some types of tires.
residential installation. This equipment
ing conditions: For vehicles sold in U.S.A. generates, uses and can radiate radio
(When the condition becomes normal, the frequency energy and, if not installed
system will work properly.) This device complies with Part 15 of the and used in accordance with the instruc-
D If electronic devices or facilities using FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tions, may cause harmful interference to
similar radio wave frequencies are following two conditions: radio communications. However, there is
nearby. (1) This device may not cause harmful no guarantee that interference will not
interference, and (2) this device must occur in a particular installation. If this
D If a radio set at similar frequencies is
accept any interference received, includ- equipment does cause harmful interfer-
in use in the vehicle.
ing interference that may cause unde- ence to radio or television reception,
D If a window tint that affects the radio sired operation. which can be determined by turning the
wave signals is installed. equipment off and on, the user is en-
D If there is a lot of snow or ice on the couraged to try to correct the interfer-
vehicle, in particular around the wheels ence by one or more of the following
or wheel housings. measures:
D If non−genuine Toyota wheels are used. D Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
tenna.
D If tire chains are used.
D If the spare tire is in a location subject D Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
to poor radio wave signal reception.
D If a large metallic object which can
interfere with signal reception is put in
the luggage compartment.
166

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Parking brake
REPLACING TIRES AND WHEELS
D Connect the equipment into an outlet
When replacing the tires and wheels, be
on a circuit different from that to
sure to install tire pressure warning valves
which the receiver is connected.
and transmitters. ID codes on the tire
D Consult the dealer or an experienced pressure warning valves and transmitters
radio/TV technician for help. are registered in the tire pressure warning
FCC WARNING: computer. When replacing a tire pressure
Changes or modifications not ex- warning valve and transmitter, it is neces-
pressly approved by the party respon- sary to register the ID code of tire pres-
sible for compliance could void the sure warning valve and transmitter. Have
user’s authority to operate the equip- the ID code registered by your Toyota
ment. dealer.
If the ID code is not registered, the sys-
For vehicles sold in Canada tem will not work properly. After driving For the U.S.A.
about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warn-
Operation is subject to the following two ing light comes on after blinking for 1
conditions: minute to indicate a system malfunction.
(1) this device may not cause interfer- NOTICE
ence, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference When the tires or tire pressure warn-
that may cause undesired operation of ing valves and transmitters must be
the device. replaced, have them replaced by your
Toyota dealer. The tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters will be
affected by the installation or removal
of tires.
For Canada
167

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Cruise control
When parking, firmly apply the parking The cruise control is designed to main-
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping. tain a set cruising speed without requir-
To set: Pull up the lever. For better holding the driver to operate the accelera-
ing power, first depress the brake pedal tor. Cruising speed can be set to any
and hold it while setting the parking speed above 40 km/h (25 mph).
brake. Within the limits of the engine’s capabili-
To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1), ties, cruising speed can be maintained up
press the lock release button (2), and low- or down grades. However, changes in ve-
er (3). hicle speed may occur on steeper grades.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in CAUTION
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake. D To help maintain maximum control
of your vehicle, do not use the
cruise control when driving in TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
CAUTION
heavy or varying traffic, or on slip- To turn the cruise control on, press the
Before driving, be sure the parking pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or “ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicator
brake is fully released and the park- winding roads. light on the instrument panel will come on
ing brake reminder light is off. D Be careful about vehicle speed as to indicate that the cruise control is opera-
it may increase when driving down- tional. Pressing the “ON−OFF” button
hill with the cruise control on. again turns the system off.
When the system is turned off, cruising
speed must be reset when the cruise con-
trol is turned on again.
168

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If you need acceleration—for example,

CAUTION when passing—depress the accelerator
pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
To avoid accidentally engaging the the set speed. When you release it, the
cruise control, turn the system off vehicle will return to the speed set prior
when it is not in use. Make sure the to the acceleration.
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.
CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL
The cruise control may be temporarily
cancelled by the driver or by the system
itself under certain circumstances. Tempo-
rary cancellation allows the set cruising
speed to remain in memory.
The cruise control can be temporarily can-
SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED celled by doing the following:
The transmission must be in “D”, “3” D Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-
(4−speed) or “4” (5−speed) before you set rection and releasing it
the cruising speed. D Depressing the brake pedal
Bring your vehicle to the desired speed, Under certain circumstances, the cruise
push the lever down in the “− SET” direc- control is temporarily cancelled:
tion and release it. This sets the vehicle
at that speed. If the speed is not satisfac-
D When vehicle speed falls below 40
tory, tap the lever up for a faster speed, km/h (25 mph)
or tap it down for a slower speed. Each D When vehicle stability control is acti-
tap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h vated
(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10
the accelerator pedal. mph) below the set speed, the cruise con-
trol is cancelled and the set speed is
erased from memory.
169

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The “CRUISE” indicator light remains on RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
to indicate that the system is still in op- Push the lever down in the “− SET” direc- If the “CRUISE” indicator light flashes
eration. tion and hold it. Release the lever when when using the cruise control, press the
To turn the cruise control off, press the the desired speed is attained. While the “ON−OFF” button to turn the system off
“ON−OFF” button. Make sure the lever is held down, the vehicle speed will and then press it again to turn it on.
“CRUISE” indicator light is off. gradually decrease. If any of the following conditions then oc-
If the cruise control automatically cancels A sound may occur due to brake opera- curs, there is some trouble in the cruise
out other than for the above cases, have tion while the vehicle speed is decreasing. control system.
your vehicle checked by your Toyota deal- This does not indicate a malfunction. D The indicator light does not come on.
er at the earliest opportunity. However, a faster way to reset is to de- D The indicator light flashes again.
RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL press the brake pedal and then push the
lever down in the “− SET” direction. D The indicator light goes out after it
If the cruise control is temporarily can- comes on.
celled, the cruising speed can be resumed Even if you downshift the transmission
by pushing the lever up in the “+ RES” from the “D” position to “3” (4−speed) or If this is the case, contact your Toyota
direction. “4” (5−speed) with the cruise control on, dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25 engine braking will not be enabled be-
mph). cause the cruise control is not cancelled.
To decrease the vehicle speed, reset to a
RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED slower speed with the cruise control lever
Push the lever up in the “+ RES” direction or depress the brake pedal. If you use the
and hold it. Release the lever when the brake pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
desired speed is attained. While the lever
is held up, the vehicle will gradually gain
speed.
However, a faster way to reset is to ac-
celerate the vehicle and then push the
lever down in the “− SET” direction.
170

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 8
CONTROLS
Audio and hands−free phone systems
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
AUX adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Audio remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Rear seat entertainment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Audio/video system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Hands−free phone system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
171

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Reference
Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player Type 2−1: AM·FM radio/compact disc play- Type 2−2: AM·FM radio/compact disc play-
(with compact disc changer controller) er with changer (with XMr Satellite Radio∗ er with changer (with XMr Satellite Radio∗
controller) controller)
∗: Use of satellite radio requires XMr

tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
172

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Using your audio system—

—Some basics
This section describes some of the basic SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS How to subscribe:
features on Toyota audio systems. Some Push “AM”, “AM·SAT”∗, “FM1”, “FM2”, You must enter into a separate service
information may not pertain to your sys- “DISC·AUX” if the system is already on agreement with the XMr Satellite Radio in
tem. but you want to switch from one function order to receive satellite broadcast pro-
Your audio system works when the engine to other. gramming in the vehicle. Additional activa-
switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. ∗:
tion and service subscription fees apply
Use of satellite radio requires XMr that are not included in the purchase price
TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF tuner and service. Contact your Toyota of the vehicle and optional digital satellite
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system dealer for details. tuner. For complete information on sub-
on and off. LISTENING TO THE XMr SATELLITE scription rates and terms, or to subscribe
Push “AM”, “AM·SAT”∗, “FM1”, “FM2” or RADIO BROADCAST∗ (type 2−1 and 2−2) to the XMr Satellite Radio,
“DISC·AUX” to turn on that function with- To listen to a satellite radio broadcast in U.S.A.—
out pushing “PWR·VOL”. To turn on the your vehicle, an additional genuine Toyota Visit on the web at www.xmradio.com or
compact disc player, a compact disc must satellite receiver and antenna (or equiva- call 1−800−967−2346.
be loaded in the player. lents) must be purchased and installed. A
subscription to the XMr Satellite Radio Canada—
You can turn on compact disc player by
inserting a compact disc. service is also necessary. Visit on the web at www.xmradio.ca or call
How to subscribe to an XMr Satellite 1−877−438−9677.
You can turn off the compact disc player
by ejecting the compact disc. If the audio Radio The XMr Satellite Radio is solely respon-
system was previously off, then the entire An XMr Satellite Radio is a tuner de- sible for the quality, availability and con-
audio system will be turned off when you signed exclusively to receive broadcasts tent of the satellite radio services pro-
eject the compact disc. If other function provided under a separate subscription. vided, which are subject to the terms and
was previously playing, it will come on Availability is limited to the 48 contiguous conditions of the XMr Satellite Radio cus-
again. U.S. states and 10 Canadian provinces. tomer service agreement.
∗: Use of satellite radio requires XMr Customers should have their radio ID
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota ready; the radio ID can be found by tun-
dealer for details. ing to “channel 000” on the radio. For
details, see “Displaying the radio ID” be-
low.
173

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
All fees and programming are the respon- TONE AND BALANCE Tone
sibility of the XMr Satellite Radio and are For details about your system’s tone and How good an audio program sounds to
subject to change. balance controls, see the description of you is largely determined by the mix of
Satellite tuner technology notice: your own system. the treble, midrange (type 2−2) and bass
Toyota’s satellite radio tuners are awarded SRS levels. In fact, different kinds of music
Type Approval Certificates from XMr Sat- and vocal programs usually sound better
ellite Radio Inc. as proof of compatibility with different mixes of treble, midrange
with the services offered by the XMr and bass.
Satellite Radio. Balance
Displaying the radio ID A good balance of the left and right stereo
Each XMr tuner is identified with a unique channels and of the front and rear sound
radio ID. You will need the radio ID when levels is also important.
activating XMr service or when reporting Keep in mind that if you are listening to
a problem. a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
If you select the “CH 000” using the Type 1 and 2−1 audio systems utilize SRS the right/left balance will increase the vol-
“TUNE·FILE” knob, the ID code of 8 al- FOCUSr and SRS TruBassr audio ume of one group of sounds while de-
phanumeric characters appears. If you se- enhancement technologies, under license creasing the volume of other.
lect another channel, display of the ID from SRS Labs, Inc., in all modes except YOUR RADIO ANTENNA
code is canceled. The channel (000) alter- AM radio mode.
nates the display between the radio ID Your vehicle has a mast type antenna.
FOCUS, TruBass, SRS and r symbols are trade-
and the specific radio ID code. marks of SRS Labs, Inc. To remove the antenna, carefully turn it
∗: Use of satellite radio requires XMr
FOCUS and TruBass technologies are incorporated under counterclockwise.
license from SRS Labs, Inc.
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
dealer for details.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the antenna,
make sure it is removed before driv-
ing your Toyota through an automatic
car wash.
174

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. The player will play
from track 1 through to the end of the
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the compact disc player. Do
not insert anything other than com-
pact discs into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm

(4.7 in.) discs only.
NOTICE
YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITH
CHANGER (type 2) z Do not stack up two discs for in-
sertion, or it will cause damage to
When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
the compact disc changer. Insert
button and gently push the disc in with
only one compact disc into slot at
the label side up. This compact disc play-
a time.
er can store up to six discs. The player
will play from track 1 through to the end z Never try to disassemble or oil any
of the disc. Then it will play from track part of the compact disc player. Do
1 of the next disc. not insert anything except a com-
pact disc into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.
175

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Controls and features

"Type 1
Details of specific buttons, controls and
features are described in the alphabetical
list that follows.
176

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons) AM ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can

These buttons are used to preset and Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio be turned on by turning the knob. In addi-
tune in radio stations. and select the AM band. “AM” will appear tion, turning the knob allows you to select
on the display. from LOW, MID, and HIGH volume and
To preset a station to a button: Tune in tone settings. The ASL system automati-
the desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal- cally adjusts volume and tone in accor-
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the ance adjustment function) dance with the driving speed. This helps
button until you hear a beep—this will set Each time you push the “AUDIO ensure an optimal listening experience
the station to the button. The button num- CONTROL” knob, the mode changes. To even if noise levels rise while driving.
ber will appear on the display. adjust the tone and balance, turn the DISC·AUX (Compact disc)
To recall a preset station: Push the button knob.
for the station you want. The button num- Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play a
BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis- compact disc.
ber and station frequency will appear on play ranges from −5 to 5.
the display. When the audio system is set into com-
TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis- pact disc operation, the display shows the
These systems can store one AM and two play ranges from −5 to 5.
FM stations for each button. (The display track, or track and disc number currently
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between being played.
push “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.) the front and rear speakers. The display To switch between CD and AUX (external
ranges from F7 to R7. device) modes, press the “DISC·AUX” but-
(Eject button) BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between ton. The AUX mode is only available when
Push the compact disc eject button to the right and left speakers. The display AUX adapter is connected to the system.
eject a compact disc. ranges from L7 to R7. When the AUX adapter is in use, “AUX”
will appear on the display.
(Reverse/Fast−forward button)
Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or

“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
reverse within a compact disc. When you
release the button, the compact disc play-
er will resume playing.
177

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Error messages Ɲ DISC Ɯ FM1 FM2

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys- With compact disc changer only— Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn on
tem will display following error messages. Use these buttons to select the disc you the radio and select the FM band. “FM1”
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit want to listen to. or “FM2” will appear on the display. This
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool system allows you to set twelve FM sta-
Push “Ɲ” (preset button 3) or “Ɯ” (preset tions, two for each of the preset button.
down. button 4) until the number of the disc you
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam- want to listen appears on the display. FOLDER (Folder up/down)
aged or inserted incorrectly (up−side To skip up or down to a different folder:
Dolbyr B NR∗
down). Clean the disc and re−insert it. Push either side of the “FOLDER” several
If you are listening to a tape that was times until the number of the folder you
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
recorded with Dolbyr B Noise Reduction, want to listen to appears on the display.
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
push “ ” (preset button 3). “ ” will
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside To jump to the first file in the first folder:
appear on the display. Push the button
the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Push and hold the “Ɲ” side of the button
again to turn off Dolbyr B NR.
Set the disc or magazine again. until you hear a beep.
The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise
“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask your When playing a disc featuring both audio
by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-
Toyota dealer to inspect. data (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audio
tion, play your tapes with this button on
data (CD−DA) is played.
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer or off according to the mode used to re-
lid of separate unit is open. Close the cord the tape. PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
compact disc changer lid. ∗ : Dolby digital Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display, Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
“Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and the double−D symbol are trade- volume.
it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMA marks of Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpublished
data has been inserted. Remove the disc works.
from the player and insert an MP3/WMA (c) 1992−1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology
data disc. that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents
If the malfunction still exists, take your and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision
Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited view-
vehicle to your Toyota dealer. ing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision
Corporation.
Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
178

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
RAND (Random) MP3/WMA player Repeating a track:

Compact disc player There are two random playback features— Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
you can either listen to all of the files on button 2) while the track is playing.
There are two random features—you can
the compact discs in random order. You “ ” will appear on the display. When
either listen to the tracks on one compact
disc in random order, or listen to the can also listen to the files in a single the track ends, it will automatically replay.
tracks on all the compact discs in the folder in random order. To turn off the repeat feature, push this
magazine in random order. To randomly play the files in a folder: button again.
To play the tracks on one disc in random Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset With compact disc changer only—
order: button 1). “ ” will appear on the Repeating a disc:
Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset display. Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
button 1). “ ” will appear on the To randomly play all of the files on the until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-
display and the player will perform the compact disc: pear on the display. The player will repeat
tracks on the disc you are listening to in Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1) all the tracks on the disc you are listening
random order. To turn off the random fea- until you hear a beep. “ ” will to. When the disc ends, the player will
ture, push this button again. appear on the display and the player will automatically go back to the first track on
With compact disc changer only— play all of the files on the disc in random the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
order. To turn off the random playback feature, push this button again.
To play all the tracks in the magazine in
feature, push this button again. MP3/WMA player
random order:
Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1) RPT (Repeat) There are two repeat features—you can
until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap- Compact disc player repeat a signal file or an entire folder.
pear on the display and the player will There are two repeat features—you can Repeating a file:
perform all the tracks on all the discs in either replay a disc track or a whole com- Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
the magazine in random order. To turn off pact disc. button 2) while the file is playing.
the random feature, push this button “ ” will appear on the display. When
again. the file ends, it will repeat automatically.
This process will be continued until you
push the button again to turn off the re-
peat feature.
179

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Repeating a folder: Compact disc player MP3/WMA player

Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2) There are two scan features—you can ei- There are two scan features—you can ei-
until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap- ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or ther scan the files in a folder on a specif-
pear on the display. The player will repeat scan the first tracks of all the discs in the ic disc or scan the first file of all the
all of the files in the folder. When the last magazine. folder.
file in the folder ends, the folder will re-
Scanning the tracks on a disc: Scanning the files on a folder:
peat from the beginning. To turn off the
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”
repeat feature, push this button again.
will appear on the display and the player will appear on the display and the player
SCAN will scan up or down all the tracks on the will scan all the files in the folder you are
Radio disc you are listening to. To stop scan- listening to. To select a file, push the
ning, push this button again. If the player “SCAN” again. After all the tracks on the
You can either scan all the frequencies on
scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will disc have been scanned in one pass, nor-
a band or scan only the preset stations
stop scanning. mal play resumes.
for that band.
The discs in the compact disc changer Scanning the first file of all the folders:
To scan the preset stations:
can be scanned up only. Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.
Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
With compact disc changer only— “ SCAN” will appear on the display and
beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
the player will scan the first file of the
et station up or down the band, stay there Scanning the first tracks of all the discs next folder. To select a folder, push the
for 5 seconds, and then move to the next in the magazine: “SCAN” again. After all the folders have
preset station. To stop scanning, push this Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep. been scanned in one pass, normal play
button again. “ SCAN” will appear on the display and resumes.
To scan all the frequencies: the player will scan up or down the first
SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. The track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
radio will find the next station up or down push this button again. If the auto changer Radio
the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, has scanned all the discs, it will stop In the seek mode, the radio finds and
and then scan again to the next station. scanning. plays the next station up or down the
To stop scanning, push this button again. station band.
180

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To seek the next station, quickly push and ST (Stereo reception) display MP3/WMA player
release “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the Your radio automatically changes to stereo This button is used to change the display
“SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again to reception when a stereo broadcast is re- for the MP3/WMA file that contains text
find the station after that. ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the data.
Compact disc player signal becomes weak, the radio reduces To change the display, quickly push and
Use this button to skip up or down to a the amount of channel separation to prev- release the “TEXT” button while the
different track. ent the weak signal from creating noise. MP3/WMA file is playing. The display
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the changes in the order from the elapsed
Push “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the “SEEK/ radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
TRACK” button until the number of the time to folder name to file name to album
tion. title to track title to artist name, then back
track you want to listen to appears on the
display. If you want to return to the begin- TEXT to the elapsed time.
ning of the current track, quickly push the Compact disc player If this button is pushed while an
down side of the button one time. This button is used to change the display MP3/WMA file that does not contain text
MP3/WMA player for the compact disc that contains text data is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on
data. the display.
To file up or down to a different file:
Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK” To change the display, quickly push and If the entire text data is not displayed,
several times until the file you want to release the “TEXT” button while the com- push and hold it until you hear a beep.
listen to appears on the display. If you pact disc is playing. The display changes The rest of the text data will appear.
want to return to the beginning of the in the order from the elapsed time to disc TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)
current file, push the “Ɲ” side of the but- title to track title, then back to the Radio
ton one time, quickly. elapsed time.
Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise to
To fast forward or reverse the disc: If this button is pushed while a compact step up the frequency. Turn the knob
If you want to fast forward or reverse the disc that does not contain text data is counterclockwise to step down the fre-
disc, push and hold it until you hear a playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the quency.
beep. When you release the button, the display.
player will resume playing. MP3/WMA player
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turn
button until you hear a beep. The rest of the knob counterclockwise to file down.
the title will appear.
181

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"Type 2−1
list that follows.
182

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"Type 2−2
list that follows.
183

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons) To eject all discs at a time, press and D A short−circuit occurs in the antenna or
These buttons are used to preset and hold the eject button until you hear a the surrounding antenna cable. See a
tune in radio stations. beep. The last compact disc played before Toyota certified dealer.
pushing the button will be ejected first. If “UPDATING”:
To preset a station to a button: Tune in the ejected disc is not removed for a long
the desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or time, the eject function will be cancelled. D You have not subscribed to the XMr
“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down the Satellite Radio. The radio is being up-
button until you hear a beep—this will set (Reverse/Fast−forward button) dated with the latest encryption code.
the station to the button. The preset but- Contact the XMr Satellite Radio for
ton number will appear on the display. Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or subscription information. When a con-
“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward or tact is canceled, you can choose the
To recall a preset station: Push the button
for the station you want. The preset but- reverse within a compact disc. When you “CH000” and all free−to−air channels.
ton number and station frequency will ap- release the button, the compact disc play- D The premium channel you selected is
pear on the display. er will resume playing. not authorized. Wait for about 2 sec-
This radio can store one AM and two FM AM·SAT (AM band and XMr Satellite onds until the radio returns to the pre-
stations for each button. (The display will Radio∗) vious channel or “CH001”. If it does
show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you Push the “AM·SAT” button to turn on the not change automatically, select anoth-
push “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.) radio and select the AM or XMr band. er channel. If you want to listen to the
“AM”, “SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” will ap- premium channel, contact the XMr Sat-
(Eject button) pear on the display. ellite Radio.
This button is used to eject one or all Error messages “NO SIGNAL”: The XMr signal is too
compact discs. weak at the current location. Wait until
If the satellite radio tuner malfunctions, your vehicle reaches a location with a
To eject the current compact disc, push your audio system will display following
and release the compact disc eject button. stronger signal.
error messages.
To eject a specific disc, push “Ɲ” (preset “LOADING”: The unit is acquiring audio
“ANTENNA”: or program information. Wait until the unit
button 3) or “Ɯ” (preset button 4) until the
number of the disc you want to eject is
D The XMr antenna is not connected. has received the information.
Check whether the XMr antenna cable “OFF AIR”: The channel you selected is
displayed. Push and release the eject but-
is attached securely. not broadcasting any programming. Select
ton.
another channel.
184

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“− − −”: The channel you selected is no FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can
longer available. Wait for about 2 seconds the front and rear speakers. The display be turned on by turning the knob. The
until the radio returns to the previous ranges from F7 to R7. ASL system automatically adjusts volume
channel or “CH001”. If it does not change BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between and tone in accordance with ambient noise
automatically, select another channel. the right and left speakers. The display levels. This helps ensure an optimal lis-
The XMr Listener Care Center is also ranges from L7 to R7. tening experience even when road, wind
available on the phone, please call or other ambient noise levels rise.
ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer can
1−800−967−2346 (U.S.A.) or be turned on by turning the knob. In addi- RSE: Vehicles with a rear seat entertain-
1−877−438−9677 (Canada). tion, turning the knob allows you to select ment system—See “Rear seat entertain-
∗: Use of satellite radio requires XMr from LOW, MID, and HIGH volume and ment system” on page 194 in this Section.
tuner and service. Contact your Toyota tone settings. The ASL system automati- DISC·AUX (Compact disc)
dealer for details. cally adjusts volume and tone in accor- Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play a
AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal- dance with the driving speed. This helps compact disc.
ance adjustment function) ensure an optimal listening experience
even if noise levels rise while driving. When the audio system is set into com-
Each time you push the “AUDIO pact disc operation, the display shows the
CONTROL” knob, the mode changes. To Type 2−2— track, or track and disc number currently
adjust the tone and balance, turn the BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis- being played.
knob. play ranges from −5 to 5. Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-
Type 2−1— MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis- tem—
BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5. The “DISC·AUX” button may also be used
play ranges from −5 to 5. TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis- to operate the DVD player when a disc is
TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The display ranges from −5 to 5. in the DVD player. Pressing the
play ranges from −5 to 5. FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between “DISC·AUX” button allows you to switch
the front and rear speakers. The display between the CD player and the DVD play-
ranges from F7 to R7. er. When the DVD player is in operation,
“RSE DVD” appears on the display.
BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
the right and left speakers. The display
ranges from L7 to R7.
185

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Vehicles with AUX adapter— If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display, TYPE/FOLDER (Type/Folder up/down)
To switch between CD, DVD, and AUX it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMA Radio
(external device) modes, press the data has been inserted. Remove the disc
from the player and insert an MP3/WMA XMr Satellite Radio∗—
“DISC·AUX” button. The AUX mode is only
available when AUX adapter is connected data disc. When you push the “Ɲ” or “Ɯ” side of
to the system. When the AUX adapter is If the malfunction still exists, take your the “TYPE/FOLDER” button while receiving
in use, “AUX” will appear on the display. vehicle to your Toyota dealer. a XMr channel, the current channel cate-
gory appears on the display.
Error messages Ɲ DISC Ɯ
When the channel category appears, push
If the player malfunctions, your audio sys- Use these buttons to select a disc you either “Ɲ” or “Ɯ” side of the
tem will display following error messages. want to listen to. “TYPE/FOLDER” button to switch to the
“WAIT”: The compact disc player unit Push “Ɲ” (preset button 3) or “Ɯ” (preset next or previous category.
may be too hot. Allow the player to cool button 4) until the number of the disc you ∗: Use of satellite radio requires XMr
down. want to listen to appears on the display. tuner and service. Contact your Toyota
“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam- FM1 FM2 dealer for details.
aged or inserted incorrectly (up−side Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn on MP3/WMA player
down). Clean the disc and re−insert it. the radio and select the FM band. “FM1” To skip up or down to a different folder:
“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of or “FM2” will appear on the display. This Push “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
separate unit is empty. Insert a disc. system allows you to set twelve FM sta- “TYPE/FOLDER” several times until the
“ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside tions, two for each of the preset button. number of the folder you want to listen to
the system. Eject the disc or magazine. appears on the display.
Set the disc or magazine again. To jump to the first file in the first folder:
“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask your Push and hold the “Ɲ” side of the button
Toyota dealer to inspect. until you hear a beep.
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer When playing a disc featuring both audio
lid of separate unit is open. Close the data (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audio
compact disc changer lid. data (CD−DA) is played.
186

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
LOAD RAND (Random) MP3/WMA player

This button is used to load the compact Compact disc player There are two random playback features—
discs in the compact disc player. This There are two random features—you can you can either listen to all of the files on
player can store up to six discs. either listen to the tracks on one compact the compact discs in random order. You
To load one compact disc only, quickly disc in random order, or listen to the can also listen to the files in a single
push and release the button, then insert tracks on all the compact discs in the folder in random order.
a compact disc. After the disc is loaded, magazine in random order. To randomly play the files in a folder:
the shutter of the slot will close. To play the tracks on one disc in random Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter order: button 1). “ ” will appear on the
will close after 15 seconds. Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset display.
To load multiple compact discs, push and button 1). “ ” will appear on the To randomly play all of the files on the
hold the button (until you hear a beep display and the player will perform the compact disc:
when the audio system is on). When the tracks on the disc you are listening to in Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
indicators on both sides of the slot turn random order. To turn off the random fea- until you hear a beep. “ ” will
green, insert the first compact disc. After ture, push this button again. appear on the display and the player will
the disc is loaded, the shutter of the slot To play all the tracks in the magazine in play all of the files on the disc in random
will close. After a few seconds, the shut- random order: order. To turn off the random playback
ter will automatically open again and the Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1) feature, push this button again.
indicators will turn green so the next disc until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-
can be inserted. The same process can
pear on the display and the player will
be applied for loading the rest of the
perform all the tracks on all the discs in
discs. If the player is full of discs, “DISC
the magazine in random order. To turn off
FULL” will appear on the display.
the random feature, push this button
If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter again.
will close after 15 seconds.
PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)
Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system
on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the
volume.
187

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
RPT (Repeat) MP3/WMA player SCAN

Compact disc player There are two repeat features—you can Radio
There are two repeat features—you can repeat a signal file or an entire folder. You can either scan all the frequencies on
either replay a disc track or a whole com- Repeating a file: a band or scan only the preset stations
pact disc. Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset for that band.
Repeating a track: button 2) while the file is playing. To scan the preset stations:
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset “ ” will appear on the display. When Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a
button 2) while the track is playing. the file ends, it will repeat automatically. beep. The radio will tune in the next pres-
“ ” will appear on the display. When This process will be continued until you et station up or down the band, stay there
the track ends, it will automatically replay. push the button again to turn off the re- for 5 seconds, and then move to the next
To turn off the repeat feature, push this peat feature. preset station. To stop scanning, push this
button again. Repeating a folder: button again.
Repeating a disc: Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2) To scan all the frequencies:
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2) until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap- Quickly push and release “SCAN”. The
until you hear a beep. “ ” will appear on the display. The player will repeat radio will find the next station up or down
all of the files in the folder. When the last the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,
pear on the display. The player will repeat
file in the folder ends, the folder will re- and then scan again to the next station.
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
peat from the beginning. To turn off the To stop scanning, push this button again.
to. When the disc ends, the player will
automatically go back to the first track on repeat feature, push this button again.
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
feature, push this button again.
188

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Compact disc player MP3/WMA player SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

There are two scan features—you can ei- There are two scan features—you can ei- Radio
ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or ther scan the files in a folder on a specif- In the seek mode, the radio finds and
scan the first tracks of all the discs in the ic disc or scan the first file of all the plays the next station up or down the
magazine. folder. station band.
Scanning the tracks on a disc: Scanning the files on a folder: To seek the next station, quickly push and
Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” release “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
will appear on the display and the player will appear on the display and the player “SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again to
will scan up or down all the tracks on the will scan all the files in the folder you are find the station after that.
disc you are listening to. To stop scan- listening to. To select a file, push the
ning, push this button again. If the player “SCAN” again. After all the tracks on the Compact disc player
scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will disc have been scanned in one pass, nor- Use this button to skip up or down to a
stop scanning. mal play resumes. different track.
The discs in the compact disc changer of Scanning the first file of all the folders: Push “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
separate unit can be scanned up only. Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep. “SEEK/TRACK” button until the number of
Scanning the first tracks of all the discs “ SCAN” will appear on the display and the track you want to listen to appears on
in the magazine: the player will scan the first file of the the display. If you want to return to the
Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep. next folder. To select a folder, push the beginning of the current track, quickly
“SCAN” again. After all the folders have push the down side of the button one
“ SCAN” will appear on the display and
been scanned in one pass, normal play time.
the player will scan up or down the first
resumes. Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-
track of the next disc. To stop scanning,
push this button again. If the auto changer tem—
has scanned all the discs, it will stop While the rear DVD player is in operation,
scanning. the chapter or track can be changed by
The discs in the compact disc changer of pushing the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
separate unit can be scanned up only. “SEEK·TRACK” button.
189

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
MP3/WMA player TEXT MP3/WMA player

To file up or down to a different file: Compact disc player This button is used to change the display
Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK” This button is used to change the display for the MP3/WMA file that contains text
several times until the file you want to for the compact disc that contains text data.
listen to appears on the display. If you data. To change the display, quickly push and
want to return to the beginning of the release the “TEXT” button while the
current file, push the “Ɲ” side of the but- To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the com- MP3/WMA file is playing. The display
ton one time. changes in the order from the elapsed
pact disc is playing. The display changes
To fast forward or reverse the disc: in the order from the elapsed time to disc time to folder name to file name to disc
If you want to fast forward or reverse the title to track title, then back to the title to track title to artist name, then back
disc, push and hold it until you hear a elapsed time. to the elapsed time.
beep. When you release the button, the If this button is pushed while an
player will resume playing. If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is MP3/WMA file that does not contain text
Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys- playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the data is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on
tem— display. the display.
While the rear DVD player is in operation, If the entire disc or track title does not If the entire text data is not displayed,
the chapter or track can be changed by appear on the display, push and hold the push and hold it until you hear a beep.
pushing the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the button until you hear a beep. The rest of The rest of the text data will appear.
“SEEK·TRACK” button. the title will appear. TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)
ST (Stereo reception) display Radio
Your radio automatically changes to stereo Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise to
reception when a stereo broadcast is re- step up the frequency. Turn the knob
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the counterclockwise to step down the fre-
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces quency.
the amount of channel separation to prev-
ent the weak signal from creating noise. MP3/WMA player
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turn
radio switches from stereo to mono recep- the knob counterclockwise to file down.
tion.
190

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Audio remote controls

AUX adapter (steering switches)
If you install an audio system other than
a genuine audio system, you will not be
able to use the AUX adapter.
An AUX adapter is installed in the rear Some parts of the audio system can be
console box. adjusted using the switches on the steer-
By inserting a mini plug into the AUX ing wheel.
adapter, you can listen to music from a Details of the specific switches, controls,
portable audio device through the vehicle’s and features are described below.
speaker system. 1. “+ −” switch
To use the AUX adapter, switch to the 2. “MODE” switch
AUX mode (external device mode) by
pressing the “DISC·AUX” button. When the 3. “Ɯ Ɲ” switch
AUX adapter is in use, “AUX” will appear
on the display. To adjust the volume, turn
the “PWR·VOL” knob.
When using a portable audio device con-
nected to the power outlet or cigarette
lighter, noise may occur during playback.
If this happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
191

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“+ −” switch “Ɯ Ɲ” switch Compact disc player

Push “+” side to increase the volume. The Radio To select a desired track:
volume continues to increase while the To select a preset station: Quickly push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ”
switch is being pushed. Quickly push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the switch until the track you want
Push “−” side to decrease the volume. side of the switch. Do this again to select to listen to is set. If you want to return
The volume continues to decrease while the next preset station. to the beginning of the current track, push
the switch is being pushed. the “Ɲ” side of the switch once, quickly.
To seek a station:
“MODE” switch Push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-
switch until you hear a beep. Do this tem—
Push “MODE” switch to select an audio
mode. Each push changes the mode se- again to find the next station. If you push While the rear DVD player is in operation,
quentially if the desired mode is ready to the switch on either side during the seek the chapter or track can be changed by
use. mode, seeking will be cancelled. pushing the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the switch.
To turn the audio system on, push the To step up or down the frequency, push With compact disc changer only—
“MODE” switch. and hold the switch even after you hear To select a desired disc:
a beep. When you release from the Push and hold the “Ɲ” or “Ɯ” side of the
To turn the audio system off, push and switch, the radio will begin seeking up or
hold the “MODE” switch until the system switch until you hear a beep. Repeat this
down for a station. Do this again to find until the disc you wish to listen to is set.
turns off. the next station.
192

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
MP3/WMA player
To select a desired file:
Quickly push and release the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ”
side of the switch until the file you want
to listen to is set. If you want to return
to the beginning of the current file, push
the “Ɲ” side of the switch once, quickly.
To select a desired folder:
Push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
switch until you hear a beep. Repeat this
until the folder you want to listen to is
set.
Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-
tem—
While the rear DVD player is in operation,
the file can be changed by pushing the
“Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the switch.
With compact disc changer only—
To select a desired disc:
Push and hold the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
switch until you hear a beep. Repeat this
until the disc you want to listen to is set.
193

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear seat entertainment system—

The rear seat entertainment system con-
sists of the following components.
1. Front audio system∗
2. DVD player
3. Rear seat entertainment system display
4. Rear seat entertainment system
controller
5. A/V input adapter
6. Power outlet (115 VAC)
7. Audio remote control switches∗
8. Power outlet main switch
∗: For details, see “—Controls and fea-
tures” on page 176 or “Audio remote con-
trols” on page 191 in this section.
194

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Display
The rear seat entertainment system is de- You can purchase a wireless headphone
signed for the rear passengers to enjoy at a Toyota dealer.
audio and DVD video separately from the
front audio system. CAUTION
The rear seat entertainment system can
be operated when the engine switch is in D Do not operate a motor vehicle
the “ACC” or “ON” position. while using headphones. Doing so
may cause an accident, resulting in
The rear passengers can enjoy DVD vid-
death or serious injury.
eo, audio CD, video CD, CD text, dts−CD
and MP3. D With DVD player:
The rear seat entertainment system can Conversational speech on some
play DVD video, audio CD, video CD, CD DVDs is recorded at a low volume
text, dts−CD or MP3 only when a disc is to emphasize the impact of sound
loaded in the DVD player. effects. If you adjust the volume To open the display, push the lock release
assuming that the conversations button.
You can enjoy videos and sound when
represent the maximum volume lev-
your personal audio system is connected
el that the DVD will play, you may
to the A/V input adapter. For details, refer
be startled by louder sound effects
to the manufacturer’s instructions.
or when you change to a different
You can enjoy the rear seat entertainment audio source. Be sure to adjust the
system with a wireless headphone. The volume with this in mind.
wireless headphone can be used within
Make sure the volume is not in-
rear seat. If the signal becomes weak, the
creased, before you turn on the
headphone will mute. For details, refer to
headphone.
the manufacturer’s instructions.
With some wireless headphone generally
available in the market, it may be difficult
to catch sound properly. Toyota recom-
mends the use of Toyota genuine wireless
headphone.
195

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
z Benzene or alkaline solutions may
damage the coated surface of the
screen.
z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not turn on the rear
seat entertainment system longer
than necessary when the engine is
not running.
Pull the display down to an easily view- To close, push the display up until you
able angle (between 90_ and 125_) hear a click.
The illumination of the screen is automati-
NOTICE
cally turned off when the display is
The screen should be cleaned with a closed. However, the rear seat entertain-
dry soft cloth. If the screen is pushed ment system is not turned off.
by hand or wiped with a hard cloth,
the surface of the screen may be CAUTION
scratched.
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, close the display when
it is not in use.
196

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Rear seat entertainment

system controller
The rear seat entertainment system can BEFORE USING THE CONTROLLER
be operated with the rear seat entertain- (for new vehicle owners)
ment system controller and buttons on the A battery is already set in the control-
DVD player unit. The system cannot be ler with an insulating sheet, which pre-
operated by touching the switches on the vents the battery from being dis-
screen directly. charged. Before using the controller,
remove the insulating sheet according
CAUTION to the following procedure.
Do not disassemble or modify the

controller. It may cause an accident,
fire or electric shock.
NOTICE 1. Remove the cover of the controller

as shown.
Keep the controller away from direct
sunlight, high heat and high humidity.
These conditions could cause the
case to deform or the battery to ex-
plode or leak.
197

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
USING THE CONTROLLER

To use the rear seat entertainment sys-
tem controller, direct the signal output
portion of the controller to the signal
reception portion of the rear seat enter-
tainment system display.
The controller does not operate properly
when the signal reception portion of the
display is exposed to direct sunlight.
Block the display from direct sunlight.
CAUTION
2. Remove the insulating sheet. To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or a sudden stop
while driving, stow the controller in
the console box or front seat side
table when it is not in use.
198

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
Observe the followings, otherwise the
controller may be damaged.
z Do not drop or strongly knock the
controller against hard objects.
z Do not sit on or place heavy ob-
jects on the controller.
z Do not leave the controller exposed
to high temperatures (such as on
the instrument panel) for a long
time.
199

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Control buttons
"Controller
1. “DVD” button
This button turns on the DVD mode.
2. “VIDEO” button
This button causes the display to use
the video signal from an external video
device.
3. “OFF” button
This button turns off the rear seat en-
tertainment system.
4. Joystick
This joystick selects a control switch,
mode switch on the screen or the
menu for the disc.
5. “ENT” button
This button inputs the selected switch
or the selected menu for the disc.
6. “FOLDER ” button
This button selects a desired folder.
7. “FOLDER ” button
This button selects a desired folder.
8. “ ” button
This button fast forwards a screen
when the DVD player is operated.
200

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
9. “ ” button 16. “ANGLE” button REPLACING CONTROLLER BATTERY

This button stops a screen when the This button selects the angle of the For replacement, use 3 AA batteries.
DVD player is operated. screen when the DVD player is oper-
10. “SET UP” button ated. CAUTION
17. “SEARCH” button
This button indicates the initial set up Special care should be taken to pre-
screen when the DVD player is oper- This button indicates the title search vent small children from swallowing
ated. screen when the DVD player is oper- the removed battery or components.
ated.
11. “MENU” button
This button indicates the menu screen 18. “TOP MENU” button
for DVD video when the DVD player is This button indicates the title selection NOTICE
operated. screen for DVD video when the DVD z When replacing the battery, be care-
player is operated. ful not to lose the components.
12. “AUDIO” button
This button indicates the changing au- 19. “ ” button z Replace only with the same or
dio screen when the DVD player is This button reverse a screen when the equivalent type recommended by a
operated. DVD player is operated. Toyota dealer.
13. “SUB TITLE” button z Dispose of used batteries according
20. “" ” button
to the local laws.
This button indicates the changing sub- This button plays or pauses a screen
title screen when the DVD player is when the DVD player is operated.
operated.
21. “TRACK/CHAPTER ” button
14. “DISPLAY” button
This button selects track/chapter.
This button adjusts the color, tone,
contrast and brightness of the screen. 22. “TRACK/CHAPTER ” button
15. “SIZE” button This button selects track/chapter.
This button changes the display mode 23. “OPTION” button

when the DVD player is operated. This button indicates the control
switches on the screen when the DVD
player is operated.
201

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
z Be sure that the positive side and
negative side of the controller bat-
tery should be faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
hands. Water may cause rust.
z Do not touch or move any compo-
nents inside of the controller, or it
may interfere with proper operation.
z Be careful not to bend the electrode
of the controller battery insertion.
z Close the battery case securely.
Replace the battery according to the fol- 2. Remove the discharged batteries and
lowing procedure: put in the new batteries as shown.
Install the cover. After replacing the battery, check that the
1. Remove the cover of the controller as controller operates properly. If the control-
shown.
ler still does not operate properly, contact
your Toyota dealer.
202

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Turning the rear seat —Operating the rear DVD

entertainment system on and player using the front audio
off system
While the rear DVD player is in operation,
the chapter or track can be changed by
pushing the “Ɯ” or “Ɲ” side of the
“SEEK/TRACK” button.
For details, see “—Controls and features”
on page 176 in this Section.
To turn on the system, push the “DVD” To turn off the system, push the “OFF”
button or “VIDEO” button. button.
When the “DVD” button is pushed, the When the front audio system is turned off,
disc load screen changes to the DVD the rear audio system and the DVD player
player operation screen. will be turned off simultaneously.
When the “VIDEO” button is pushed, the
images and sounds from the personal au-
dio machine are output.
The “DVD” button is effective only when
a disc is inserted.
203

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Rear system lock —DVD player

The audio system controls in the instru- The DVD player can play audio CDs/
ment panel can be used to disable the MP3 CDs, DVD video discs, CD texts,
operation of the rear seat entertainment dts−CDs and video CDs.
system by rear seat passengers. For appropriate discs for this player, see
Turning on the rear system lock prevents “Audio/video system operating hints” on
small children from using the remote con- page 232 in this Section.
troller or operation panel of the DVD play- The DVD player works when the engine
er unit to operate the rear seat entertain- switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
ment system during driving.
To turn on the DVD player, a disc must
Turn the audio system on. Push the be loaded in the player.
“AUDIO CONTROL” knob repeatedly until
“RSE” is displayed. Next, turn the “AUDIO To turn off the player, eject the disc.
CONTROL” knob until “ON” is displayed, Error messages
and then push the “AUDIO CONTROL” If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
When the rear system lock is on and any
knob. button is pushed on the remote controller tem will display following error messages.
or the operation panel, the screen shown If “DISC CHECK” appears on the
above is displayed for approximately 6 screen: It indicates that the disc is dirty,
seconds. damaged or it was inserted upside down.
Even when the rear system lock is turned Clean the disc or insert it correctly.
on during play mode, the images and If “REGION CODE ERROR” appears on
sounds continue without interruption. the screen: It indicates that the DVD re-
The condition of the rear system lock is gion code is not set properly.
maintained, even when the engine switch If “DVD ERROR” appears on the
is turned off. screen: There is a problem inside the
player. Eject the disc. Set the disc again.
If the malfunction still exists, take your
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
204

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If a disc which is not playable is inserted, 8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles

“DISC CHECK” will also appear on the Your compact disc player needs an adap-
screen. For appropriate discs for this play- tor to play compact disc singles. Compact
er, see “Audio/video system operating disc singles are about 8 cm (3 in.) in
hints” on page 232 in this Section. diameter−smaller than standard discs.
The player will play the track or chapter,
and it will play from the beginning of the
track or chapter again after it reaches the
end.
NOTICE
Never try to disassemble or oil any
part of the DVD player. Do not insert
INSERTING THE DISC anything other than a disc into the
slot.
Insert a disc into the slot with the label
side up.
“DISC” indicator light turns on while the
disc is loaded.
If the label faces down, the disc cannot
be played. In this case, “DISC CHECK”
and disc number appear on the screen.
205

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—DVD player operation

switches
EJECTING THE DISC The DVD player can be operated with the The player can also be operated with the
controller buttons directly. switches on the screen.
Push the “ ” button.
1. “DVD” button To operate the switches on the screen,
2. “SET UP” button select the switch by the joystick and push
the “ENT” button. You cannot select the
3. “MENU” button switches on the screen by touching them
4. “AUDIO” button directly.
5. “SUB TITLE” button When the switch is selected by the joys-
6. “ANGLE” button tick, the outline of the switch changes to
blue. Push the “ENT” button, and the
7. “SIZE” button switch will be highlighted in green.
8. “SEARCH” button
9. “TOP MENU” button
10. “" ”, “ ”, “AA” and “""” buttons
206

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Top page (DVD video operation switch) Top page (video CD)
TURNING THE OPERATION SWITCHES
ON AND OFF
To turn on the operation switches, push
the “OPTION” button on the controller.
Second page (DVD video operation Second page (video CD)

switch)
207

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
There are operation switches on the “Page

1” and “Page 2” screens.
To change the screen, push the “Page 1”
or “Page 2” switch on the screen.
On the screen
If “ ” appears on the screen when
you select a switch, it indicates that
the switch cannot work.
Controller
208

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—DVD player operation

To turn off the switches on the screen, NOTE: The playback condition of some
push the “OPTION” button on the control- DVD video discs may be determined by CAUTION
ler once again or push the “Hide Buttons” the DVD video software producer. This
on the screen. DVD player plays discs as the software Conversational speech on some DVDs
producer intended. Therefore, some is recorded at a low volume to em-
functions may not work properly. Be phasize the impact of sound effects.
sure to read the instruction manual for If you adjust the volume assuming
the DVD video disc separately provided. that the conversations represent the
For detailed information about DVD maximum volume level available for
video discs, see “—DVD video disc the DVD, you may be startled by
information” on page 229 in this louder sound effects or when you
Section. change to a different audio source.
Loud sounds may have a significant
Precautions for DVD video discs
impact on the human body or pose a
When recording on a DVD video, video driving hazard. Keep this in mind
CD or audio tracks may not record in when you adjust the volume.
some cases while the menu is displayed.
As audio will not play in this case, verify
that the video tracks are playing and then
activate playback.
The title/chapter number and playback
time display may not appear while playing
back certain DVD video discs.
209

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
TURNING THE MENU SCREEN FOR THE

DISC ON OR OFF
To turn on the menu screen for the disc,
push the “Top Menu” or the “Menu” switch
on the screen. You can also turn on the
menu screen by pushing the “MENU” or
“TOP MENU” button on the controller.
For the operation of the menu screen, see
the separate manual for the DVD disc.
You can select the menu for the disc by

the joystick and the “ENT” button on the
controller.
210

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
OPERATING THE “" ”, “ ”, “AA”

AND “""” SWITCHES/BUTTONS
“" ” switch/button: Push this switch/but-
ton to pause the disc or to cancel the
pause and return to normal playing.
“ ” switch/button: This switch/button
stops a screen when the DVD player is
operated.
“AA” and “""” switches/buttons: Push
and hold the “AA” or “""” switch/button
to fast forward or reverse. When you re-
lease the switch/button, the DVD player
will resume playing.
Push the “""” switch/button while paus-
ing, the DVD video plays the slow−motion
video replay.
211

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SKIPPING TO THE PREDETERMINED SELECTING THE TITLE

SCREEN To display the searching title screen, push
To skip to the predetermined screen, push the “Search” switch on the screen. You
the “Return” switch. The DVD player starts can also display the screen by pushing
playing from the beginning of the predeter- the “SEARCH” button on the controller.
mined screen.
For further details of the predetermined
screen, see the separate manual for the
DVD disc.
212

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE

Push the “Sub Title” switch on the screen,
and then the changing subtitle language
screen will appear. You can also display
the screen by pushing the “SUB TITLE”
button on the controller.
Select the title number by using the

joystick and push the “ENT” button to
enter the number. The player starts play-
ing disc for that title number. The selected
title number will appear on the screen.
Push the “Back” switch to return to the
menu screen.
213

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING AUDIO LANGUAGE

Push the “Audio” switch on the screen
and then the changing audio language
screen will appear. You can also display
the screen by pushing the “AUDIO” button
on the controller.
Each time you push the “Sub Title” switch,

another language stored on the disc is
selected.
To turn off the subtitles, push the “Hide
Buttons” switch.
previous screen.
The selected subtitle language will appear
on the screen.
214

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING ANGLE SCREEN

Push the “Angle” switch on the screen,
and then the changing angle screen will
appear. You can also display the screen
by pushing the “ANGLE” button on the
controller.
Each time you push the “Audio” switch,

another language stored on the disc is
selected.
To turn off the audio language screen,
push the “Hide Buttons” switch.
previous screen.
The selected audio language will appear
on the screen.
215

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING

Push the “Set Up” switch on the screen,
and then the initial setting screen will ap-
pear. You can also display the screen by
pushing the “SET UP” button on the con-
troller. You can change the initial setting.
After the setting is done, the player plays
from the beginning of the chapter or the
track.
The angle can be selected for discs that

are multi−angle compatible when the “ ”
mark appears on the screen. Each time
you push the “Angle” switch, the angle
changes. The angle number which you
can select will appear on the screen.
To turn off the screen, push the “Hide
Buttons” switch.
previous screen.
216

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Setup Menu screen

CHANGING THE AUDIO LANGUAGE To select an audio language, use the joys-
Push the “Audio Language” switch on the tick to enter the appropriate 4−digit lan-
There are initial setting switches on the guage code. For details of the language
“Setup Menu” and the “Select Audio
“Setup Menu” screen. codes, see the language code list.
Lang.” screen appears.
After you change the initial setting, push If a code which is not on the list is en-
Select the language you want to hear by
the “Enter” switch. The initial setting tered and the “ENT” button is pushed, the
pushing the appropriate switch on the
switch will be turned off and return to the “Incorrect Code” screen will appear. Enter
screen.
picture previously. the code of the language you want to hear
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen, again.
When the “Default” switch is pushed, all
push the “Back” switch.
menus are initialized. To return to the “Select Audio Lang.”
If you cannot find the language you want screen, push the “Back” switch.
to hear, push the “Others” switch. The
“Enter Audio Lang. Code” screen will ap-
pear.
217

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE To enter the code of the language you CHANGING THE DVD LANGUAGE
To display the “Select Subtitle Lang.” want to read, use the joystick to enter the To display the “Select DVD Lang.” screen,
screen, push the “Subtitle Language” appropriate 4−digit language code. For de- push the “DVD Language” switch on the
switch on the “Setup Menu” screen. tails about the language codes, see the “Setup Menu” screen.
language code list.
Select the language you want to read by Select the language you want to read on
pushing the appropriate switch on the Push the “ENT” button on the controller. the screen.
screen. If numbers which are not on the list are
entered and the “ENT” button is pushed, To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen, the “Incorrect code” screen will appear. push the “Back” switch.
push the “Back” switch. Enter the language code you want to read If you cannot find a language you want to
If you cannot find the language you want again. read, push the “Others” switch. The “Enter
to read, push the “Others” switch. The To return to the “Select Subtitle Lang.” DVD Lang. Code” screen will appear.
“Enter Subtitle Lang. Code” screen will screen, push the “Back” switch on the
appear. screen.
218

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To enter the code of the language you TURNING THE ANGLE MARK ON OR SETTING LEVEL OF VIEWER
want to read, use the joystick to enter the OFF RESTRICTIONS
appropriate 4−digit language code. For de- The angle mark can be turned on for You can restrict the play back screen by
tails about the language codes, see the discs that are multi−angle compatible. setting the viewer restrictions. You can
language code list. prevent the restriction with a password.
Each time you push the “Angle Mark”
Push the “ENT” button on the controller. switch on the screen, the angle mark Some discs do not supply a restriction.
If numbers which are not on the list are turns on or off alternately. To set the level of viewer restriction, push
entered and the “ENT” button is pushed, the “Parental Lock” switch on the “Setup
the “Incorrect code” screen will appear. Menu” screen. The “Enter Personal Code”
Enter the language code you want to read screen will appear.
again.
To return to the “Select DVD Lang.”
screen, push the “Back” switch on the
screen.
219

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SETTING THE DISPLAY MODE

Pushing the “SIZE” button on the control-
ler causes the display modes to change
sequentially as follows:
Normal Wide1 Wide2
Enter the password and push the “ENT” Push a parental level (1—8). The smaller
button. The “Select Restriction Level” the level number, the stricter the age limit.
screen will appear. Push the “Back” switch to return to the
You cannot change the setting without in- “Setup Menu” screen.
putting the password. When you forget or
change the password, push the “A” side
of the joystick ten times to initialize the
password.
To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,
push the “Back” switch.
220

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
LANGUAGE CODE LIST 0125 Aymara 0610 Fiji

Code Language 0126 Azerbaijani 0615 Faroese
1001 Japanese 0201 Bashkir 0625 Frisian
0514 English 0205 Byelorussian 0701 Irish
0618 French 0207 Bulgarian 0704 Scots−Gaelic
0405 German 0208 Bihari 0712 Galician
0920 Italian 0209 Bislama 0714 Guarani
0519 Spanish 0214 Bengali 0721 Gujarati
2608 Chinese 0215 Tibetan 0801 Hausa
1412 Dutch 0218 Breton 0809 Hindi
1620 Portuguese 0301 Catalan 0818 Croatian
1922 Swedish 0315 Corsican 0821 Hungarian
1821 Russian 0319 Czech 0825 Armenian
1115 Korean 0325 Welsh 0901 Interlingua
0512 Greek 0401 Danish 0905 Interlingue
0101 Afar 0426 Bhutani 0911 Inupiak
0102 Abkhazian 0515 Esperanto 0914 Indonesian
0106 Afrikaans 0520 Estonian 0919 Icelandic
0113 Amharic 0521 Basque 0923 Hebrew
0118 Arabic 0601 Persian 1009 Yiddish
0119 Assamese 0609 Finnish 1023 Javanese
221

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1101 Georgian 1320 Maltese 1911 Slovak

1111 Kazakh 1325 Burmese 1912 Slovenian
1112 Greenlandic 1401 Nauru 1913 Samoan
1113 Cambodian 1405 Nepali 1914 Shona
1114 Kannada 1415 Norwegian 1915 Somali
1119 Kashmiri 1503 Occitan 1917 Albanian
1121 Kurdish 1513 (Afan) Oromo 1918 Serbian
1125 Kirghiz 1518 Oriya 1919 Siswati
1201 Latin 1601 Punjabi 1920 Sesotho
1214 Lingala 1612 Polish 1921 Sundanese
1215 Laothian 1619 Pashto, Pushto 1923 Swahili
1220 Lithuanian 1721 Quechua 2001 Tamil
1222 Latvian 1813 Rhaeto−Romance 2005 Telugu
1307 Malagasy 1814 Kirundi 2007 Tajik
1309 Maori 1815 Romanian 2008 Thai
1311 Macedonian 1823 Kinyarwanda 2009 Tigrinya
1312 Malayalam 1901 Sanskrit 2011 Turkmen
1314 Mongolian 1904 Sindhi 2012 Tagalog
1315 Moldavian 1907 Sangho 2014 Setswana
1318 Marathi 1908 Serbo−Croatian 2015 Tonga
1319 Malay 1909 Sinhalese 2018 Turkish
222

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
2019 Tsonga USING THE CONTROL SCREEN

When playing a disc, push the “DVD” but-
2020 Tatar
ton on the controller. The status screen
2023 Twi will appear on the screen.
2111 Ukrainian
2118 Urdu
2126 Uzbek
2209 Vietnamese
2215 Volapük
2315 Wolof
2408 Xhosa
SELECTING THE CHAPTER/TRACK
2515 Yoruba To select the chapter/track, push the
2621 Zulu “CHAPTER/TRACK ” button or
“CHAPTER/TRACK ” button on the
controller until the number of the
chapter/track you want to select appears
on the screen.
223

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—DVD player operation (video

CD/audio CD/CD text/MP3)
SELECTING THE DISC MENU NUMBER Enter the disc menu number by using the OPERATING THE “" ”, “AA” AND
(video CD only) joystick and push the “ENT” button. The “""” SWITCHES (video CD only)
Push the “Select Number” switch and then player starts playing the disc from the
“" ” switch: Push this switch to pause
the disc menu number search screen will entered disc menu number. The entered
the disc or to cancel the pause and return
appear. You can also display the screen disc menu number will appear on the
to normal playing.
by pushing the “SEARCH” button on the screen.
“AA” and “""” switches: Push this
controller. Push the “Back” switch to return to the
switch to fast forward or reverse. If you
menu screen.
want to return to the beginning of the
current track, release the switch.
Video CD only—
Push the “""” switch/button while paus-
ing, the DVD video plays the slow−motion
video replay.
224

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
TURNING ON THE DISC MENU (video CHANGING MENU PAGE OR TRACK CHANGING A MULTIPLEX
CD only) (video CD only) TRANSMISSION (video CD only)
Push the “Return” switch to turn on the Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu” Push the “Main/Sub” switch to change a
menu screen for the disc. switch while the disc menu is displayed. multiplex transmission. The mode changes
For the operation of the menu screen, see The next or previous page will appear on from Main/Sub to Main to Sub and back
the manual for the video CD. the screen. to Main/Sub by pushing the “Main/Sub”
Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu” switch.
switch while the player is playing video.
The next or previous track will be
searched and played.
225

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING (video USING THE CONTROL SCREEN

CD only) When playing a disc, push the “DVD” but-
Push the “Set Up” switch on the screen ton on the controller. The control screen
and then the initial setting screen will ap- will appear on the screen.
pear. You can also display the screen by CD text only—
pushing the “SET UP” button on the con-
troller. You can change the initial setting. The disc title and track title will appear on
(See “CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING” the screen when pushing the “DVD” but-
on page 216 in this Section for details.) ton.
After the setting is done, the player plays Details of the specific switches, controls
from the beginning of the chapter or the and features are described below.
track. 1. “RPT” switch (audio CD and CD text)
Push the “RPT” switch while the track
CD Text
is playing. When the track ends, it will
automatically replay. To turn off the re-
peat feature, push this switch again.
2. “RAND” switch (audio CD and CD text)
Push the “RAND” switch. The player
will play the tracks on the disc in ran-
dom order. To turn off the random fea-
ture, push this switch again.
3. “SCAN” switch (audio CD and CD text)
Push the “SCAN” switch. The player
will scan all the tracks on the disc. To
stop scanning, push this switch again.
When the player has scanned all the
tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-
CD MP3 ning.
226

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Screen adjustment
MP3 only— 3. “SCAN” switch You can adjust the color, contrast, tone
Folder and file names will appear on the When the “SCAN” switch is pushed, all and brightness of the screen.
screen when the “DVD” button is pushed. the files in a current folder will be Push the “DISPLAY” button on the control-
The details of the specific switches, con- scanned. Only the first 10 seconds of ler and the “Display” screen will appear.
trols, and features are described below. each file are played sequentially until The screen may turn purple to deflect the
all the files are scanned. When the sunlight. This is not a malfunction.
1. “RPT” switch switch is pushed for at least 0.8 sec-
When the “RPT” switch is pushed while onds, the first 10 seconds of each ini-
a track is played, the track file will be tial file of all the folders in the disk will
played repeatedly until the switch is be played sequentially until the entire
pushed again. When the switch is initial files are scanned. To stop scan-
pushed for at least 0.8 seconds, all the ning, push the switch again.
files in a folder will be played repeat- 4. “FLD ” switch
edly. To turn off repeat play mode,
push the switch again. When the switch is pushed, the initial
2. “RAND” switch file of the next folder will be played.
When the “RAND” switch is pushed, 5. “ FLD” switch

the files in a current folder will be When the switch is pushed, the initial
played in random order. When the file of the previous folder will be
switch is pushed for at least 0.8 sec- played.
onds, all the files in the disk will be
6. “DETAIL” switch
played in random. To turn off random
play mode, push the switch again. When the switch is pushed while a
track is played, the detailed file infor-
mation of the track will be displayed.
227

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Selecting the video mode

After adjusting the screen, push the “ENT”
button or “DISPLAY” button to return to
the previous screen.
Operate the joystick up and down to se- The audio machine connected to the input
lect Brightness, Contrast, Tone, or Color terminal adapter can be played in the
and left and right to make adjustments. video mode.
+ or To select the video mode, push the
− or “Red” “VIDEO” button on the controller.
“Green”
Brightness Darkens Brightens
Weakens Strengthens
Contrast
the contrast the contrast
Weakens Strengthens
Tone
the tone the tone
Strengthens Strengthens
Color the red the green
color color
228

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—DVD video disc information

DVD PLAYER AND DVD VIDEO DISCS Marks shown on DVD video discs: DVD VIDEO DISC GLOSSARY
This DVD player conforms to NTSC col- DVD video discs: Digital Versatile Disc
or TV formats. DVD video discs con- that holds video. DVD video discs have
Indicates NTSC format
forming to other formats such as PAL adopted “MPEG2”, one of the world stan-
of color TV.
or SECAM cannot be used. dards of digital compression technologies.
Region codes: Some DVD video discs The picture data is compressed by 1/40
have a region code indicating where you on average and stored. Variable rate en-
can use. If the DVD video disc is not Indicates the number coded technology in which the volume of
labeled “ALL” or “1”, you cannot use it in of audio tracks. data assigned to the picture is changed
this DVD player. If you attempt to play an depending on the picture format has also
inappropriate DVD video disc in this play- been adopted. Audio data is stored using
er, “REGION CODE ERROR” appears on PCM and Dolby digital, which enables
Indicates the number higher quality of sound. Furthermore, mul-
the screen. Even if the DVD video disc
of language subtitles. ti−angle and multi−language features will
does not have a region code, in some
cases you cannot use it. also help you enjoy the more advanced
technology of DVD video.
Indicates the number Viewer restrictions: This feature limits
of angles. what can be viewed in conformity with the
level of restrictions of the country. The
level of restrictions varies depending on
Indicates the screen the DVD video disc. Some DVD video
to be selected. discs cannot be played at all, or violent
Wide screen: 16:9 scenes are skipped or replaced with other
Standard: 4:3 scenes.
Indicates regions in Level 1: DVD video discs for children can

which this video disc be played.
can be played. Level 2—7: DVD video discs for children
ALL: all countries and G−rated movies can be played.
Number: region code
229

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—A/V input adapter

Level 8: All types of DVD video discs can Manufactured under license from Dolby The rear entertainment system plays vid-
be played. Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and eos and sound when an audio−video
Multi−angle feature: You can enjoy the the double−D symbol are trademarks of equipment is connected to the A/V input
same scene at different angles. Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpub- adapter. For details, refer to the manufac-
lished works. turer’s instructions.
Multi−language feature: You can select E1992−1997 Dolby Laboratories. All
the language of the subtitles and audio. rights reserved.
Region codes: Region codes are provided “dts” is a trademark of Digital Theater
on DVD players and DVD discs. If the Systems, Inc.
DVD video disc does not have the same
region code as the DVD player, you can-
not play the disc on the DVD player. For
region codes, see page 229.
Audio: This DVD player can play liner
PCM, Dolby digital, dts and MPEG audio
format DVD. Other decoded type cannot
be played.
Title and chapter: Video and audio pro-
grams stored on DVD video discs are di-
vided in parts by title and chapter.
Title: The largest unit of the video and
audio programs stored on DVD video
discs. Usually, one piece of a movie, one
album, or one audio program is assigned
as a title.
Chapter: A unit smaller than a title. A title
comprises plural chapters.
230

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Power outlet
To use the adapter, open the cover. This power outlet is designed for use as To use the power outlet, push the main
The A/V input adapter is composed of 3 a power supply for the audio device con- switch on the instrument panel.
input adapters. nected to the A/V input adapter. An indicator light will illuminate to indicate
Yellow: Image input adapter The engine switch must be in the “ON” that the power outlet is ready for use.
Red: Audio input adapter position for the power outlet to be used. Push the main switch once again to turn
White: Audio input adapter The maximum capacity for this power out- the power outlet off. When the power out-
let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to let is not in use, make sure that the main
NOTICE use an appliance that requires more than switch is turned off.
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
Close the cover when the A/V input
will activate and cut the power supply.
adapter is not in use. Inserting a for-
The power supply will restart automatically
eign object other than the appropriate
when you use an appliance that operates
plug may cause electrical failure or
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.
short circuit.
231

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Audio/video system operating

hints
D Other appliances requiring an extremely
NOTICE NOTICE
stable power supply: microcomputer−
z To prevent the battery from being controlled electric blankets, touch sen- To ensure correct audio/video system
discharged, do not use the power sor lamps, etc. operation:
outlet longer than necessary when Certain electrical appliances may cause z Be careful not to spill beverages
the engine is not running. radio noise. over the audio system.
z Close the power outlet lid when the z Do not put anything other than a
power outlet is not in use. Inserting compact disc into the slot.
a foreign object other than the ap-
propriate plug that fits the outlet z Do not put anything other than a
may cause electrical failure or short DVD video, video CD, dts−CD or au-
circuit. dio CD into the DVD player.
z The use of a cellular phone inside
The power outlet is not designed for or near the vehicle may cause a
the following electric appliances even if noise from the speakers of the au-
their power consumption is under 115 dio system which you are listening
VAC/100W. These appliances may not to. However, this does not indicate
operate properly. a malfunction.
D Appliances with high initial peak watt-
age: cathode−ray tube type televisions, RADIO RECEPTION
compressor−driven refrigerators, electric Usually, a problem with radio reception
pumps, electric tools, etc. does not mean there is a problem with
D Measuring devices which process pre- your radio—it is just the normal result of
cise data: medical equipment, measur- conditions outside the vehicle.
ing instruments, etc.
232

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
For example, nearby buildings and terrain Station swapping—If the FM signal you
can interfere with FM reception. Power are listening to is interrupted or weak- FCC ID: BABBT010A
lines or telephone wires can interfere with ened, and there is another strong station NOTE: This device complies with Part
AM signals. And of course, radio signals nearby on the FM band, your radio may 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is sub-
have a limited range. The farther you are tune in the second station until the origi- ject to the following two conditions, (1)
from a station, the weaker its signal will nal signal can be picked up again. This device may not cause harmful in-
be. In addition, reception conditions AM terference and (2) This device must ac-
change constantly as your vehicle moves. cept any interference received, including
Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by
Here are some common reception prob- the upper atmosphere–especially at night. interference that may cause undesired
lems that probably do not indicate a prob- These reflected signals can interfere with operation.
lem with your radio: those received directly from the radio sta-
FM tion, causing the radio station to sound
alternately strong and weak. CAUTION
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25 Station interference—When a reflected sig-
FCC WARNING:
miles). Once outside this range, you may nal and a signal received directly from a
notice fading and drifting, which increase radio station are very nearly the same Changes or modifications in construc-
with the distance from the radio transmit- frequency, they can interfere with each tion not expressly approved by the
ter. They are often accompanied by distor- other, making it difficult to hear the broad- party responsible for compliance
tion. cast. could void the user’s authority to op-
erate the equipment.
Multi−path—FM signals are reflective, Static—AM is easily affected by external
making it possible for two signals to reach sources of electrical noise, such as high Radio frequently exposure. This de-
your antenna at the same time. If this tension power lines, lightening, or electri- vice is approved for Mobile Applica-
happens, the signals will cancel each oth- cal motors. This results in static. tion only and, to comply with applica-
er out, causing a momentary flutter or ble FCC radio frequency exposure
loss of reception. regulations, must be used with a dis-
tance of at least 7.9in. (20cm) be-
Static and fluttering—These occur when
tween the antenna and the body of
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or
any person at all time during use.
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.
233

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC Compact disc player

For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. (and PLAYER, DVD PLAYER AND DISCS
Canada)—
D Extremely high temperatures can keep
Part 15 of the FCC Rules your compact disc player and DVD
FCC Warning: player from working. On hot days, use
Any unauthorized changes or modifi- the air conditioning to cool the vehicle Audio CDs
cations to this equipment will void interior before you use the players.
the user’s authority to operate this
device.
D Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
make your compact disc player and
Laser products DVD player skip.
D Do not take this unit apart or at- D If moisture gets into your compact disc D Use only compact discs marked as
tempt to make any changes your- player and DVD player, the players shown above. The following products
self. This is an intricate unit that may not play even though they appear may not be playable on your compact
uses a laser pickup to retrieve in- to be working. Remove the disc from disc player.
formation from the surface of com- the player and wait until it dries. SACD
pact discs. The laser is carefully dts−CD
shielded so that its rays remain in- CAUTION Copy−protected CD
side the cabinet. Therefore, never CD−ROM
try to disassemble the player or al- Compact disc players and DVD play-
ter any of its parts since you may ers use an invisible laser beam which
be exposed to laser rays and dan- could cause hazardous radiation ex-
gerous voltages. posure if directed outside the unit. Be
D This product utilizes a laser. Use of sure to operate the players correctly.
controls or adjustments or perfor-
mance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in
hazardous radiation exposure.
234

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
DVD player
Audio CDs
DVD video
discs
Video CDs
Special shaped discs Low quality discs
D Use only discs marked as shown

above. The following products may not
be playable on your DVD player.
SACD
Copy−protected CD
CD−R (CD−Recordable)
CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
CD−ROM
DVD−R
DVD+R
DVD+RW
DVD−RW
DVD−ROM
DVD−RAM Transparent/translucent discs Labeled discs
235

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
z Do not use special shaped, trans-
parent/translucent, low quality or la-
beled discs such as those shown in
the illustrations. The use of such
discs may damage the player or
changer, or it may be impossible to
eject the disc.
z This system is not designed for use Correct Wrong
of Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Disc
because it may cause damage to
the player or changer.
D Handle the discs carefully, especially To clean a disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint−
when you are inserting them. Hold free cloth that has been dampened with
them on the edge and do not bend water. Wipe in a straight line from the
them. Avoid getting fingerprints on center to the edge of the disc (not in
them, particularly on the shiny side. circles). Dry it with another soft, lint−free
D Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or cloth. Do not use a conventional record
other disc damage could cause the cleaner or anti−static device.
player to skip or to repeat a section of
a chapter or track. (To see a pin hole,
hold the disc up to the light.)
D Remove discs from the compact disc
player when you are not playing them.
Store them in their plastic cases away
from moisture, heat, and direct sun-
light.
236

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
MP3/WMA FILES D WMA files can contain a WMA tag that D The MP3/WMA player does not play
D MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) and WMA is used in the same way as an ID3 back MP3/WMA files from discs record-
(Windows Media Audio) are audio com- tag. WMA tags carry information such er using packet write data transfer
pression standards. as track title, artist name. (UDF format). Discs should be re-
D The emphasis function is available only corded using “pre−mastering” software
D The MP3/WMA player can play MP3 rather than packet−write software.
and WMA files on CD−ROM, CD−R and when playing MP3/WMA files recorded
CD−RW discs. at 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz. (The system D M3u playlists are not compatible with
can play MP3 files with sampling fre- the audio player.
The unit can play disc recordings com- quencies of 16, 22.05, and 24 kHz.
patible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level D MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PRO
However, the emphasis function is not formats are not compatible with the au-
2 and with the Romeo and Joliet file available for files recorded at these fre-
system. dio player.
quencies.)
D When naming an MP3 or WMA file, D The MP3 player is compatible with
D The sound quality of MP3/WMA files VBR (Variable Bit Rate).
add the appropriate file extension (.mp3 generally improves with higher bit
or .wma). rates. In order to achieve a reasonable D When playing back files recorded as
D The MP3/WMA player plays back files level of sound quality, discs recorded VBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the play
with .mp3 or .wma file extensions as with a bit rate of at least 128 kbps are time will not be correctly displayed if
MP3 or WMA files. To prevent noise recommended. fast−forward or reverse operations are
and playback errors, use the appropri- used.
Playable bit rates
ate file extensions. MP3 files: D It is not possible to check folders that
D Multi−session compatible CDs can also MPEG1 LAYER3—64 to 320 kbps do not include MP3/WMA files.
be played. MPEG2 LSF LAYER3—64 to 160 kbps D MP3/WMA files in folders up to 8 lev-
D MP3 files are compatible with the ID3 WMA files: els deep can be played. However, the
Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2, and Ver. 7, 8 CBR—48 to 192 kbps start of playback may be delayed when
Ver. 2.3 formats. The unit cannot dis- Ver. 9 CBR—48 to 320 kbps using discs containing numerous levels
play disc title, track title and artist of folders. For this reason, we recom-
name in other formats. mend creating discs with no more than
two levels of folders.
D It is possible to play up to 192 folders
or 255 files on one disc.
237

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CD−R and CD−RW discs D Recordings on CD−R/CD−RW cannot

D CD−R/CD−RW discs that have not been be played using the DDCD (Double
subject to the “finalizing process” (a Density CD) system.
001.mp3
002.wma
process that allows discs to be played TERMS
on a conventional CD player) cannot Packet write—
Folder 1 be played.
003.mp3 This is a general term that describes the
Folder 2
D It may not be possible to play process of writing data on−demand to
CD−R/CD−RW discs recorded on a mu- CD−R, etc., in the same way that data is
004.mp3
sic CD recorder or a personal comput- written to floppy or hard discs.
005.wma
er because of disc characteristics,
Folder 3 scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt, ID3 Tag—
006.mp3 condensation, etc. on the lens of the This is a method of embedding track−re-
unit. lated information in an MP3 file. This em-
D It may not be possible to play discs bedded information can include the track
D The play order of the compact disc
with the structure shown on the left is recorded on a personal computer de- title, the artist’s name, the album title, the
pending on the application settings and music genre, the year of production, com-
as follows:
the environment. Record with the cor- ments and other data. The contents can
rect format. (For details, contact the be freely edited using software with ID3
appropriate application manufacturers of tag editing functions. Although the tags
the applications.) are restricted to the number of characters,
the information can be viewed when the
D CD−R/CD−RW discs may be damaged track is played back.
by direct exposure to sunlight, high
temperatures or other storage condi- WMA Tag—
tions. The unit may be unable to play WMA files can contain a WMA tag that is
some damaged discs. used in the same way as an ID3 tag.
D If you insert a CD−RW disc into the WMA tags carry information such as track
MP3/WMA player, playback will begin title, artist name.
more slowly than with a conventional
CD or CD−R disc.
238

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Hands−free phone system—

—Reference
ISO 9660 format— WMA— Phone Setup (see page 245)
This is the international standard for the WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audio D Pair phone
formatting of CD−ROM folders and files. compression format developed by To use the hands−free system, you
For the ISO 9660 format, there are two Microsoft. It compresses files into a size need to register your phone in the sys-
levels of regulations. smaller than that of MP3 files. The decod- tem.
Level 1: ing formats for WMA files are Ver. 7, 8,
and 9. D Change name
The file name is in 8.3 format (8 charac- The registered phone names can be
ter file names, with a 3 character file changed.
extension. File names must be composed
of one−byte capital letters and numbers.
D Delete
The “_” symbol may also be included.) The registered phones can be deleted.
Level 2: D List phones
The file name can have up to 31 charac- The registered phone names can be
ters (including the separation mark “.” and checked.
file extension). Each folder must contain D Select phone
fewer than 8 hierarchies.
The registered phones can be selected.
m3u—
D Set passkey
Playlists created using “WINAMP” software
The passkey can be changed.
have a playlist file extension (.m3u).
MP3—
MP3 is an audio compression standard
determined by a working group (MPEG) of
the ISO (International Standard Organiza-
tion). MP3 compresses audio data to
about 1/10 the size of that on convention-
al discs.
239

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Some basics
Security (see page 250) D Delete Speed Dial
D Set PIN The registered speed dial can be de-
The PIN can be set or changed. leted.
D Phone book lock D List names
The phone book can be locked. The registered names can be checked.
D Phone book unlock D Set Speed Dial
The locked phone book can be un- Speed dials can be set
locked. Redial (see page 262)
System Setup (see page 254) Callback (see page 263)
D Adjust Guidance Volume Making a phone call (see page 265)
Guidance volume can be adjusted. Receiving a phone call (see page 267)
D Initialize Talking on the phone (see page 268)
Phone Book (see page 254)
D Add Entry
Phone numbers and voice tags can be
registered.
D Change Name
The registered names can be changed.
D Delete Entry
The registered names can be deleted.
240

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
This system supports Bluetoothr, a The system may not function in the follow- When transferring ownership of the ve-
wireless system that allows you to ing conditions and places: hicle:
make or receive calls without taking D The cellular phone is turned off. A lot of personal data is registered
your hands from the steering wheel and when you use the hands−free system.
without using cables to connect the D The current position is outside the
communication area. When transferring ownership of the ve-
phone and system. hicle, initialize the system.
The phone must be paired to the system D The cellular phone is not connected.
If you initialize it, the former state will
before using the hands−free feature. If D The cellular phone has a low battery. never come back again. Pay much atten-
your cellular phone does not support D The cellular phone is located behind tion when initializing the data.
Bluetoothr, this system will not function. the seat or in the glove box and con- You can initialize the following data in the
sole box. system.
CAUTION
D The cellular phone touches or is cov- D Phone book data
While you are driving, do not use a ered with metal materials.
D Dialed numbers and received calls
cellular phone or connect the This system supports the following ser-
Bluetoothr phone. vice. D Speed dial
D HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver.1.0 D Bluetoothr phone data

D OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver.1.1 D Security code
NOTICE
If your cellular phone does not support
Do not leave your cellular phone in HFP, you cannot enter the Bluetoothr
the car. The temperature indoor may phone, and take OPP service individually.
be high and damage the phone.
Bluetooth is a trademark owned by

Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
241

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTE: This equipment has been CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation

FCC ID: BABBT010A tested and found to comply with the Exposure
IC ID: 2024B−BT010A limits for a Class B digital device, This equipment complies with FCC/IC
MADE IN CHINA pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. radiation exposure limits set forth for
This device complies with Part 15 of the These limits are designed to provide uncontrolled equipment and meets the
FCC Rules and RSS−210. Operation is reasonable protection against harmful FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure
subject to the following two conditions: interference in a residential installa- Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65
(1) This device may not cause harmful tion. This equipment generates, uses and RSS−102 of the IC radio frequen-
interference, and (2) This device must and can radiate radio frequency ener- cy (RF) Exposure rules. This equip-
accept any interference received, includ- gy and, if not installed and used in ment has very low levels of RF ener-
ing interference that may cause unde- accordance with the instructions, may gy that it deemed to comply without
sired operation. cause harmful interference to radio maximum permissive exposure evalua-
communications. However, there is no tion (MPE). But it is desirable that it
guarantee that interference will not oc- should be installed and operated with
CAUTION cur in a particular installation. If this at least 20 cm and more between the
equipment does cause harmful inter- radiator and person’s body (excluding
Changes or modifications not ex- ference to radio or television recep- extremities: hands, wrists, feet and
pressly approved by the party respon- tion, which can be determined by turn- legs).
sible for compliance could void the ing the equipment off and on, the user Co−location: This transmitter must
user’s authority to operate the equip- is encouraged to try to correct the not be co−located or operated in con-
ment. interference by one or more of the junction with any other antenna or
following measures: transmitter.
−Reorient or relocate the receiving an-
tenna.
−Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
−Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
−Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
242

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Control and features

"Steering switches and microphone
1. Volume control switch 5. Microphone
To increase the volume: Push “+”. The microphone is used when talking on
To decrease the volume: Push “−”. the phone or using the speech command
When driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) or system.
more, the volume automatically increases
without switch adjustment. When your
speed falls below 70 km/h (43 mph), the
volume automatically returns to its original
level.
Voice guidance volume cannot be changed
by pushing the volume control switch on
the steering wheel.
Steering switches 2. Talk switch
Pushing the talk switch turns the hands−
free system on and initiates the speech
command system.
3. On−hook switch
When the hands−free system is on, push-
ing the on−hook switch turns the hands−
free system off.
Pushing and holding the talk switch ends
the speech command system.
4. Off−hook switch
Pushing the off−hook switch turns the
hands−free system on.
When receiving a call, pushing the off−
Microphone hook switch allows you to talk on the
phone.
243

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"Audio unit
1. Display
Displays such items as the reception lev-
el, a party’s name and phone number. See
“DISPLAY” described on the following
page for further details about the display.
2. “AUDIO CONTROL” knob
Turning the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob dis-
plays the menu items, names, numbers,
etc. to be selected. To select an item,
push the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob. Due to
safety concerns, the “AUDIO CONTROL”
knob does not function while the vehicle
is in motion.
3. “TEXT” button
When the party’s name or phone number
is too long to be displayed, pushing and
holding the “TEXT” button displays the re-
maining characters.
4. Preset buttons
Pushing the preset button displays the
registered speed dial numbers.
244

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Phone Setup
2. Reception level display The phone setup menu includes the fol-
Displays the cellular phone reception lev- lowing:
els. This may not match the display on D Pair Phone
the cellular phone. The reception level of To use the hands−free system, you need
some cellular phones may not be dis- to register your phone in the system.
played. Once you have registered it, you can
The number of bars is greater when the make a hands−free call. Up to 6 phones
signal received is stronger. can be registered.
3. Message display D Select Phone
Displays phone numbers, names, com- When the system connects to Bluetoothr,
ments, menu items, etc. the phone previously used is automatically
selected. Select a different phone if nec-
essary. Only the selected phone can be
DISPLAY used with the hands−free system.
1. Bluetoothr display D Change Name
Displays when a Bluetoothr connection is The registered phone names can be
made. If there is no display, the changed.
Bluetoothr connection has not been made D List Phones
and communication between the phone
The registered phone names can be
and system is not possible. When using
checked.
the hands−free system, make sure that
[BT] is displayed. The display is updated The following can be performed during the
in real time. name playback:
D Select phone
D Change name
D Delete
245

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Set PassKey To pair phones [The phone is paired and ready for use.
The passkey can be changed. A 4 to 8 1. Push the talk switch and say [Pair Returning to the main menu.] is heard and
digit code can be input as a passkey. phone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” [Paired] is displayed.
D Delete knob until [Pair Phone] is displayed The system may not function in the follow-
and push the knob. ing cases:
The registered phones can be deleted.
[Pair. Push the talk switch and say a D If 6 phones have already been regis-
To enter the phone setup menu name for the phone.] is heard. tered.
1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or D If the vehicle is moving.
hands−free system on. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until D If the system cannot communicate with
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [Record Name] is displayed, push the the phone.
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until knob and say the desired phone name. ∗:
[Setup] is displayed and push the knob. Passkey is a password required to reg-
[Push the talk switch and say confirm. ister a phone to the system.
[Setup. Please push the talk switch and Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.
say security, or phone setup.] is heard. 3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or INFORMATION
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until D To use the hands−free system, you
[Confirm] is displayed and push the
[Phone Setup] is displayed and push need to register your phone in the
knob.
the knob. system. Once you have registered
[XXX (desired phone name) Ready for it, you can make a hands−free call.
[Phone setup. Push the talk switch and phone pairing. Please use the phone to Up to 6 phones can be registered.
say pair phone, select phone, change connect it to the hands−free system. The
name, list phones, set passkey or delete.] passkey for the phone is....] is heard. D For the operation of the phone, see
is heard. the manual that comes with your
After [HANDS FREE] is displayed, a pass- cellular phone.
[XXX (phone name) already selected.] is key∗ is displayed and [Searching.] is
heard and the phone name is displayed. heard. D The passkey can be changed. See
page 249 for changing the passkey.
If no phone has been registered, the sys- 4. Input the displayed passkey into the
tem may not function properly. phone.
246

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To select a phone When the phone is selected by using To change a name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Select the knob: 1. Push the talk switch and say [Change
phone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” [XXX selected. Returning to the phone name], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”
knob until [Select Phone] is displayed setup.] is heard. knob until [Change Name] is displayed
and push the knob. The system may not function in the follow- and push the knob.
[Select phone. Push the talk switch and ing cases: [Change name. Push the talk switch and
say the phone name or say list phones.] D If the phone is not found. say the phone name to change.] is heard.
is heard. 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
D If the system does not recognize the
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or voice command. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until the phone name that you want to
the desired phone name is displayed change is displayed and push the
and push the knob. knob.
When the phone is selected by a voice
command:
[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switch
and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]
is heard and the phone name is displayed.
Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn
the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-
firm] is displayed and push the knob.
[XXX selected. Returning to the phone
setup.] is heard.
247

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When the phone is selected by a voice When the phone is selected by using The system may not function in the follow-
command: the knob: ing cases:
[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switch [XXX Push the talk switch and say con- D If no phone has been registered.
and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard D If the system does not recognize the
is heard and the phone name is displayed. and the phone name is displayed. voice command.
1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or 1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
To list phones
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
[Confirm] is displayed and push the [Confirm] is displayed and push the 1. Push the talk switch and say [List
knob. knob. phones], or turn the “AUDIO CON-
TROL” knob until [List Phones] is dis-
[Push the talk switch and say a new [Push the talk switch and say a new played and push the knob.
name.] is heard. name.] is heard.
[List phones. To select a name, push the
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or talk switch during the name playback.] is
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until heard.
[Record Name] is displayed, push the [Record Name] is displayed, push the
knob and say the desired phone name. knob and say the desired phone name. 2. Follow voice guidance instructions.
[XXX Push the talk switch and say con- [XXX Push the talk switch and say con- [Push the talk switch and say select
firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard. firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard. phone, change name, or delete.] is heard.
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or 3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or Select one of the following:
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
[Confirm] is displayed and push the [Confirm] is displayed and push the
knob. knob.
[Name changed. Returning to the phone [Name changed. Returning to the phone
setup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis- setup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-
played. played.
248

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Select phone To set a passkey When using the knob:

Push the talk switch and say [Select 1. Push the talk switch and say [Set 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to
phone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” passkey], or turn the “AUDIO CON- select a number. Push the “AUDIO
knob until [Select Phone] is displayed and TROL” knob until [Set Passkey] is dis- CONTROL” knob to set.
push the knob. played and push the knob. 2. When the passkey is set, push the
For further details on selecting a phone, [Set Passkey. The passkey is required for “AUDIO CONTROL” knob.
see page 247. the phone pairing process. Push the talk [Passkey changed. Returning to the phone
Change name switch and say a new passkey.] is heard setup.] is heard.
and passkey is displayed.
Push the talk switch and say [Change The system does not function in the fol-
name], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
lowing cases:
knob until [Change Name] is displayed turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to
and push the knob. select a number. D If the passkey has less than 4 digits.
For further details on changing a name, When using a voice command: D If the passkey has more than 8 digits.
see page 247. [XXXX (new passkey) Push the talk switch
Delete and say confirm. Otherwise, continue add-
ing numbers, or say go back or delete.]
Push the talk switch and say [Delete], or
is heard and the new passkey is dis-
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
played.
[Delete] is displayed and push the knob.
Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn
For further details on deleting a phone,
the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
see page 250.
[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.
If no phone has been registered, the sys-
[Passkey changed. Returning to the phone
tem may not function properly.
setup.] is heard.
249

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Security
To delete a phone The system may not function in the follow- The security menu includes the following:
1. Push the talk switch and say [Delete], ing cases: D Set PIN (Personal Identification Num-
or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob D If no phone has been registered. ber)
until [Delete] is displayed and push the D If the system does not recognize the The PIN can be set or changed.
knob. voice command. D Phone book lock
[Delete. Push the talk switch and say the
phone name to delete.] is heard. The phone book can be locked.
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or When the phone book is locked, the fol-
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until lowing functions cannot be used:
the phone name you want to delete is D Dial by name
displayed and push the knob. D Redial
When using a voice command: D Callback
[XXX (desired phone name) Push the talk D Speed Dial
switch and say confirm. Otherwise, say go
back.] is heard and the phone name is D Phone Book
displayed. D Phone book unlock
Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn The locked phone book can be unlocked.
the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-
firm] is displayed and push the knob.
[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] is
heard and $[Deleted]$ is displayed.
When using the knob:
[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] is
heard and [Deleted] is displayed.
250

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To enter the security menu To set a PIN When using a voice command:
1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the Push the talk switch and say [Set PIN], 1. Push the talk switch and say a new
hands−free system on. or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until PIN number.
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [Set PIN] is displayed and push the knob. 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [There is no PIN number set. Please reg- turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
[Setup] is displayed and push the knob. ister a PIN number. Please push the talk [Confirm] is displayed and push the
switch and say a four−digit PIN number.] knob.
[Setup. Please push the talk switch and
is heard.
say security, or phone setup.] is heard. [The PIN number has been set. Returning
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or to the security.] is heard and [Completed]
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until is displayed.
[Security] is displayed and push the When using the knob:
knob. 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to
[Security. Push the talk switch and say select a number. Push the “AUDIO
set PIN, phone book lock, or phone book CONTROL” knob to set.
unlock.] is heard. 2. Repeat the above procedure until the
entire four−digit number is set.
3. When the PIN is set, push the “AUDIO
CONTROL” knob.
4. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
knob.
[The PIN number has been set. Returning
to the security.] is heard and [Completed]
is displayed.
251

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If the PIN is to be changed: To lock the phone book When using a voice command:
[There is a PIN number in place. Push the 1. Push the talk switch and say [Phone [XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switch
talk switch and say the correct PIN num- book lock], or turn the “AUDIO CON- and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]
ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis- TROL” knob until [Phbk Lock] is dis- is heard and PIN number is displayed.
played. played and push the knob. Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn
1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [There is a PIN number in place. Push the the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
use the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to talk switch and say the correct PIN num- [Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.
input the current PIN number. ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis- [PIN number accepted. The phone book is
[Please push the talk switch and say a played. now locked. Returning to the main menu.]
four−digit PIN number.] is heard. 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or is heard and [Locked] is displayed.
2. Push the talk switch and say new PIN turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to When using the knob:
number. select a number.
1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to
[The PIN number has been set. Returning select a number. Push the “AUDIO
to the security.] is heard and [Completed] CONTROL” knob to set.
is displayed.
2. When the PIN number is set, push the
If the current number is not correct, the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob.
system does not function properly.
[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-
INFORMATION firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard
and PIN number is displayed.
Do not forget your PIN. If you forget 3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
the PIN, initialization will be neces- turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
sary. For details about initialization, [Confirm] is displayed and push the
see page 254. knob.
[PIN number accepted. The phone book is
now locked. Returning to the main menu.]
is heard and [Locked] is displayed.
252

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The system may not function in the follow- When using a voice command: The system may not function in the follow-
ing cases: [XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switch ing cases:
D If the current number is not correct. and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] D If the current number is not correct.
D If the phone book has already been is heard and the PIN number is displayed. D If the phone book has already been
locked. Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn unlocked.
D If the PIN number does not exist. the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob. INFORMATION
To unlock the phone book
[PIN number accepted. The phone book is A shortcut to each of the following
1. Push the talk switch and say [Phone now unlocked. Returning to the main functions is available. Enter the
book unlock], or turn the “AUDIO CON- menu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis- phone book menu, push the off−hook
TROL” knob until [Phbk Unlock] is displayed. switch, and say either of the follow-
played and push the knob.
When using the knob: ing:
[Phonebook unlock. There is a PIN num-
1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to D Phone book lock
ber in place. Push the talk switch and say
the correct PIN number.] is heard and select a number. Push the “AUDIO D Phone book unlock
[Current PIN?] is displayed. CONTROL” knob to set.
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or 2. When the PIN number is set, push the
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to “AUDIO CONTROL” knob.
select a number. [XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-
firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard
and the PIN number is displayed.
knob.
[PIN number accepted. The phone book is
now unlocked. Returning to the main
menu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis-
played.
253

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—System Setup —Phone Book

The system setup menu includes the fol- To initialize The phone book menu includes the follow-
lowing: 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until ing:
D Adjust Guidance Volume [Initialize] is displayed and push the D Add Entry
D Initialize knob. Phone numbers and voice tags can be
To enter the system setup menu [System initialization. This will erase all registered.
user information in the hands free system; D Change Name
1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the including paired phones, phone book en-
hands−free system on. tries, and call history. Select confirm to The registered names can be changed.
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or initialize. Otherwise, select go back.] is D Delete Entry
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until heard. The registered names can be deleted.
[Setup] is displayed and push the knob. 2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until D Delete Speed Dial
3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Confirm] is displayed and push the
[System Setup] is displayed and push knob. The registered speed dial can be deleted.
the knob. [System initialization. This will erase all D List Names
[System setup. Please select guidance user information in the hands free system; The registered names can be checked.
volume or initialize.] is heard. including paired phones, phone book en-
D Set Speed Dial
tries, and call history. Select confirm to
To adjust the guidance volume Speed dials can be set.
initialize. Otherwise, select go back.] is
1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until heard. Up to 20 numbers can be registered in
[Guidance Vol] is displayed and push the phone book.
3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
the knob.
[Guidance will be at this volume] is heard knob.
and the present volume level is displayed.
[Initialized. Returning to the main menu.]
2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to is heard.
adjust the volume and push the knob.
254

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To enter the phone book menu To add entry (a) By Voice

1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the The add entry includes the following: 1. Push the talk switch and say [By
hands−free system on. (a) By Voice voice], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or knob until [By Voice] is displayed and
(b) By Phone push the knob.
[Phonebook] is displayed and push the (c) Call History [Voice entry. Push the talk switch and say
knob. (d) Manual Input the number.] is heard.
[Phone book. Please push the talk switch Push the talk switch and say [Add entry], 2. Push the talk switch and say the dial
and say add entry, change name, delete or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until number that you want to register.
entry, list names, set speed dial or delete [Add Entry] is displayed and push the [To store, push the talk switch and say
speed dial.] is heard. knob. confirm. Otherwise, continue adding num-
If the phone book is locked, the system [Add Entry. How will the number be en- bers, or say go back, or delete.] is heard
may not function properly. tered. Push the talk switch and say by and number is displayed.
voice, by phone, or call history.] is heard. 3. Follow voice guidance instructions.
255

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If [Confirm] is said, then input a voice Confirm (b) By Phone

tag. Push the talk switch and say [Confirm], or 1. Push the talk switch and say [By
[Push the talk switch and say a name.] is turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until phone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”
heard. [Confirm] is displayed and push the knob. knob until [By Phone] is displayed and
1. Push the talk switch and say the name [Returning to the phone book.] is heard. push the knob.
of the dial number that you want to Speed Dial [Phone entry. Prepare to send the informa-
register. tion from the phone. When ready, push
1. Push the talk switch and say [Set the talk switch and say confirm.] is heard.
[XXXX (phone number) Push the talk speed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-
switch and say confirm. Otherwise, say go TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis- 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
back.] is heard. played and push the knob. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [Confirm] is displayed and push the
[Set speed dial. Push the preset button to knob.
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until assign to XXXX] is heard.
[Confirm] is displayed and push the [Send the information at this time.] is
knob. 2. Push and hold the desired preset but- heard.
ton.
[Stored. To register this as a speed dial After the system has received the name
entry, push the talk switch and say set [preset... is now assigned. Returning to and phone number, [Push the talk switch
speed dial. Otherwise, say confirm.] is the phone book.] is heard. and say confirm. To select an alternate
heard and [Stored] is displayed. The system may not function in the follow- number, say next or previous. Otherwise,
3. Select one of the following: ing cases: say go back.] is heard and the name and
D If the phone book is full. phone number are displayed.
D Confirm
D If the dial number has more than 24 3. Follow voice guidance instructions,
D Speed Dial push the talk switch and say [Confirm],
digits.
or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob
until the dial number that you want to
register is displayed and push the
knob.
Next, input a voice tag.
For further details, see page 255.
256

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(c) Call History Outgoing (d) Manual Input

1. Push the talk switch and say [Call his- 1. Push the talk switch and say [Outgo- 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
tory], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” [Manual Input] is displayed and push
knob until [Call History] is displayed knob until [Outgoing] is displayed and the knob.
and push the knob. push the knob. 2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob to
[Call history. Push the talk switch and say [Most recent outgoing call was XXXX] is select a number. Push the “AUDIO
incoming or outgoing.] is heard and [Call heard and the outgoing number is dis- CONTROL” knob to set.
History] is displayed. played. 3. When the number is set, push the
2. Select one of the following: [Push the talk switch and say confirm. “AUDIO CONTROL” knob.
D Incoming Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] is
heard.
D Outgoing For further details, see page 255.
Incoming turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until INFORMATION
1. Push the talk switch and say [Incom- the dial number that you want to regis-
ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” ter is displayed and push the knob. D The system can recognize single
knob until [Incoming] is displayed and Next, input a voice tag. digits from zero to nine, #(pound),
push the knob. *(star), and +(plus). Numbers that
For further details, see page 255. are ten or greater are not recog-
[Most recent incoming call was XXXX
(phone number)] is heard and the incom- nized.
ing number is displayed. D To speed up input, it is a good idea
[Push the talk switch and say confirm. to group all digits into a continuous
Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] is string. However, you can enter each
heard. digit individually or group digits to-
gether in preferred string lengths.
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until The display corresponding to each op-
the dial number that you want to regis- eration appears on the screen as fol-
ter is displayed and push the knob. lows:
For further details, see page 255.
257

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To list names
Input operation— Display: [995]
The voice tags can be edited during the
You say: [Nine, nine, five] Repeating the above operation deletes name playback.
Voice output: [995 to store push the the last digits in reverse order of in-
put. 1. Push the talk switch and say [List
talk switch and say confirm. Other- names], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”
wise, continue adding numbers, or Delete operation— knob until [List Names] is displayed
say go back, or delete.] You say: [Delete] and push the knob.
Display: [995] Voice output: [Deleted. Push the talk [List names. To select a name, push the
You say: [Seven, three, four] switch and say the number.] talk switch during the name playback.] is
Voice output: [734 to store push the Display: [Delete] heard.
talk switch and say confirm. Other- The display will return to the initial 2. Follow voice guidance instructions.
wise, continue adding numbers, or screen that allows a number to be [XXXX selected.] is heard and [Selected]
say go back, or delete.] input. is displayed.
Display: [995734] If you push the off−hook switch during the
Repeat the above procedure until the name playback, you can dial the number
entire number that you want to regis- of the selected name.
ter is input.
Go back operation—
You say: [Go back]
Voice output: [Go back. The last num-
bers said have been removed. Push
the talk switch and say the number.]
258

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Editing the voice tags Delete Entry To delete entry

The following can be performed: Push the talk switch and say [Delete 1. Push the talk switch and say [Delete
D Dial entry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” entry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”
knob until [Delete Entry] is displayed and knob until [Delete Entry] is displayed
D Change Name push the knob. and push the knob.
D Delete Entry For further details, see page 259. [Delete entry. Push the talk switch and
D Speed Dial Speed dial say the name to delete.] is heard.
[Push the talk switch and say dial, change Push the talk switch and say [Set speed 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
name, delete entry, or set speed dial.] is dial], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
heard and [Selected] is displayed. until [Speed Dial] is displayed and push the name that you want to delete is
Dial the knob. displayed and push the knob.
Push the talk switch and say [Dial], or For further details, see page 261. When using a voice command:
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [XXXX (name) Push the talk switch and
[Dial] is displayed and push the knob. say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] is
Change Name heard and the name is displayed.
Push the talk switch and say [Change Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn
name], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
knob until [Change Name] is displayed [Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.
and push the knob. [Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] is
For further details, see page 260. heard and [Deleted] is displayed.
When using the knob:
[Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] is
heard and [Deleted] is displayed.
The system may not function in the follow-
ing cases:
D If no name has been registered.
voice command.
259

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To delete speed dial To change name When using a voice command:

1. Push the talk switch and say [Delete 1. Push the talk switch and say [Change [XXXX (phone number) Push the talk
speed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON- name], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” switch and say confirm. Otherwise, say go
TROL” knob until [Del Spd Dial] is dis- knob until [Change Name] is displayed back.] is heard and the phone number is
played and push the knob. and push the knob. displayed.
[Delete speed dial. Push the preset button [Change name. Push the talk switch and 1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
to delete from speed dial.] is heard. say the name to change.] is heard. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
2. Select the preset button that you want 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [Confirm] is displayed and push the
to delete. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until knob.
[To delete preset... push the talk switch the dial number that you want to [Push the talk switch and say a new
and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] change is displayed and push the name.] is heard.
is heard. knob. 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Record Name] is displayed, push the
[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob and say new name.
knob. [XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-
[Deleted.] is heard and [Deleted] is dis- firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.
played. 3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
[Returning to the phone book.] is heard. turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
The system may not function in the follow- knob.
ing cases:
[Name changed. Returning to the phone
D If no speed dial has been registered. book.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-
D If the preset button has not been as- played.
signed.
260

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When using the knob: To set speed dial When using a voice command:
[Push the talk switch and say a new 1. Push the talk switch and say [Set [XXXX (phone number) To register this as
name.] is heard. Speed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON- a speed dial entry, push the talk switch
1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis- and say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until played and push the knob. is heard and the phone number is dis-
[Record Name] is displayed, push the played.
[Set speed dial. Push the talk switch and
knob and say new name. say a name.] is heard. 1. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con- 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard. [Confirm] is displayed and push the
the dial number that you want to regis- knob.
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until ter is displayed and push the knob. [Push the preset button to assign to
[Confirm] is displayed and push the XXXX] is heard.
knob. 2. Push and hold the desired preset but-
ton.
[Name changed. Returning to the phone
book.] is heard and [Changed] is dis- [preset... is now assigned. Returning to
played. the phone book.] is heard.
The system may not function in the follow- When using the knob:
ing cases: [Push the preset button to assign to
D If no name has been registered. XXXX] is heard.
D If the system does not recognize the Push and hold the desired preset button.
voice command. [preset... is now assigned. Returning to
the phone book.] is heard.
The system may not function in the follow-
ing cases:
D If no name has been registered.
voice command.
261

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Redial
The following can be performed: Dial
INFORMATION
D Dial Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
A shortcut to each of the following the number that you want to dial is dis-
D Delete
functions is available. Push the off− played and push the knob. After that, do
hook switch and talk switch, and say D Store the one of the following:
one of the following: To enter the redial D Push the off−hook switch.
D Phone book add entry 1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the D Push the talk switch and say [dial].
D Phone book change name hands−free system on.
D Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
D Phone book delete entry 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or [Dial] is displayed and push the knob.
D Phone book delete speed dial Delete
[Redial] is displayed and push the
D Phone book list names knob. 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
D Phone book set speed dial [Redial. Most recent outgoing call was the dial number that you want to delete
XXXX (phone number)] is heard and out- is displayed and push the knob.
going history is displayed. 2. Push the talk switch and say [Delete],
[Please push the off−hook switch to dial. or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob
Otherwise, push the talk switch and say until [Delete] is displayed and push the
dial, previous, go back, store, or delete.] knob.
is heard. [Delete. Push the talk switch and say con-
firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard.
knob.
[Deleted.] is heard.
262

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Callback
Store The following can be performed:
INFORMATION
1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until D Dial
the dial number that you want to regis- D Up to five outgoing calls can be D Delete
ter is displayed and push the knob. stored in the system.
D Store
2. Push the talk switch and say [Store], D When five outgoing calls are stored
or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob in memory, the oldest outgoing call To enter the callback
until [Store] is displayed and push the is deleted to make room in memory 1. Push the off−hook switch to turn the
knob. for new calls. hands−free system on.
[Store. Push the talk switch and say con- D Only the latest outgoing call is 2. Follow voice guidance instructions, or
firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard. stored when the same telephone turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or number is dialed. [Callback] is displayed and push the
turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until D A shortcut to “Redial” is available. knob.
[Confirm] is displayed and push the Push the off−hook switch and then [Callback. Most recent incoming call was
knob. push the off−hook switch. XXXX (phone number)] is heard and in-
Next, input a voice tag. coming history is displayed.
For further details, see page 255. [Please push the off−hook switch to dial.
Otherwise, push the talk switch and say
The system may not function in the follow- dial, previous, go back, store, or delete.]
ing cases: is heard.
D If there is no outgoing history.
D If the phone book is locked.
263

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Dial Store
INFORMATION
Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until 1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
the number that you want to dial is dis- the dial number that you want to regis- D Up to five incoming calls can be
played and push the knob. After that, do ter is displayed and push the knob. stored in the system.
the one of the following: 2. Push the talk switch and say [Store], D When five incoming calls are stored
D Push the off−hook switch. or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob in memory, the oldest incoming call
D Push the talk switch and say [Dial]. until [Store] is displayed and push the is deleted to make room in memory
knob. for new calls.
D Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
[Dial] is displayed and push the knob. [Store. Push the talk switch and say con-
firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.
Delete
1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
the dial number that you want to delete [Confirm] is displayed and push the
is displayed and push the knob. knob.
2. Push the talk switch and say [Delete], Next, input a voice tag.
or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob
until [Delete] is displayed and push the For further details, see page 255.
knob. The system may not function in the follow-
[Delete. Push the talk switch and say con- ing cases:
firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard. D If there is no incoming history.
3. Follow voice guidance instructions, or D If the phone book is locked.
knob.
[Deleted.] is heard.
264

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Making a phone call

If the cellular phone is not registered, this To speed dial When using a voice command:
system cannot be used. See page 245 for 1. Push the preset button where the de- [XXXX (phone number) Push the off−hook
registering a cellular phone. Make sure sired number is set. The name or tele- switch to dial. Otherwise, push the talk
that [BT] is displayed and get the cellular phone number is displayed. switch and say dial, or go back.] is heard.
phone ready to use. After that, do the one of the following:
2. Push the off−hook switch to dial.
There are 3 ways to make a phone call D Push the off−hook switch.
with this system. To dial by Name
1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial by D Push the talk switch and say [Dial].
D Speed dial
name]. D Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until
A phone call can be made with a preset [Dial] is displayed and push the knob.
button in which a phone number is regis- [Dial by name. Please push the talk
tered. See page 261 for setting the preset switch and say the stored name, or say When using the knob:
buttons. list names.] is heard and [Dial by Name] It calls the number.
is displayed.
D Dial by Name The system may not function in the follow-
2. Push the talk switch and say the ing cases:
The system dials the numbers correspond- phone name, or turn the “AUDIO CON-
ing to the spoken names registered in the TROL” knob until the name that you D If there is no number registered in the
system. want to dial is displayed and push the preset button.
D Dial by Number knob. D If the system does not recognize the
The system dials to the spoken numbers. voice command.
To make a phone call
Push the off−hook switch to turn the
hands−free system on.
265

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To dial by Number
INFORMATION INFORMATION
1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial by
D The phone numbers registered in Number]. D The system can recognize single
the phone book can be retrieved. digits from zero to nine, #(pound),
[Dial by number. Please push the talk
D The system does not recognize that *(star), and +(plus). Numbers that
switch and say the number.] is heard and
the voice tag is not registered in are ten or greater are not recog-
[Dial by Num] is displayed.
the registered cellular phone. For nized.
2. Push talk switch and say the dial num-
details about voice tags, see “To D To speed up input, it is a good idea
ber.
add entry” on page 255. to group all digits into a continuous
[Push the off−hook switch to dial. Other- string. However, you can enter each
D A shortcut to [Dial by name] is
wise, push the talk switch and say dial, digit individually or group digits to-
available. Push the talk switch and
go back, or delete.] is heard. gether in preferred string lengths.
say [Dial XXX (name you want to
dial)]. To dial the number, do the one of the The display corresponding to each op-
following: eration appears on the screen as fol-
D Push the off−hook switch. lows:
D Push the talk switch and say [Dial]. Input operation—
D Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until You say: [Nine, nine, five]
[Dial] is displayed and push the knob. Voice output: [995 push the off−hook
If the number exceeds 24 digits, the sys- switch to dial. Otherwise, push the
tem may not function properly. talk switch and say dial, go back, or
delete.]
Display: [995]
You say: [Seven, three, four]
Voice output: [734 push the off−hook
switch to dial. Otherwise, push the
talk switch and say dial, go back, or
delete.]
266

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Receiving a phone call

When receiving a phone call, a ring tone
Display: [995734] Cancel operation— is audible and the system changes into
Repeat the above procedure until the Do either one of the following: the telephone mode.
entire number that you want to dial is D Push the on−hook switch at anytime When receiving a phone call, the display
input. during the operation. is as follows. The display differs depend-
Go back operation— D Push the talk switch and say [Can- ing on whether or not the vehicle is in
You say: [Go back] cel] after the beep at anytime dur- motion.
Voice output: [Go back, the last num- ing the operation except while a call When the vehicle is stopped:
bers entered have been removed. is connected. Number, name, or [Incoming] is displayed.
Push the talk switch and continue When the vehicle is in motion:
adding numbers otherwise say dial, [Incoming] is displayed.
go back, or delete.] Do either one of the following:
Display: [995] D Pushing the off−hook switch allows you
Repeating the above operation deletes to talk on the phone.
the last digits in reverse order of in- D Pushing the on−hook switch refuses
put. the call.
Delete operation— To adjust the ring volume, push “+” or “−”
You say: [Delete] on the steering volume controls. Volume
Voice output: [Deleted. The entire adjustment cannot be done using the au-
number to dial has been deleted. dio system.
Please push the talk switch and say Repeatedly pushing “−” on the steering
the number.] volume controls mutes the ring.
Display: [Dial by Num] When receiving an international phone
The display will return to the initial call, the name of the party may not be
screen that allows a number to be displayed correctly depending on the cellu-
input. lar phone.
267

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Talking on the phone

To transfer a call to the phone: While talking on the phone, the display is To transfer a call from the phone:
The received call can be transferred from as follows. The display differs depending Pushing the off−hook switch while talking
the hands−free system to the cellular on whether or not the vehicle is in motion. on the cellular phone that is connected to
phone that is connected to Bluetoothr. For When the vehicle is stopped: Bluetoothr allows you to talk hands−free.
details, refer to the user’s guide for the Number is displayed. A call can also be transferred by pushing
cellular phone. When the vehicle is in motion: the talk switch and say [Call transfer].
[Talking] is displayed. To transfer a call to the phone:
When the call is finished, push the on− The call can be transferred from the
hook switch. hands−free system to the phone that is
In the following situations, your voice may connected to Bluetoothr. For details, refer
not reach the party. to the user’s guide for the cellular phone.
D Talk alternately with the other party on
the phone. If you talk at the same
time, the voice may not reach each
other. (It is not a malfunction.)
D Keep the volume of receiving voice
down. Otherwise, echo is coming up.
When you talk on the phone, speak
clearly towards the microphone.
D When driving on a rough road.
D When driving at high speeds.
D When the window is open.
D When the air conditioning vents face
the microphone.
D When the sound of the air conditioning
fan is loud.
The microphone can be muted by pushing
the talk switch and say [Mute].
268

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 9
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Manual air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Automatic air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
269

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Manual air conditioning system—

—Controls
1. Air flow selector
2. Fan speed selector
3. Temperature selector
4. “A/C” button
5. Air intake selector
270

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Fan speed selector In this position, air intake selector

Turn the dial to adjust the fan speed—to mode changes to FRESH automatically
the right to increase, to the left to de- to clean up the front view quickly. It is
crease. not possible to return to RECIRCULATE
in this position.
Temperature selector
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
Turn the dial to adjust the temperature—to heating or cooling. This setting clears
the right to warm, to the left to cool. the front view more quickly.
5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
windshield vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
windshield position turns on the defog-
ging function with the purpose of clear-
Air flow selector ing the front view.
Turn the dial to select the vents used for In this position, air intake selector
air flow. mode changes to FRESH automatically
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the to clean up the front view quickly. It is
not possible to return to RECIRCULATE
instrument panel vents.
in this position.
2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
vents and the instrument panel vents.
heating or cooling. This setting clears
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor the front view more quickly.
vents.
For details about air flow selector settings,
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly see “—Air flow selector settings” on page
from the floor vents and windshield 273.
vents.
Turning the air flow selector to the
floor/windshield position turns on the
defogging function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
271

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“A/C” button
To turn on the air conditioning, press the
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
will come on. To turn the air conditioning
off, press the button again.
Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.
1. RECIRCULATE—Recirculates the air in-
side the vehicle.
2. FRESH—Draws outside air into the
system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automati-
cally to FRESH depending on the condi-
tion of the air conditioning system.
272

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

D To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
D Keep the area under the front (and
second) seats clear to allow air to cir-
culate throughout the vehicle.
D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.
D When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except “0”.
With third seats
273

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D If following another vehicle on a dusty Heating

road, or driving in windy and dusty For best results, set controls to:
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to Fan speed—Any setting except “0”
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the Temperature—Towards WARM
outside passage and prevent outside (red zone)
air and dust from entering the vehicle Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
interior. Air flow—FLOOR
Air conditioning—OFF
CAUTION
D For quick heating, select recirculated
To prevent the windshield from fog- air for a few minutes. To keep the
ging up, do not use the windshield windows from fogging, select fresh af-
air flow button during cool air opera- ter the vehicle interior has been
tion in extremely humid weather. The warmed. Air conditioning
difference between the temperature of D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi- For best results, set controls to:
the outside air and that of the wind- fied heating.
shield can cause the outer surface of Fan speed—Any setting except “0”
D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
the windshield to fog up, blocking Temperature—Towards COLD
the vehicle interior while defrosting or
your vision. (blue zone)
defogging the windshield.
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL
NOTICE Air conditioning—ON
To prevent battery discharge, do not D For quick cooling, turn the temperature
leave the air conditioning system on selector dial fully towards COLD and
longer than necessary when the en- change the air intake selector mode to
gine is stopped. RECIRCULATE.
274

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Ventilation Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
For best results, set controls to: heating or cooling. This setting clears the heating. This setting clears the front view
front view more quickly. more quickly.
Fan speed—Any setting except “0” D On humid days, do not blow cold air D To heat the vehicle interior while de-
Temperature—Towards COLD on the windshield—the difference be- frosting the windshield, choose
(blue zone) tween the outside and inside tempera- floor/windshield air flow.
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) tures could make the fogging worse.
Air flow—PANEL
Air conditioning—OFF Defrosting
The outside of the windshield
Defogging
For best results, set controls to:
The inside of the windshield
For best results, set controls to: Fan speed—Any setting except “0”
Temperature—Towards WARM
Fan speed—Any setting except “0” (red zone)
Temperature—Towards WARM Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
(red zone) to heat; Air flow—WINDSHIELD
COLD (blue zone) to
cool Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) shield or floor/windshield position turns on
Air flow—WINDSHIELD the defrosting function with the purpose of
clearing the front view.
Turning the air flow selector to the wind- When turning the air flow selector to wind-
shield or floor/windshield position turns on shield or floor/windshield position, air in-
the defogging function with the purpose of take selector mode changes to FRESH
clearing the front view. automatically to clean up the front view
When turning the air flow selector to wind- quickly. It is not possible to return to
shield or floor/windshield position, air in- RECIRCULATE in this position.
take selector mode changes to FRESH
automatically to clean up the front view
quickly. It is not possible to return to
RECIRCULATE in this position.
275

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Automatic air conditioning system—

—Controls
1. “TEMP” (driver side temperature
control) button
2. Air intake selector
3. Air flow selector
4. Air conditioning display
5. “A/C” button
6. “DUAL” button
7. “PASS TEMP” (front passenger side
temperature control) button
8. Micro dust and pollen filter button
9. Fan speed selector
10. Windshield air flow button
11. “OFF” button
12. “AUTO” button
276

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“AUTO” button “DUAL” button “PASS TEMP” (front passenger side

For automatic operation of the air condi- Push the button to change the mode of temperature control) button
tioning, push the “AUTO” button. An indi- the temperature setting. To increase the temperature, press the
cator light will illuminate to show that the With the indicator on—Individual temper- “Ɯ” side. To decrease it, press the “Ɲ”
automatic operation mode has been se- ature setting side.
lected. With the indicator off—Simultaneous “LO” appears when you adjust to maxi-
In the automatic operation mode, the air temperature setting mum cooling, and “HI” appears when you
conditioning selects the most suitable fan adjust to maximum warming.
“TEMP” (driver side temperature con-
speed, air flow, air intake and on−off of trol) button This button changes the temperature on
the air conditioning according to the tem- the front passenger side only.
perature. As a result, the following may To increase the temperature, press the
“Ɯ” side. To decrease it, press the “Ɲ” “OFF” button
occur.
side. Push the “OFF” button to turn off the air
D The system may switch automatically conditioning system.
“LO” appears when you adjust to maxi-
to recirculated mode when the coolest
mum cooling, and “HI” appears when you
temperature setting is selected in sum-
adjust to maximum warming.
mer.
With the “DUAL” button indicator on—This
D Immediately after the switch is button changes the temperature on the
pressed, the fan may stop for a while driver side only.
until warm or cool air is ready to flow.
With the “DUAL” button indicator off—This
D Cool air may flow to the area around button changes the temperature on the
the upper body when the heater is on. driver side and front passenger side si-
You may use manual controls if you want multaneously.
to select your own settings. This function will be cancelled when the
Fan speed selector “PASS TEMP” button is pushed.
Push the “Ɯ” (increase) or “Ɲ” (decrease)
side of the button to adjust the fan speed.
In automatic operation, you do not have
to adjust the fan speed unless you desire
another fan speed mode.
277

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly Windshield air flow button

from the floor vents and windshield When this button is pressed, air flows
vents. mainly from the windshield vents and
This position allows the air intake to turns on the defogging function with the
select FRESH automatically. This is to purpose of clearing the front view.
clean up the front view more quickly. It Pressing this button once again returns
is not possible to return to the air flow mode to the last one used.
RECIRCULATE in this position.
In this position, the air intake selector
Pushing this button turns on the mode changes to FRESH automatically to
defroster−linked air conditioning. This is clean up the front view quickly. It is not
to clean up the front view more quickly. possible to return to RECIRCULATE in
For details about air flow selector settings, this position.
see “—Air flow selector settings” on page Pressing the windshield air flow button
Air flow selector 280. turns on the defroster−linked air condition-
Push one of the buttons to select the ing. This is to clean up the front view
vents used for air flow. more quickly.
In automatic operation, you do not have To turn off the air conditioning alone,
to select the air flow unless you desire press the “A/C” button once again.
another air flow mode. When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,
1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the pressing another air flow button turns off
instrument panel vents. the air conditioning.
2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor For details about air flow selector settings,
vents and the instrument panel vents. see “—Air flow selector settings” on page
280.
3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor
vents.
278

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“A/C” button When the ambient temperature is low, the

To turn on the air conditioning, press the following may occur:
“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator D Air intake mode does not switch to
will come on. To turn the air conditioning RECIRCULATE.
off, press the button again. D The air conditioning system operates
Micro dust and pollen filter button automatically.
Push the button to remove the airborne D The operation is cancelled after 1 min-
pollen and micro dust from the cabin as ute.
soon as possible. An indicator will come In rainy weather, the windows may fog up.
on. Press the windshield air flow button.
The air intake mode will switch to
RECIRCULATE mode. The air will flow to
the upper part of the body of the
Air intake selector occupants and pollen and micro dust will
Press the button to select the air source. be removed. After about 3 minutes have
elapsed, the operation stops, and the air
1. RECIRCULATE (indicator light is
on)—Recirculates the air inside the ve- conditioning system automatically returns
to the settings prior to the button being
hicle.
pushed.
2. FRESH (indicator light is off)—Draws
To stop the operation, do one of the fol-
outside air into the system.
lowing:
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automati- D Press the micro dust and pollen filter
button again.
cally to FRESH depending on the condi-
tion of the air conditioning system. D Press the “AUTO” button.
D Press one of the air flow selector but-
tons or the windshield air flow button.
279

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Air flow selector settings —Operating tips

D To cool off your Toyota after it has
been parked in the hot sun, drive with
the windows open for a few minutes.
This vents the hot air, allowing the air
conditioning to cool the interior more
quickly.
D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
of the windshield are not blocked (by
leaves or snow, for example).
D Keep the area under the front (and
second) seats clear to allow air to cir-
culate throughout the vehicle.
D On cold days, set the fan speed to
high for a minute to help clear the
intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
can reduce the amount of fogging on
the windows.
D When driving on dusty roads, close all
windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-
hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
closing the windows, it is recommended
that the air intake selector be set to
FRESH and the fan speed selector to
any setting except off.
With third seats
280

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D If following another vehicle on a dusty Heating Air conditioning

road, or driving in windy and dusty For best results, set controls to: For best results, set controls to:
conditions, it is recommended that the
air intake selector be temporarily set to —For automatic operation —For automatic operation
RECIRCULATE, which will close off the Press in the “AUTO” button. Press in the “AUTO” button.
outside passage and prevent outside Temperature—To the desired Temperature—To the desired
air and dust from entering the vehicle temperature temperature
interior. Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF Air conditioning—ON
CAUTION
—For manual operation —For manual operation
To prevent the windshield from fog-
ging up, do not use the windshield Fan speed—To the desired fan speed Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
air flow button during cool air opera- Temperature—Towards high temperature Temperature—Towards low temperature
tion in extremely humid weather. The Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
difference between the temperature of Air flow—FLOOR Air flow—PANEL
the outside air and that of the wind- Air conditioning—OFF Air conditioning—ON
shield can cause the outer surface of D For quick heating, select recirculated D For quick cooling, select recirculated
the windshield to fog up, blocking
air for a few minutes. To keep the air.
your vision.
windows from fogging, select fresh af-
ter the vehicle interior has been
warmed.
NOTICE
D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-
To prevent battery discharge, do not fied heating.
leave the air conditioning system on
longer than necessary when the en- D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
gine is stopped. the vehicle interior while defrosting or
defogging the windshield.
281

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Ventilation —For manual operation When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,
For best results, set controls to: pressing another air flow button turns off
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed the air conditioning.
—For automatic operation Temperature—Towards high temperature
to heat; low temperature D On humid days, do not blow cold air
Press in the “AUTO” button. to cool on the windshield—the difference be-
Temperature—Towards low temperature Air intake—FRESH (outside air) tween the outside and inside tempera-
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—WINDSHIELD tures could make the fogging worse.
Air conditioning—OFF —The outside of the windshield
Pressing the windshield air flow button
—For manual operation turns on the defogging function with the For best results, set controls to:
Fan speed—To the desired fan speed purpose of clearing the front view. —For automatic operation
Temperature—Towards low temperature Pressing this button once again returns Temperature—Towards high temperature
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) the air flow mode to the last one used. Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air flow—PANEL In this position, the air intake selector Air flow—WINDSHIELD
Air conditioning—OFF mode changes to FRESH automatically to
clean up the front view quickly. It is not —For manual operation
Defogging and defrosting
possible to return to RECIRCULATE in Fan speed—To the desired fan speed
—The inside of the windshield this position.
Temperature—Towards high temperature
For best results, set controls to: Pressing the windshield air flow button Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
—For automatic operation turns on the defroster−linked air condition- Air flow—WINDSHIELD
ing. This is to clean up the front view
Temperature—Towards high temperature more quickly. Pressing the windshield air flow button
to heat; low temperature turns on the defogging function with the
To turn off the air conditioning alone,
to cool purpose of clearing the front view.
press the “A/C” button once again.
Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Pressing this button once again returns
Air flow—WINDSHIELD the air flow mode to the last one used.
282

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Side vents
In this position, the air intake selector
mode changes to FRESH automatically to Open
clean up the front view quickly. It is not
possible to return to RECIRCULATE in
Close
this position.
Pushing this button turns on the defroster−
linked air conditioning. This is to clean up
the front view more quickly.
To turn off the air conditioning alone,
press the “A/C” button once again.
When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,
pressing another air flow button turns off
the air conditioning.
D To heat the vehicle interior while de- If air flow control is not satisfactory, check You can change air flow direction by turn-
frosting the windshield, choose the side vents. The side vents may be ing the side vents.
floor/windshield air flow. opened or closed as shown.
283

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Checking and replacing the

Air conditioning filter— air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter may clog af-
ter long use. The filter may need to be
replaced if the air flow of the air condi-
tioning and heater experiences extreme
reductions in operating efficiency, or if
the windows begin to fog up easily in
FRESH mode.
To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,
inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to the maintenance sched-
ule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy
traffic flow, such as inner city or desert
areas, early replacement may be required.
(For scheduled maintenance information,
The air conditioning filter information The air conditioning filter is behind the please refer to the “Scheduled Mainte-
label is placed in the glove box as glove box. nance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
shown and indicates that a filter has ment”.)
been installed.
The air conditioning filter prevents dust
from entering the vehicle through the air
conditioning vent.
284

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1. Open the glove box. Slide off the 2. Push in each side of the glove box 3. Remove the filter cover as shown in
damper as shown. to disconnect the claws. the illustration.
285

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
4. Pull the filter out of the filter outlet. When inserting the filter in the filter
Inspect the filter on the surface. outlet, keep the arrow pointing up.
If it is dirty, it should be replaced.
INFORMATION
The air filter should be installed prop-
erly in position. The use of air condi-
tioning with the air filter removed
may cause deteriorated dustproof per-
formance and then affect air condi-
tioning performance.
286

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 1− 10
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Auxiliary box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Luggage storage boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Rear console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Front cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Rear cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Tie−down hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Grocery bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Luggage cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Rear cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Roof luggage carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
287

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Clock Power outlets (12 VDC)

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.
If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-
sired, push the “:00” button.
For example, if the “:00” button is de-
pressed when the time is between
1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.
If the time is between 1:30—1:59, the
time will change to 2:00.
The engine switch must be in the “ACC”
or “ON” position.
If the electrical power source has been
Manual air conditioning system disconnected from the clock, the time dis- Instrument panel
play will automatically be set to 1:00 (one
o’clock).
Automatic air conditioning system Rear console box
288

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Power outlet (115 VAC)

NOTICE
z To prevent the fuse from being
blown, do not use the electricity
over the total vehicle capacity of 12
V/120W (front and rear outlets to-
gether).
z To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the power
outlets longer than necessary when
the engine is not running.
z Close the power outlet lids when
the power outlets are not in use.
Luggage compartment Inserting anything other than an ap- This power outlet is designed for use
propriate plug that fits the outlet, as a power supply for electric ap-
The power outlets are designed for or allowing any liquid to get into pliances in the vehicle.
power supply for car accessories. the outlet may cause electrical fail-
The engine switch must be in the “ACC” ure or short circuits.
position for the power outlet to be used.
or “ON” position for the power outlets to
The maximum capacity for this power out-
be used.
let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt to
use an appliance that requires more than
115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuit
will activate and cut the power supply.
The power supply will restart automatically
when you use an appliance that operates
within the 115 VAC/100W limits.
289

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Appliances with high initial peak watt-

NOTICE
age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,
z To prevent the battery from being compressor−driven refrigerators, electric
discharged, do not use the power pumps, electric tools, etc.
outlet longer than necessary when D Measuring devices which process pre-
the engine is not running. cise data: medical equipment, measur-
z Close the power outlet lid when the ing instruments, etc.
power outlet is not in use. Inserting D Other appliances requiring an extremely
anything other than an appropriate stable power supply: microcomputer−
plug that fits the outlet may cause controlled electric blankets, touch sen-
electrical failure or short circuits. sor lamps, etc.
Certain electrical appliances may cause
The power outlet is not designed for radio noise.
To use the power outlet, push the main the following electric appliances even
switch on the instrument panel. though their power consumption is un-
der 115 VAC/100W. These appliances
An indicator light will illuminate to indicate may not operate properly.
that the power outlet is ready for use.
Push the main switch once again to turn
the power outlet off. When the power out-
let is not in use, make sure that the main
switch is turned off.
290

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Auxiliary box
Glove box (overhead console)
NOTICE
During hot weather, the interior of the
vehicle becomes very hot. Do not
leave anything flammable or deform-
able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.
inside.
To use the glove box: To use the box, open it as shown

Open by pulling the lever. above.
Lock by inserting the master key and turn-

CAUTION
ing it clockwise.
Unlock by inserting the master key and D To reduce the chance of injury in
turning it counterclockwise. case of an accident or a sudden
stop, always keep the auxiliary box
CAUTION closed while driving.
D As this holder is designed for hold-
To reduce the chance of injury in ing light objects such as eye-
case of an accident or a sudden stop, glasses, do not place objects heavi-
always keep the glove box door er than 0.2 kg (0.4 lb.) in it. Heavy
closed while driving. objects may cause the holder to
open and the contents to fly out
resulting in injuries.
291

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Auxiliary box
(instrument panel) Luggage storage boxes
Front Rear (type B)

To open the box, push the “OPEN
CLOSE” button.
To close the box, push the “OPEN To use the box, do the following.
CLOSE” button again. Front: Remove the deck board.
Do not attempt to open the box forcibly Rear (type A): Open the deck board by
when your vehicle is on a steep downhill. pulling up the strap.
Move your vehicle to flat road and open Rear (type B): Fold up the deck board.
the box by pushing the button.
CAUTION
CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop,
case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the luggage storage
always keep the auxiliary box closed boxes closed while driving.
while driving.
Rear (type A)
292

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear console box

UPPER TRAY
To access the upper tray, raise the con-
sole box lid without touching the lock
release lever.
CONSOLE BOX
To access the rear console box, pull up
the lock release lever while raising the
rear console box lid.
CAUTION

case of an accident or a sudden stop,
always keep the console box closed
while driving.
293

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Front cup holders Rear cup holders

The cup holders are designed for hold-
ing cups or drink−cans securely.
For the rear/second seat cup holder: To
use the holder, push down the armrest by
pulling the strap forward.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than

cups or drink−cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
in the compartment and possibly in-
jure people in the vehicle during sud-
For rear/second seats den braking or in an accident.
The cup holders are designed for hold-
ing cups or drink−cans securely.
A detachable adapter is provided for each
cup holder. Installing the adapter allows a
smaller cup or drink−can to be securely
held in the holder.
CAUTION
Do not place anything else other than

cups or drink−cans in the cup holder,
as such items may be thrown about
jure people in the vehicle during sud-
den braking or in an accident.
For third seats
294

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Bottle holders Tie−down hooks

The bottle holders are designed to hold
bottles securely.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to use the holder for

any other purpose for which it was
intended. Inappropriately sized or
shaped objects may be thrown about
jure people in the vehicle during a
sudden braking or an accident.
Front door
NOTICE To secure your luggage, use the tie−down
hooks as shown above.
Do not put a cup or open bottle in
the bottle holder because the con- See “—Stowage precautions” on page 336
tents may spill when the door opens in Section 2 for precautions when loading
or closes. luggage.
Vehicles with third seat: When using the
tie−down hooks, stow the third seat (For
detailed information, see “—Stowing third
seats for luggage space” on page 47 in
Section 1−3).
CAUTION
To avoid personal injury, keep the tie−

down hooks stored when not in use.
Rear door
295

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Grocery bag hooks Luggage cover
This hook is designed to hang things BEFORE USING LUGGAGE COVER

such as grocery bags. Move the rear/second seats to the rear−
most lock position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hook, avoid
hanging heavy load on it.
296

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
USING LUGGAGE COVER

To use the luggage cover:
1. Attach the front hooks of the lug-
gage cover to the head restraint.
2. Pull out the rear luggage cover and
hook it on the anchors.
CAUTION
D Do not place anything on the lug-

gage cover. Such items may be
thrown about and possibly injure
people in the vehicle during sudden
braking or a collision. If the front hooks cannot be attached to REMOVING LUGGAGE COVER
D To reduce the chance of death or the head restraint, push down the Compress the end of the luggage cover
serious injury in case of an acci- rear/second seatback. and lift the cover up.
dent or sudden stop, make sure the After you remove the luggage cover, stow
luggage cover is secured in place. it under deck board as described below.
This will prevent passengers from injury in
the event of a sudden stop or accident.
297

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
STOWING LUGGAGE COVER (without

third seats)
1. Open the deck board.
2. Remove the deck side cover.
298

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
3. Insert the right end of the luggage 4. Compress the left end of the lug- When you stow the rear cargo net and
cover into the hole in the luggage gage cover, and fit it into the hollow luggage cover together, stow the rear
storage box as shown. on the other side of the luggage cargo net first and then the luggage
storage box. cover. (See “Rear cargo net” on page
300 in this section.)
CAUTION Place the front portion of the luggage
cover (2) on the stowed rear cargo net
Make sure the luggage cover is surely and then place the rear portion of the
stowed. luggage cover (1) over the rear cargo
net. Otherwise, the deck board may not
close securely.
299

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rear cargo net

To secure your luggage, use the rear
NOTICE
cargo net. You can also put loads on
the net. z Do not place breakable items on the
See “—Stowage precautions” on page 336 net.
in Section 2 for precautions when loading z Do not place anything heavier than
luggage. 10 kg (22.1 lb.) on the net.
CAUTION
D To reduce the chance of injury in

case of an accident or sudden stop,
make sure the net is secured in
place.
D Do not climb on or hang on the
net.
D To prevent cargo and luggage from
sliding forward during braking, do
not place anything on the net high-
er than the rear seatbacks. Other-
wise, such items may be thrown
about and possibly injure people in
the vehicle during sudden braking
or an accident.
300

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
USING CARGO NET Compress the left end of the pipe, and fit
To use the net, insert the right end of the it into the hole on the other side of the
pipe into the hole. luggage compartment.
Vehicles with third seat: When sitting in
the third seat, you cannot use the rear
cargo net. Make sure to remove the rear
cargo net.
When using the rear cargo net, stow the
third seat (For detailed information, see
“—Stowing third seats for luggage space”
on page 47 in Section 1−3).
301

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
STOWING REAR CARGO NET (without

third seat)
1. Open the deck board.
2. Remove the deck side cover. 3. Insert the right end of the rear cargo
net into the luggage storage box as
shown.
302

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Roof luggage carrier
4. Compress the left end of the rear When you stow the rear cargo net and The roof luggage carrier consists of
cargo net, and fit it into the other luggage cover together, stow the rear roof rails (1) attached to the roof and
side of the luggage storage box. cargo net first and then the luggage sliding cross rails (2).
cover. (See “Luggage cover” on page To adjust the positions of cross rails, do
CAUTION 296 in this section.) this.
Place the front portion of the luggage 1. Turn the knobs counterclockwise to
Make sure the rear cargo net is sure- cover (2) on the stowed rear cargo net loosen the cross rails.
ly stowed. and then place the rear portion of the
luggage cover (1) over the rear cargo 2. Slide the cross rails to the desired
net. Otherwise, the deck board may not position for loading the luggages of
close securely. various sizes.
3. After adjusting, be sure to tighten the
cross rails by turning knobs clockwise.
Follow the manufacture’s instructions and
precautions when installing the attach-
ments or their equivalent.
303

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Floor mat
CAUTION D If driving for a long distance, on

rough roads, or at high speeds,
When you load cargo on the roof lug- stop the vehicle now and then dur-
gage carrier, observe the following: ing the trip to make sure the cargo
D Place the cargo so that its weight remains in its place.
is distributed evenly between the D Do not exceed 46.2 kg (102.6 lb.)
front and rear axles. cargo weight on the roof luggage
D If loading long or wide cargo, never carrier.
exceed the vehicle overall length or
width. (See “Dimensions and
NOTICE
weights” on page 428 in Section 8
for information on your vehicle When loading the luggages, be careful
overall length and width.) not to scratch the surface of the
Use a floor mat of the correct size.
D Before driving, make sure the cargo moon roof.
is securely fastened on the roof If the vehicle carpet and floor mat have
luggage carrier. 2 holes, then they are designed for use
with locking clips. Attach the floor mat to
D Loading cargo on the roof luggage the vehicle carpet using the clips. Lock
carrier will make the center of the the clips into the holes in the vehicle
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high carpet.
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneu-
vers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly.
304

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions.

Failure to do so may result in the
floor mat slipping and interfering with
the movement of the pedals during
driving, resulting in an accident.
D Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the vehicle carpet and
the correct side faces upward.
D Do not place floor mats on top of
existing mats.
305

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
306

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 2
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Utility vehicle precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Fuel pump shut off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Three−way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Iridium−tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Rear step bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Tire information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Cargo and luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
307

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Utility vehicle precautions

This vehicle belongs to the utility ve-
hicle class, which has higher ground CAUTION
clearance and narrower tread in relation
to the height of its center of gravity to Always observe the following precau-
make it capable of performing in a wide tions to minimize the risk of serious
variety of off−road applications. Specific personal injury or damage to your ve-
design characteristics give it a higher hicle:
center of gravity than ordinary passen- D In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-
ger cars. This vehicle design feature son is significantly more likely to
causes this type of vehicle to be more die than a person wearing a seat
likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles belt. Therefore, the driver and all
have a significantly higher rollover rate passengers should fasten their seat
than other types of vehicles. An advan- belts whenever the vehicle is mov-
tage of the higher ground clearance is ing.
a better view of the road allowing you
D Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-
to anticipate problems. It is not de-
vers, if at all possible. Failure to
signed for cornering at the same
operate this vehicle correctly may
speeds as ordinary passenger cars any
result in loss of control or vehicle
more than low−slung sports cars de-
rollover causing death or serious
signed to perform satisfactorily under
injury.
off−road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause D Loading cargo on the roof luggage
rollover. carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneu-
vers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to
failure to operate this vehicle cor-
rectly.
308

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Break−in period Fuel

Drive gently and avoid high speeds. FUEL TYPE
D Always slow down in gusty cross-
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate Your new vehicle must use only un-
winds. Because of its profile and
break−in. But following a few simple tips leaded gasoline.
higher center of gravity, your ve-
hicle is more sensitive to side for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your
to the future economy and long life of Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.
winds than an ordinary passenger
your vehicle: The special nozzle on pumps with un-
car. Slowing down will allow you to
have better control. D Avoid full throttle acceleration when leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-
starting and driving. dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will
D When driving off−road or in rugged
terrain, do not drive at excessive D Avoid racing the engine. not.
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, D Try to avoid hard stops during the first At a minimum, the gasoline you use
strike objects, etc. This may cause 300 km (200 miles). should meet the specifications of ASTM
loss of control or vehicle rollover D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93
causing death or serious injury. You D Do not drive for a long time at any in Canada.
single speed, either fast or slow.
are also risking expensive damage
to your vehicle’s suspension and D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 NOTICE
chassis. km (500 miles).
Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of
D Do not drive horizontally across leaded gasoline will cause the three−
steep slopes. Driving straight up or way catalytic converter to lose its ef-
straight down is preferred. Your ve- fectiveness and the emission control
hicle (or any similar off−road ve- system to function improperly. Also,
hicle) can tip over sideways much this can increase maintenance costs.
more easily than forward or back-
ward.
309

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
OCTANE RATING QUALITY GASOLINE OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Select octane rating 87 (Research Automotive manufacturers in the U.S., Toyota allows the use of oxygenate
Octane Number 91) or higher. Europe and Japan have developed a blended gasoline where the oxygenate
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane specification for quality fuel named content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%
rating lower than 87 may result in engine World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that MTBE. If you use gasohol in your
knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to is expected to be applied world wide. Toyota, be sure that it has an octane
engine damage. The WWFC consists of four categories rating no lower than 87.
that depend on required emission lev- Toyota does not recommend the use of
If your engine knocks... els. In the U.S., category 4 has been gasoline containing methanol.
If you detect heavy knocking even when adopted. The WWFC improves air quali-
using the recommended fuel, or if you ty by providing for better emissions in GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
hear steady knocking while holding a vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction Some gasoline contain an octane en-
steady speed on level roads, consult your through better vehicle performance. hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
Toyota dealer. CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
However, occasionally, you may notice Cleaner burning gasoline, including re- Toyota does not recommend the use of
light knocking for a short time while accel- formulated gasoline that contains oxy- gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-
erating or driving up hills. This is normal genates such as ethanol or MTBE is taining MMT is used, your emission con-
and there is no need for concern. available in many areas. trol system may be adversely affected.
GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner strument cluster may come on. If this hap-
ADDITIVES burning gasoline and appropriately blended pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline reformulated gasoline. These types of gas- vice.
that contains detergent additives to oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-
avoid build−up of engine deposits. mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S. prove air quality.
contains detergent additives to keep clean
and/or clean intake systems.
310

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Fuel pump shut off system Operation in foreign countries

GASOLINE QUALITY The fuel pump shut off system stops sup- If you plan to drive your Toyota in
In a very few cases, you may experience plying fuel to the engine to minimize the another country...
driveability problems caused by the partic- risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls First, comply with the vehicle registration
ular gasoline that you are using. If you or an airbag inflates upon collision. To laws.
continue to have unacceptable driveability, restart the engine after the fuel pump shut
off system activates, turn the engine Second, confirm the availability of the cor-
try changing gasoline brands. If this does rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
not rectify your problem, then consult your switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position
once and start it. number).
Toyota dealer.
NOTICE CAUTION
z Do not use gasohol other than Inspect the ground under the vehicle
stated above. It will cause fuel sys- before restarting the engine. If you
tem damage or vehicle performance find that fuel has leaked onto the
problems. ground, the fuel system has been
z If driveability problems occur (poor damaged and is in need of repair. In
hot starting, vaporizing, engine this case, do not restart the engine.
knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
z Take care not to spill gasohol dur-
ing refueling. Gasohol may cause
paint damage.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY

60 L (15.9 gal., 13.2 Imp. gal.)
311

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Three−way catalytic converters

The three−way catalytic converter is an
NOTICE z Keep your engine in good running
emission control device installed in the
exhaust system. order. Malfunctions in the engine
A large amount of unburned gases
electrical system, electronic ignition
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the flowing into the three−way catalytic
system/distributor ignition system
exhaust gas. converter may cause it to overheat
or fuel systems could cause an ex-
and create a fire hazard. To prevent
tremely high three−way catalytic
CAUTION this and other damage, observe the
converter temperature.
following precautions:
z If the engine becomes difficult to
D Keep people and combustible mate- z Use only unleaded gasoline.
start or stalls frequently, take your
rials away from the exhaust pipe
z Do not drive with an extremely low vehicle in for a check−up as soon
while the engine is running. The
fuel level; running out of fuel could as possible. Remember, your Toyota
exhaust gas is very hot.
cause the engine to misfire, creat- dealer knows your vehicle and its
D Do not idle or park your vehicle ing an excessive load on the three− three−way catalytic converter sys-
over anything that might burn easi- way catalytic converter. tem best.
ly such as grass, leaves, paper or
z Do not allow the engine to run at z To ensure that the three−way cata-
rags.
idle speed for more than 20 min- lytic converter and the entire emis-
utes. sion control system operate proper-
z Avoid racing the engine. ly, your vehicle must receive the
periodic inspections required by the
z Do not push−start or pull−start your
Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
vehicle.
scheduled maintenance information,
z Do not turn off the engine while the refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
vehicle is moving. Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
ment”.
312

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine exhaust cautions
CAUTION D Do not remain for a long time in a D Do not leave the engine running in
parked vehicle with the engine run- an area with snow build−up, or
D Exhaust gases include harmful car- ning. If it is unavoidable, however, where it is snowing. If snowbanks
bon monoxide (CO) that is colorless do so only in an unconfined area build up around the vehicle while
and odorless. Inhaling exhaust and adjust the heating or cooling the engine is running, exhaust
gases may lead to death or a seri- system to force outside air into the gases may collect and enter the ve-
ous health hazard. vehicle. hicle. This may lead to death or a
D The exhaust should be checked D Keep the back door closed while serious health hazard.
occasionally. If there is a hole or driving. An open or unsealed back D When taking a nap in the vehicle,
crack caused by corrosion, damage door may cause exhaust gases to always turn the engine off. Other-
to a joint or abnormal exhaust be drawn into the vehicle. wise, you may accidentally move
noise, be sure to have the vehicle D To allow proper operation of your the shift lever or depress the accel-
inspected and repaired by your vehicle’s ventilation system, keep erator pedal, which could cause an
Toyota dealer. Failure to do so may the inlet grilles in front of the wind- accident or fire due to engine over-
allow exhaust gases to enter the shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth- heating. Additionally, if the vehicle
vehicle, resulting in death or a er obstructions. is parked in a poorly ventilated
serious health hazard. area, exhaust gases may collect and
D If the smell of exhaust is noticed enter the vehicle, leading to death
D If the vehicle is in a poorly venti- inside the vehicle, open the win-
lated area, turn the engine off. In a or a serious health hazard.
dows. Large amounts of exhaust in
closed area, such as a garage, ex- the vehicle can cause driver drowsi-
haust gases may collect and enter ness and an accident, resulting in
the vehicle. This may lead to death death or a serious health hazard.
or a serious health hazard. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
313

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Facts about engine oil

consumption
FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL The amount of engine oil consumed de- IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Engine oil has the primary functions of pends on the viscosity of the oil, the CHECK
lubricating and cooling the inside of the quality of the oil and the conditions the One of the most important points in prop-
engine, and plays a major role in main- vehicle is driven under. er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-
taining the engine in proper working order. More oil is consumed by high−speed driv- gine oil at the optimum level so that oil
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION ing and frequent acceleration and decel- function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
eration. is essential that the oil level be checked
It is normal that an engine should con- regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
sume some engine oil during normal A new engine consumes more oil, since
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls level be checked every time you refuel
engine operation. The causes of oil the vehicle.
consumption in a normal engine are as have not become conditioned.
follows. Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000 NOTICE
D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600
miles) Failure to check the oil level regularly
rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
could lead to serious engine trouble
is left on the cylinder wall when a pis- When judging the amount of oil con-
due to insufficient oil.
ton moves downwards in the cylinder. sumption, note that the oil may become
High negative pressure generated when diluted and make it difficult to judge
the vehicle is decelerating sucks some the true level accurately. For detailed information on oil level check,
of this oil into the combustion chamber. see “Checking the engine oil level” on
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
This oil as well as some part of the oil page 404 in Section 7−2.
repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
film left on the cylinder wall is burned mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
by the high temperature combustion show any drop in the oil level at all, even
gases during the combustion process. after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This
D Oil is also used to lubricate the stems is because the oil is gradually becoming
of the intake valves. Some of this oil diluted with fuel or moisture, making it
is sucked into the combustion chamber appear that the oil level has not changed.
together with the intake air and is The diluting ingredients evaporate out
burned along with the fuel. High tem- when the vehicle is then driven at high
perature exhaust gases also burn the speeds, as on an expressway, making it
oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve appear that oil is excessively consumed
stems. after driving at high speeds.
314

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Iridium−tipped spark plugs

(2.4 L 4−cylinder [2AZ−FE] Iridium−tipped spark plugs
engine) (3.5 L V6 [2GR−FE] engine) Brake system
The tandem master cylinder brake system
is a hydraulic system with two separate
sub−systems. If either sub−system should
fail, the other will still work. However, the
pedal will be harder to press, and your
stopping distance will increase. Also, the
brake system warning light may come on.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with only a

single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped BRAKE BOOSTER
spark plugs. spark plugs.
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to
NOTICE NOTICE power−assist the brakes. If the engine
should quit while you are driving, you can
Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs. Use only Toyota genuine iridium− bring the vehicle to a stop with normal
Do not adjust gaps for engine perfor- tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust pedal pressure. There is enough reserved
mance or smooth driveability. gaps for engine performance or vacuum for one or two stops—but no
smooth driveability. more!
For details about the spark plug type, see

“Service specifications” on page 429 in
Section 8.
315

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Effective way to press the ABS brake When the anti−lock brake system is ac-
CAUTION tivated, the following conditions may
pedal: When the anti−lock brake system
function is in action, you may feel the occur. They do not indicate a malfunc-
D Do not pump the brake pedal if the tion of the system:
brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
engine stalls. Each push on the
pedal uses up your reserved vacu- In this situation, to let the anti−lock D You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-
brake system work for you, just hold the tem operating and feel the brake pedal
um.
brake pedal down more firmly. Do not pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-
D Even if the power assist is com- pump the brake in a panic stop. This hicle body and steering wheel. You
pletely lost, the brakes will still will result in reduced braking performan- may also hear the motor sound in the
work. But you will have to push the ce. engine compartment even after the ve-
pedal hard, much harder than nor- hicle is stopped.
mal. And your braking distance will The anti−lock brake system becomes op-
erative after the vehicle has accelerated
D At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-
increase.
tem activation, the brake pedal may
to a speed in excess of approximately 10
move a little forward.
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
The anti−lock brake system is designed approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
to help prevent lock−up of the wheels
Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
during a sudden braking or braking on
road surfaces such as on a manhole cov-
slippery road surfaces. This assists in
er, a steel plate at a construction site,
providing directional stability and steer-
joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
ing performance of the vehicle under
tends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-
these circumstances.
tem.
A sound may be heard from the engine
compartment for a few seconds when the
engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This means that the anti−
lock brake system is in the self−check
mode. This sound does not indicate a
malfunction.
316

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
CAUTION D Driving with tire chains installed.

D Driving over the steps such as the
Do not overestimate the anti−lock joints on the road.
brake system: Although the anti−lock
brake system assists in providing ve- D Driving on roads where the road
hicle control, it is still important to surface is pitted or has other differ-
drive with all due care and maintain ences in surface height.
a moderate speed and safe distance Install all 4 tires of specified size at
from the vehicle in front of you, be- appropriate pressure: The anti−lock
cause there are limits to the vehicle brake system detects vehicle speeds
stability and effectiveness of steering using the speed sensors for respec-
wheel operation even with the anti− tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use
lock brake system on. of tires other than specified may fail
to detect the accurate turning speed For the U.S.A.
If tire grip performance exceeds its
capability, or if hydroplaning occurs resulting in a longer stopping dis-
during high speed driving in the rain, tance.
the anti−lock brake system does not
provide vehicle control.
Anti−lock brake system is not de-
signed to shorten the stopping dis-
tance: Always drive at a moderate
speed and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Compared with vehicles without an
anti−lock brake system, your vehicle
may require a longer stopping dis-
tance in the following cases:
D Driving on rough, gravel or snow−
covered roads. For Canada
317

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
“ABS” warning light If either of the following conditions DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKE
The light comes on when the engine occurs, this indicates a malfunction SYSTEM
switch is turned to the “ON” position. If somewhere in the components moni- Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc type
the anti−lock brake system and the brake tored by the warning light. Contact your parking brake system. This type of brake
assist system work properly, the light Toyota dealer as soon as possible to system needs bedding−down of the brake
turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, service the vehicle. shoes periodically or whenever the parking
if the system malfunctions, the light D The light does not come on when the brake shoes and/or drums are replaced.
comes on again. engine switch is turned to the “ON” Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and position, or remains on. ding−down.
the brake system warning light is off), the D The light comes on while you are driv- BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM
following systems do not operate, but the ing.
brake system still operates conventionally. When you slam the brakes on, the
A warning light turning on briefly during brake assist system judges as an emer-
D Anti−lock brake system operation does not indicate a problem. gency stop and provides more powerful
D Brake assist system braking for a driver who cannot hold
CAUTION down the brake pedal firmly.
When you slam the brakes on, more pow-
D “AUTO LSD” system If the “ABS” warning light remains on
erful braking will be applied. At this time,
D Enhanced vehicle stability control sys- together with the brake system warn-
you may hear a sound in the engine
tem ing light, immediately stop your ve-
compartment and feel the vibrations of the
hicle at a safe place and contact your
D Downhill assist control system Toyota dealer.
brake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-
function.
D Hill−start assist control system In this case, not only the anti−lock
The brake assist system becomes opera-
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and brake system will fail but also the
tive after the vehicle has accelerated to
the brake system warning light is off), the vehicle will become extremely unsta-
a speed in excess of approximately 10
anti−lock brake system does not operate ble during braking.
km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
so that the wheels could lock up during
vehicle decelerates to a speed below
a sudden braking or braking on slippery
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
road surfaces.
318

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Brake pad wear limit

indicators Electric power steering system
For an explanation of this system’s warn- The electric power steering system, us-
ing light, see “Service reminder indicators ing an electric motor, assists the turn-
and warning buzzers” on page 129 in Sec- ing of the steering wheel.
tion 1−6. In the following cases, you may feel the
steering becomes heavy. However, the
electric power steering system warning
light does not come on. (Because it is
not a malfunction.)
D When maneuvering or turning frequently
over a long time
The power steering effect will be re-
duced to prevent the system from over-
heating. Avoid turning the steering
The brake pad wear limit indicators on wheel, or stop the vehicle and turn the
your disc brakes give a warning noise engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK”
when the brake pads are worn to where position. The system will become cool
replacement is required. in about 10 minutes.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
NOTICE
while driving, have the brake pads
checked and replaced by your Toyota Frequent maneuvering and turning
dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro- over a long time may cause damage
tor damage can result if the pads are not to the system in which the mecha-
replaced when necessary. nism prevents overheating of the elec-
tric power steering system.
319

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D When the battery is discharged D The light does not come on when the
Check the battery’s condition. If neces- engine switch is turned to the “ON”
sary, recharge or replace the battery. position or remains on.
For details, see “Checking battery con- D The light stays on while you are driv-
dition” on page 418 in Section 7−3. ing.
CAUTION
If the electric power steering system

warning light comes on, take your ve-
hicle to your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible. In this case, more effort
is required for the steering wheel to
turn than usual. Drive your vehicle
Electric power steering system warning while firmly gripping the steering
light wheel.
The light comes on when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position. If
the electric power steering system works INFORMATION
properly, the light turns off after a few
When the steering wheel is turned, a
seconds. If the system has malfunctions,
motor operating sound (whining
the light comes on again.
sound) may be heard. This occurs
If the following conditions occur, this when the power steering motor works
indicates a malfunction somewhere in and is not defective.
the components monitored by the warn-
ing light system. Contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible to service
the vehicle.
320

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Your Toyota’s identification—

—Vehicle identification
Rear step bumper number
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.
This number is stamped under the right
front seat and top left of the instrument
panel where it can be seen through the
windshield from the outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.
Under the right front seat

The rear step bumper is for rear end
protection and easier step−up loading.
To get on the rear step bumper, use the
shaded area between the arrows in the
illustration.
CAUTION
D Do not allow more than one person

to get on the rear step bumper at
a time. It is designed for only one
person.
D Never drive the vehicle with anyone
on the rear step bumper.
Top left of the instrument panel
321

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown.
2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
also on the Certification Label.
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine
322

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Theft prevention labels

(except for Canada) Suspension and chassis
Your new vehicle carries theft preven-
tion labels which are approximately 47 CAUTION
mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).
Do not modify the suspension/chassis
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-
can cause dangerous handling charac-
ing the tracing and recovery of parts from
teristics, resulting in loss of control.
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroy-
ing the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to anoth-
er, will be impossible.
NOTICE
You should not attempt to remove the
theft prevention labels as it may vio-
late certain state or federal laws.
323

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tire information—
—Tire symbols
This illustration indicates typical tire
symbols.
1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
size” on page 326.
2. DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)—For details, see
“—DOT and Tire Identification
Number (TIN)” on page 325.
3. Uniform tire quality grading—
For details, see “—Uniform tire
quality grading” that follows.
4. The location of the treadwear
indicators—For details, see
“Checking and replacing tires” on
page 410.
5. Tire ply composition and mate-
rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-
ber−coated parallel cords. Cords
mean the strands forming the plies
in the tire.
6. Radial tire or bias−ply tires—A
radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
sidewall. A tire not marked with
“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.
324

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)
7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBE The “DOT” symbol certifies that the
TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not tire conforms to applicable Federal
have a tube inside the tire and air Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
is directly filled in the tire. A tube
type tire has a tube inside the tire
and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
8. Load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure—For details,
see “Checking and replacing tires”
on page 410.
9. Maximum cold tire inflation
pressure—This means the pres- This illustration indicates typical DOT
sure to which a tire may be in- and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
flated. For details about recom-
mended cold tire inflation 1. “DOT” symbol
pressure, see “Tires” on page 433. 2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
10.Summer tire or all season 3. Tire manufacturer’s identification
tire—An all season tire has “M+S” mark
on the sidewall. The tire not 4. Tire size code
marked with “M+S” is a summer
tire. For details, see “Types of 5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type
tires” on page 338. code (3 or 4 letters)
6. Manufacturing week
7. Manufacturing year
325

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Tire size —Name of each section of tire
This illustration indicates typical tire 1. Section width 1. Bead

size. 2. Tire height 2. Sidewall
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car, 3. Wheel diameter 3. Shoulder
T=Temporary use)
4. Tread
2. Section width (in millimeters)
5. Belt
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
width) 6. Inner liner
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial, 7. Reinforcing rubber
D=Diagonal) 8. Carcass
5. Wheel diameter (in inches) 9. Rim lines
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits) 10.Bead wires
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one 11. Chafer
letter)
326

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Uniform tire quality grading

This information has been prepared Treadwear—The treadwear grade is Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
in accordance with regulations issued a comparative rating based on the grades, from highest to lowest, are
by the National Highway Traffic Safe- wear rate of the tire when tested un- AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
ty Administration of the U.S. Depart- der controlled conditions on a speci- the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-
ment of Transportation. It provides fied government test course. For ex- ment as measured under controlled
the purchasers and/or prospective ample, a tire graded 150 would wear conditions on specified government
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with in- one and a half (1−1/2) times as well test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
formation on uniform tire quality grad- on the government course as a tire A tire marked C may have poor trac-
ing. graded 100. The relative performance tion performance.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer of tires depends upon the actual Warning: The traction grade assigned
any questions you may have as you conditions of their use, however, and to this tire is based on braking
read this information. may depart significantly from the (straight ahead) traction tests and
norm due to variations in driving hab- does not include cornering (turning)
DOT quality grades—All passenger its, service practices and differences
vehicle tires must conform to Fed- traction.
in road characteristics and climate.
eral Safety Requirements in addi-
tion to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where appli-
cable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum sec-
tion width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A
327

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-

ture grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resis-
tance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of per-
formance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not over-
loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
tion, or excessive loading, either sep-
arately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.
328

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Glossary of tire terminology

Tire related term Meaning
tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3
Cold tire inflation pressure hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile
under that condition
the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it
Maximum inflation pressure
is shown on the sidewall of the tire
Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
Accessory weight
windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)
the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
Curb weight maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional engine
the sum of—
(a) curb weight;
Maximum loaded vehicle weight (b) accessory weight;
(c) vehicle capacity weight; and
(d) production options weight
68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
Normal occupant weight
column of Table 1 that follows
distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
Occupant distribution
1 that follows
329

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
Production options weight not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
trim
a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
Rim
are seated
Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation rim diameter and width
Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity weight the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-
(Total load capacity) nated seating capacity
the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two
the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
Vehicle normal load on the tire its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two
Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire
the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply
Bead
cords and that is shaped to fit the rim
330

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

Bead separation a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead
a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at
Bias ply tire
alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread
the tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears
Carcass
the load
Chunking the breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall
Cord the strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation the parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds
any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord
Cracking
material
a pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim
is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed
CT
to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges
inside the air cavity of the tire
a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures
Extra load tire
than the corresponding standard tire
Groove the space between two adjacent tread ribs
the layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflat-
Innerliner
ing medium within the tire
331

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

Innerliner separation the parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass
(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
Intended outboard sidewall deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
a tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight
Light truck (LT) tire
trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure
the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
Maximum load rating
tire
Maximum permissible inflation
the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated
pressure
Measuring rim the rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements
any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord
Open splice
material
Outer diameter the overall diameter of an inflated new tire
the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,
Overall width
including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs
332

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

a tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,
Passenger car tire and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or
less.
Ply a layer of rubber−coated parallel cords
Ply separation a parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies
a mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other mate-
Pneumatic tire rials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load
a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at
Radial ply tire
substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread
a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures
Reinforced tire
than the corresponding standard tire
the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire,
Section width
excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands
Sidewall that portion of a tire between the tread and bead
Sidewall separation the parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall
a tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to
the ASTM E−1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction
Snow tire test as described in ASTM F−1805−00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel
Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow−and Ice−Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at least one sidewall
333

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

the rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropri-
Test rim
ate for use with that tire
Tread that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road
Tread rib a tread section running circumferentially around a tire
Tread separation pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication
Treadwear indicators (TWI)
of the degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel−holding fixture the fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing
Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity, Vehicle normal load, number of Occupant distribution in a normally
number of occupants occupants loaded vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat
2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in third
11 through 15 5
seat, 1 in fourth seat
2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in third
16 through 20 7
seat, 1 in fourth seat
334

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Vehicle load limits

Vehicle load limits include total load Seating capacity: Towing capacity:
capacity, seating capacity, towing ca- Without third seat 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine
pacity and cargo capacity. Follow the Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3) 680 kg (1500 lb.)
load limits shown below. Total load ca- 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine
pacity and seating capacity are also With third seat
Total 7 (Front 2, Rear 5) Without towing package
described on the tire and loading in- 907 kg (2000 lb.)
formation label. For location of the tire Seating capacity means the maximum With towing package
and loading information label, see number of occupants whose esti- 1588 kg (3500 lb.)
“Checking tire inflation pressure” on mated average weight is 68 kg (150
page 408. lb.) per person. Depending on the Towing capacity means the maximum
weight of each person, the seating ca- gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
Total load capacity: its cargo weight) that your vehicle is
pacity given may exceed the total
Without third seat load capacity. able to tow.
375 kg (825 lb.) Cargo capacity
With third seat NOTICE
Cargo capacity may increase or de-
525 kg (1155 lb.) Even if the number of occupants crease depending on the size (weight)
Total load capacity means combined are within the seating capacity, and the number of occupants. For de-
weight of occupants, cargo and lug- do not exceed the total load ca- tails, see “Capacity and distribution”
gage. Tongue load is included when pacity. that follows.
trailer towing.
CAUTION
Do not apply the load more than

each load limit. That may cause
not only damage to the tires, but
also deterioration to the steering
ability and braking ability, which
may cause an accident.
335

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Cargo and luggage—

—Stowage precautions
When stowing cargo and luggage in
the vehicle, observe the following: D Never allow anyone to ride in D To prevent cargo and luggage
the luggage compartment. It is from sliding forward during
D Put cargo and luggage in the lug- not designed for passengers. braking, do not place anything
gage compartment when at all They should ride in their seats on the net higher than the rear
possible. Be sure all items are se- with their seat belts properly seatbacks. Otherwise, such
cured in place. fastened. Otherwise, they are items may be thrown about and
D Be careful to keep the vehicle bal- much more likely to suffer possibly injure people in the
anced. Locating the weight as far death or serious bodily injury, vehicle during sudden braking
forward as possible helps maintain in the event of sudden braking or an accident.
balance. or a collision. D Do not drive with objects left
D For better fuel economy, do not D Do not place anything on the on top of the instrument panel.
carry unneeded weight. flattened seat, or it may slide They may interfere with the
forward during braking. driver’s field of view. Or they
CAUTION D Do not place anything on the may move during sharp vehicle
luggage cover. Such items may acceleration or turning, and im-
D To prevent cargo and luggage be thrown about and possibly pair the driver’s control of the
from sliding forward during injure people in the vehicle vehicle. In an accident they
braking, do not stack anything during sudden braking or an may injure the vehicle occu-
in the luggage compartment accident. Secure all items in a pants.
higher than the seatbacks. safe place.
Keep cargo and luggage low,
as close to the floor as pos-
sible.
336

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Capacity and distribution

Cargo capacity depends on the to- (4) The resulting figure equals the
tal weight of the occupants. available amount of cargo and
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac- luggage load capacity. For exam-
ity) – (Total weight of occupants) ple, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five
Steps for Determining Correct 150 lb passengers in your ve-
Load Limit— hicle, the amount of available Cargo
(1) Locate the statement “The com- cargo and luggage load capacity capacity
bined weight of occupants and is 650 lbs. (1400–750
cargo should never exceed XXX (5x150)=650 lbs.)
kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s Total load
(5) Determine the combined weight
placard. capacity
of luggage and cargo being
(2) Determine the combined weight loaded on the vehicle. That
of the driver and passengers that weight may not safely exceed the Example on Your Vehicle
will be riding in your vehicle. available cargo and luggage load In case that 2 people with the com-
(3) Subtract the combined weight of capacity calculated in Step 4. bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are
the driver and passengers from (6) If your vehicle will be towing a riding in your vehicle, the available
XXX kg or XXX lbs. trailer, load from your trailer will amount of cargo and luggage load ca-
be transferred to your vehicle. pacity will be as follows:
Consult this manual to determine Without third seat
how this reduces the available Total load capacity: 375 kg (825 lb.)
cargo and luggage load capacity 375 kg – 166 kg = 209 kg.
of your vehicle. (825 lb. – 366 lb. = 459 lb.)
For details about trailer towing, see With third seat
page 348. Total load capacity: 525 kg (1155 lb.)
525 kg – 166 kg = 359 kg.
(1155 lb. – 366 lb. = 789 lb.)
337

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Types of tires
From this condition, if 3 more passen- Determine what kind of tires your
gers with the combined weight of 176 CAUTION vehicle is originally equipped with.
kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car- 1. Summer tires
go and luggage load will be reduced Even if the total load of occu-
as follows: pant’s weight and the cargo load Summer tires are high−speed capabil-
is less than the total load capacity tires best suited to highway driving
Without third seat ity, do not apply the load uneven- under dry conditions.
209 kg – 176 kg = 33 kg. ly. That may cause not only dam-
(459 lb. – 388 lb. = 71 lb.) Since summer tires do not have the
age to the tire but also deteriora- same traction performance as snow
With third seat tion to the steering ability due to tires, summer tires are inadequate for
359 kg – 176 kg = 183 kg. unbalance of the vehicle, causing driving on snow−covered or icy roads.
(789 lb. – 388 lb. = 401 lb.) an accident. For driving on snow−covered or icy
As shown in the above example, if the roads, we recommend using snow
number of occupants increases, the tires. If installing snow tires, be sure
cargo and luggage load equaling the to replace all four tires.
combined weight of occupants who 2. All season tires
got on later must be reduced. In other
words, if the increase in the number All season tires are designed to pro-
of occupants causes the excess of vide better traction in snow and to be
the total load capacity (combined adequate for driving in most winter
weight of occupants plus cargo and conditions, as well as for use all year
luggage load), you have to reduce the round.
cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
For details about total load capacity,
see “Vehicle load limits” on page 335.
338

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
All season tires, however, do not have

adequate traction performance
compared with snow tires in heavy or
loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
short in acceleration and handling
performance compared with summer
tires in highway driving.
The details about how to distinguish
summer tires from all season tires are
described on page 324.
CAUTION
D Do not mix summer and all sea-

son tires on your vehicle as
this can cause dangerous han-
dling characteristics, resulting
in loss of control.
D Do not use tire other than the
manufacturer’s designated
tires, and never mix tires or
wheels of the sizes different
from the originals.
339

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
340

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 3
STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Off−road driving precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
341

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
How to start the engine—

Before starting the engine (a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle be- 1. Apply the parking brake firmly. Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-
fore entering it. 2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces- low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle, sories. ing”.
seat cushion height, head restraint 3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If you Normal starting procedure
height, steering wheel angle and steer- need to restart the engine while the The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
ing column length. vehicle is moving, put the selector le- tial multiport fuel injection system in your
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view ver in “N”. A starter safety device will engine automatically controls the proper
mirrors. prevent the starter from operating if the air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start
4. Lock all doors. selector lever is in any drive position. a cold or hot engine as follows:
5. Fasten seat belts. 4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it to With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
the floor until driving off. crank the engine by turning the engine
switch to the “START” position. Release it
when the engine starts.
Engine should be warmed up by driving,
not in idle. For warming up, drive with
smoothly turning engine until engine cool-
ant temperature is within normal range.
If the engine stalls...
Simply restart it, using the correct proce-
dure given in normal starting.
If the engine will not start...
See “If your vehicle will not start” on page
356 in Section 4.
342

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tips for driving in various

conditions
D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.
NOTICE CAUTION
This will allow you much better control.
z Do not crank for more than 30 se- D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos- D Before driving off, make sure that
conds at a time. This may overheat sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving
the parking brake is fully released
the starter and wiring systems. onto high, sharp−edged objects and
and the parking brake reminder
z Do not race a cold engine. other road hazards. Failure to do so
light is off.
can lead to severe tire damage such
z If the engine becomes difficult to D Do not leave your vehicle unat-
as a tire burst.
start or stalls frequently, have the tended while the engine is running.
engine checked immediately. Drive slowly when passing over bumps
or travelling on a bumpy road. Other- D Do not rest your foot on the brake
wise the impact could cause severe pedal while driving. It can cause
damage to the tires and/or wheels. dangerous overheating, needless
wear, and poor fuel economy.
D When parking on a hill, turn the front
wheels until they touch the curb so D To drive down a long or steep hill,
that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the reduce your speed and downshift.
parking brake, and place the transmis- Remember, if you ride the brakes
sion in “P”. If necessary, block the excessively, they may overheat and
wheels. not work properly.
D Washing your vehicle or driving through D Be careful when accelerating, up-
deep water may get the brakes wet. To shifting, downshifting or braking on
see whether they are wet, check that a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-
there is no traffic near you, and then tion or engine braking, could cause
press the pedal lightly. If you do not the vehicle to skid or spin.
feel a normal braking force, the brakes
are probably wet. To dry them, drive
the vehicle cautiously while lightly
pressing the brake pedal with the park-
ing brake applied. If they still do not
work safely, pull to the side of the road
and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
343

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Driving in the rain

Driving on a slippery road surface
D Do not drive in excess of the speed CAUTION
Drive carefully when it is raining, because
limit. Even if the legal speed limit
visibility will be reduced, the windows may
permits it, do not drive over 140 D Sudden braking, acceleration and
km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle become fogged−up, and the road will be
steering when driving on a slippery
slippery.
has high−speed capability tires. road surface may cause tire slip-
Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may D Drive carefully when it starts to rain, page and reduce your ability to
result in tire failure, loss of control because the road surface will be espe- control the vehicle, resulting in an
and possible injury. Be sure to con- cially slippery. accident.
sult a tire dealer to determine D Refrain from high speeds when driving D Sudden changes in engine speed,
whether the tires on your vehicle on an expressway in the rain, because such as sudden engine braking,
are high−speed capability tires or there may be a layer of water between may cause the vehicle to skid, re-
not before driving at such speeds. the tires and the road surface, sulting in an accident.
D Do not continue normal driving preventing the steering and brakes
D After driving through a puddle,
when the brakes are wet. If they are from operating properly.
lightly depress the brake pedal to
wet, your vehicle will require a make sure that the brakes are func-
longer stopping distance, and it tioning properly. Wet brake pads
may pull to one side when the may prevent the brakes from func-
brakes are applied. Also, the park- tioning properly. If the brakes on
ing brake will not hold the vehicle only one side are wet and not func-
securely. tioning properly, steering control
may be affected, resulting in an ac-
cident.
344

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Off−road driving precautions

When encountering flooded roads When driving your vehicle off−road, please
observe the following precautions to en- CAUTION
Do not drive on a road that has flooded
after heavy rain etc. Doing so may cause sure your driving enjoyment and to help
prevent the closure of areas to off−road Always observe the following precau-
serious damage to the vehicle.
vehicles. tions to minimize the risk of death or
NOTICE a. Drive your vehicle only in areas where serious personal injury or damage to
off−road vehicles are permitted to trav- your vehicle:
Driving on a flooded road may cause el. D Drive carefully when off the road.
the engine to stall as well as cause Do not take unnecessary risks by
serious vehicle malfunctions such as b. Respect private property. Get owner’s
permission before entering private prop- driving in dangerous places.
shorts in electrical components and
engine damage from water immersion. erty. D Do not grip the steering wheel
In the event that you drive on a c. Do not enter areas that are closed. spokes when driving off−road. A
flooded road and the vehicle is Honor gates, barriers and signs that re- bad bump could jerk the wheel and
flooded, be sure to have your Toyota strict travel. injure your hands. Keep both hands
dealer check brake function, changes and especially your thumbs on the
d. Stay on established roads. When condi-
in quantity and quality of oil and fluid outside of the rim.
tions are wet, driving techniques should
used for the engine, transaxle, trans- be changed or travel delayed to pre- D Always check your brakes for effec-
fer (four−wheel drive models), differ- vent damage to roads. tiveness immediately after driving in
ential, etc. and lubricant condition for For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and sand, mud, water or snow.
the propeller shaft (four−wheel drive Puerto Rico: D After driving through tall grass,
models), bearings and suspension mud, rock, sand, water, etc., check
joints (where possible) and the func- To obtain additional information pertaining
to driving your vehicle off−road, consult that there is no grass, bush, paper,
tion of all joints and bearings. rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or
the following organizations.
trapped on the underbody. Clear off
D State and Local Parks and Recreation any such matter from the under-
Departments body. If the vehicle is used with
D State Motor Vehicle Bureau these materials trapped or adhering
D Recreational Vehicle Clubs to the underbody, a breakdown or
fire could occur.
D U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of
Land Management
345

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Winter driving tips

Make sure your coolant is properly pro-
D In a rollover crash, an unbelted per- z Take all necessary safety measures tected against freezing.
son is significantly more likely to to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
die than a person wearing a seat
not occur. or similar high quality ethylene glycol
belt. Therefore, the driver and all
based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
passengers should fasten their seat Water entering the engine air intake and non−borate coolant with long−life
belts whenever the vehicle is mo- will cause severe engine damage. hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
ving.
Water entering the automatic trans- with long−life hybrid organic acid
D When driving off−road or in rugged mission will cause deterioration in technology is a combination of low
terrain, do not drive at excessive shift quality, looking up of your phosphates and organic acids.)
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, transmission accompanied by vibra- See “Checking the engine coolant level”
strike objects, etc. This may cause tion, and ultimately damage. on page 406 in Section 7−2 for details of
loss of control or vehicle rollover
Water can wash the grease from coolant type selection.
causing death or serious injury. You
wheel bearings, causing rusting and For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
are also risking expensive damage
premature failure, and may also en- Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
to your vehicle’s suspension and
ter the differentials, transmission 50% deionized water. This coolant pro-
chassis.
and transfer case, reducing the gear vides protection down to about −35_C
oil’s lubricating qualities. (−31_F).
NOTICE z Sand and mud that has accumulated For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
around brake discs may affect brak- Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
z If driving through water, such as ing efficiency and may damage 45% deionized water. This coolant pro-
when crossing shallow streams, brake system components. vides protection down to about −42_C
first check the depth of the water
z Always perform a maintenance in- (−44_F).
and the bottom of the stream for
firmness. Drive slowly and avoid spection after each day of off−road
driving that has taken you through NOTICE
deep water.
rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. Do not use plain water alone.
For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, refer to the “Scheduled Main-
tenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.
346

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Dinghy towing
Check the condition of the battery and
cables.
NOTICE
Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of Do not use engine antifreeze or any
any battery, so it must be in top shape to other substitute because it may dam-
provide enough power for winter starting. age your vehicle’s paint.
Section 7−3 tells you how to visually in-
spect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and Do not use your parking brake when
most service stations will be pleased to there is a possibility it could freeze.
check the level of charge.
When parking, put the transmission into
Make sure the engine oil viscosity is “P” and block the rear wheels. Do not use
suitable for the cold weather. the parking brake, or snow or water accu-
See page 404 in Section 7−2 for recom- mulated in and around the parking brake
mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum- mechanism may freeze, making it hard to
mer oil in your vehicle during winter release. Your vehicle is not designed to be
months may cause harder starting. If you Keep ice and snow from accumulating dinghy towed (with four wheels on the
are not sure about which oil to use, call under the fenders. ground) behind a motorhome.
your Toyota dealer–they will be pleased to
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
help. NOTICE
can make steering difficult. During bad
Keep the door locks from freezing. winter driving, stop and check under the Do not tow your vehicle with four
Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the fenders occasionally. wheels on the ground. This may
locks to keep them from freezing. Depending on where you are driving, cause serious damage to your vehicle.
Use a washer fluid containing an anti- we recommend you carry some emer-
freeze solution. gency equipment.
This product is available at your Toyota Some of the things you might put in the
dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,
the manufacturer’s directions for how bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
much to mix with water. jumper cables, etc.
347

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a WEIGHT LIMITS
passenger−carrying vehicle. Towing a D The gross combination weight (sum
Before towing, make sure the total trail-
trailer will have an adverse effect on of your vehicle weight plus its load
er weight, gross combination weight,
handling, performance, braking, durability and the total trailer weight) must
gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight not exceed the following.
and driving economy (fuel consumption, and trailer tongue load are all within
etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend the limits. 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine
on the proper use of correct equipment Two−wheel drive models
and cautious driving habits. For your The total trailer weight and tongue load Without third seat
safety and the safety of others, you must can be measured with platform scales
2689 kg (5930 lb.)
not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota found at a highway weighing station, build- With third seat
warranties do not apply to damage or ing supply company, trucking company, 2825 kg (6230 lb.)
malfunction caused by towing a trailer for junk yard, etc.
Four−wheel drive models
commercial purposes. Ask your local Without third seat
Toyota dealer for further details before CAUTION 2737 kg (6035 lb.)
towing. With third seat
D The total trailer weight (trailer 2887 kg (6365 lb.)
NOTICE weight plus its cargo load) must
not exceed the following. Exceeding 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine
When towing a trailer, be sure to con- this weight is dangerous. Two−wheel drive models
sult your Toyota dealer for further in- Without third seat
2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine Without towing package
formation on additional requirements
680 kg (1500 lb.) 3048 kg (6720 lb.)
such as a towing kit, etc.
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine With towing package
Without towing package 3729 kg (8220 lb.)
907 kg (2000 lb.)
With third seat
With towing package
Without towing package
1588 kg (3500 lb.)
3182 kg (7015 lb.)
If towing a trailer and cargo weigh- With towing package
ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is 3862 kg (8515 lb.)
necessary to use a sway control
device with sufficient capacity.
348

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Four−wheel drive models D The gross vehicle weight must not

Without third seat exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Without towing package Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
2994 kg (6600 lb.) Certification Label. The gross ve-
With towing package hicle weight is the sum of weights
3674 kg (8100 lb.) of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-
With third seat sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
Without towing package tongue load. It also includes the
3128 kg (6895 lb.) weight of any special equipment
With towing package installed on your vehicle.
3808 kg (8395 lb.) D The load on either the front or rear
axle resulting from distribution of
the gross vehicle weight on both
axles must not exceed the Gross
D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ- Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
ent weight capacities established by on the Certification Label.
the hitch manufacturer. Even though
the vehicle may be physically capa-
ble of towing a higher weight, the
operator must determine the maxi-
mum weight rating of the particular
hitch assembly and never exceed
the maximum weight rating speci-
fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding
the maximum weight rating set by
the trailer hitch manufacturer can
cause an accident resulting in seri-
ous personal injuries.
349

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Total trailer weight Tongue load Never load the trailer with more NOTICE
weight in the back than in the
Do not use an axle−mounting hitch as
front. About 60% of the trailer load
it may cause damage to the axle
should be in the front half of the
housing, wheel bearings, wheels and/
trailer and the remaining 40% in the
or tires.
rear.
BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

HITCHES
D Toyota recommends trailers with
Tongue load D Use only a weight carrying hitch brakes that conform to any applica-
100 = 9 to 11% designed for the total trailer weight. ble federal and state/provincial regu-
Total trailer weight Toyota does not recommend using a lations.
weight distribution (load equalizing)
hitch. D A safety chain must always be used
between the towing vehicle and the
D The trailer cargo load should be D The hitch must be bolted securely to trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
distributed so that the tongue load the vehicle frame and installed accord- chain for turns. The chain should
is 9 to 11% of the total trailer ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc- cross under the trailer tongue to
weight, not exceed the following. tions. prevent the tongue from dropping to
2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine D The hitch ball should have a light coat the ground in case it becomes dam-
68 kg (150 lb.) of grease. aged or separated. For correct safety
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine D Toyota recommends that the trailer chain procedures, follow the hitch or
Without towing package hitch be removed when not towing to trailer manufacturer’s recommenda-
90 kg (200 lb.) tions.
prevent injury and/or damage by the
With towing package
hitch in event of a rear end collision.
158 kg (350 lb.)
After removing the hitch, the installa-
tion area should be sealed to prevent
entry of exhaust fumes and mud.
350

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
TRAILER LIGHTS PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

CAUTION
D Trailer lights must comply with federal, D Check that your vehicle remains level
state/provincial and local regulations. when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
D If the total trailer weight exceeds
See your local recreational vehicle hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
272 kg (600 lb.), trailer brakes are
dealer or rental agency for the correct an abnormal nose−up or nose−down
required.
type of wiring and relays for your trail- condition, and check for improper
D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy- er. Check for correct operation of the tongue load, overload, worn suspension
draulic system as it would lower its turn signals and stop lights each time or other possible causes.
braking effectiveness. you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam- D Make sure the trailer cargo is securely
D Never tow a trailer without using a age your vehicle’s electrical system loaded so that it cannot shift.
safety chain securely attached to and cause a malfunction of your lights.
both the trailer and the vehicle. If
D Check that your rear view mirrors con-
BREAK−IN SCHEDULE form to any applicable federal, state/
damage occurs to the coupling unit
or hitch ball, there is danger of the
D Toyota recommends that you do not provincial or local regulations. If not,
tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a install the rear view mirrors required
trailer wandering over into another
vehicle with any new power train com- for towing purpose.
lane.
ponent (engine, transmission, differen- TRAILER TOWING TIPS
tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first
TIRES 800 km (500 miles) of driving. When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
handle differently than when not tow-
D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are MAINTENANCE ing. The three main causes of vehicle−
properly inflated. See page 408 Section
7−2 and page 433 in Section 8 for
D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will trailer accidents are driver error, exces-
require more frequent maintenance due sive speed and improper trailer loading.
instructions.
to the additional load. For this informa- Keep these in mind when towing:
D The trailer tires should be inflated to tion, please refer to the scheduled
the pressure recommended by the trail-
D Before starting out, check operation of
maintenance information in the “Sched- the lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-
er manufacturer in respect to the total uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s tions. After driving a short distance,
trailer weight. Manual Supplement”. stop and recheck the lights and con-
D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing nections. Before actually towing a trail-
ball and bracket after approximately er, practice turning, stopping and back-
1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving. ing with a trailer in an area away from
traffic until you learn the feel.
351

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Because stopping distance may be in- D Remember that when making a turn, D Because of the added load of the trail-
creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance the trailer wheels will be closer than er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
should be increased when towing a the vehicle wheels to the inside of the on hot days (at temperatures over
trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of turn. Therefore, compensate for this by 30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or
speed, allow at least one vehicle and making a larger than normal turning steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
trailer length between you and the ve- radius with your vehicle. coolant temperature gauge indicates
hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad- overheating, immediately turn off the air
you may skid, resulting in jackknifing versely affect handling of your vehicle conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
and loss of control. This is especially and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
true on wet or slippery surfaces. to the rear from time to time to pre- your vehicle overheats” on page 360 in
D Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera- pare yourself for being passed by large Section 4.
tion. trucks or buses, which may cause your D Always place wheel blocks under both
D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns. vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying the vehicle and trailer wheels when
The trailer could hit your vehicle in a happens, firmly grip the steering wheel parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
tight turn. Slow down before making a and reduce speed immediately but Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-
turn to avoid the necessity of sudden gradually. Never increase speed. Steer ing on a slope with a trailer, but if it
braking. straight ahead. If you make no extreme cannot be avoided, do so only after
correction with the steering or brakes, performing the following:
D Backing with a trailer is difficult and the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.
requires practice. Grip the bottom of 1. Apply the brakes and hold.
the steering wheel and move your hand D Be careful when passing other ve- 2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-
to the left to move the trailer to the hicles. Passing requires considerable der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
left. Move your hand to the right to distance. After passing a vehicle, do
not forget the length of your trailer and 3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
move the trailer to the right. (This pro- release your brakes slowly until the
cedure is generally opposite to that be sure you have plenty of room be-
fore changing lanes. blocks absorb the load.
when backing without a trailer.) Also,
just turn the steering wheel a little at D In order to maintain engine braking effi- 4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged ciency, do not place the transmission 5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.
turning. Have someone guide you when in “D”.
backing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
352

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
How to save fuel and make

your vehicle last longer
When restarting out after parking on a Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
slope: D Slow down and downshift before it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
descending steep or long downhill longer, too. Here are some specific tips
1. With the transmission in “P” position,
grades. Do not make sudden down- on how to save money on both fuel and
start the engine. Be sure to keep the shifts.
brake pedal depressed. repairs:
D Avoid holding the brake pedal down D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-
2. Shift into gear. too long or too frequently. This rect pressure. Underinflation causes
3. Release the parking brake and brake could cause the brakes to overheat tire wear and wastes fuel. See page
pedal. Slowly pull or back away from and result in reduced braking effi- 408 in Section 7−2 for instructions.
the wheel blocks. Stop and apply your ciency.
brakes. D Do not carry unneeded weight in
your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks. heavier load on the engine, causing
greater fuel consumption.
CAUTION
D Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once
D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or the engine is running smoothly, begin
driving—but gently. Remember, howev-
the posted towing speed limit,
er, that on cold winter days this may
whichever is lower. Because insta-
bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle− take a little longer.
trailer combination usually in- D Put the selector lever into the “D”
creases as the speed increases, ex- when engine braking is not required.
ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may Driving with the select lever in “3”
cause loss of control. (4−speed) or “4” (5−speed) will reduce
the fuel economy. (For details, see
“Automatic transmission” on page 143
or 147 in Section 1−7.)
D Accelerate slowly and smoothly.
Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
gear as quickly as possible.
353

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Avoid long engine idling. If you have D Keep the front wheels in proper
a long wait and you are not in traffic, alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and CAUTION
it is better to turn off the engine and slow down on rough roads. Improper
start again later. alignment not only causes faster tire Never turn off the engine to coast
wear but also puts an extra load on down hills. Your power steering and
D Avoid engine lugging or over−rev- brake booster will not function with-
ving. Use a gear position suitable for the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
out the engine running. Also, the
the road on which you are travelling. D Keep the bottom of your vehicle free emission control system operates
D Avoid continuous speeding up and from mud, etc. This not only lessens
properly only when the engine is run-
slowing down. Stop−and−go driving weight but also helps prevent corro-
ning.
wastes fuel. sion.
D Avoid unnecessary stopping and D Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in
braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-
to time the traffic signals so you only er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
need to stop as little as possible or and grease,brakes not adjusted, etc. all
take advantage of through streets to lower engine performance and contrib-
avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis- ute to poor fuel economy. For longer
tance from other vehicles to avoid sud- life of all parts and lower operating
den braking. This will also reduce wear costs, keep all maintenance work on
on your brakes. schedule, and if you often drive under
severe conditions, see that your vehicle
D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams receives more frequent maintenance.
whenever possible. (For scheduled maintenance informa-
D Do not rest your foot on the brake tion, please refer to the “Scheduled
pedal. This causes premature wear, Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-
overheating and poor fuel economy. al Supplement”.)
D Maintain a moderate speed on high-
ways. The faster you drive, the greater
the fuel consumption. By reducing your
speed, you will cut down on fuel con-
sumption.
354

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 4
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
If you cannot increase engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . . 378
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
355

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If your vehicle will not start—

(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine
Before making these checks, make sure If the engine turns over at its normal If the engine will not start, your engine
you have followed the correct starting pro- speed but will not start— may be flooded because of repeated
cedure given in “How to start the engine” 1. Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or cranking.
on page 342 in Section 3 and that you “LOCK” position and try starting the If this happens, turn the engine switch to
have sufficient fuel. If your vehicle is engine again. the “START” position with the accelerator
equipped with the engine immobilizer sys- pedal fully depressed. Keep the key and
tem, also check whether the other keys 2. If the engine will not start, the engine
may be flooded because of repeated accelerator pedal in these positions for 15
will start the engine. If they work, your seconds and release them. Then try start-
key may be broken. Have the key cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded
engine” on page 356 for further instruc- ing the engine with your foot off the accel-
checked at your Toyota dealer. If none of erator pedal.
your keys work, there may be a malfunctions.
tion in the immobilizer system. Call your 3. If the engine still will not start, it needs If the engine does not start after 15 se-
Toyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engine adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota conds of cranking, release the key, wait
immobilizer system)” on page 12 in Sec- dealer or qualified repair shop. a few minutes and try again.
tion 1−2.) If the engine still will not start, it needs
If the engine is not turning over or is adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
turning over too slowly— or qualified repair shop for assistance.
1. Check that the battery terminals are NOTICE

tight and clean.
Do not crank for more than 30 se-
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch
conds at a time. This may overheat
on the interior light.
the starter and wiring systems.
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out
when the starter is cranked, the battery
is discharged. You may try jump start-
ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page
357 for further instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.
356

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
(c) Jump starting

To avoid serious personal injury and JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
damage to your vehicle which might re- D The gas normally produced by a
1. If the booster battery is installed in
sult from battery explosion, acid burns, battery will explode if a flame or
another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
electrical burns, or damaged electronic spark is brought near. Use only
standardized jumper cables and do are not touching. Turn off all unneces-
components, these instructions must be sary lights and accessories.
followed precisely. not smoke or light a match while
jump starting. When boosting, use the battery of
The engine cannot be started by push− matching or higher quality. Any other
starting. battery may be difficult to jump start
If you are unsure about how to follow this NOTICE with.
procedure, we strongly recommend that If jump starting is difficult, charge the
you seek the help of a competent me- The battery used for boosting must
be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you battery for several minutes.
chanic or towing service.
are sure that the booster battery is 2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
correct. from the booster and discharged batter-
CAUTION
ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents
D Batteries contain sulfuric acid on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
explosion hazard, personal injuries and
which is poisonous and corrosive.
Wear protective safety glasses when burns.)
jump starting, and avoid spilling 3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
acid on your skin, clothing, or ve- booster battery is not running, start it
hicle. and let it run for a few minutes. During
D If you should accidentally get acid jump starting, run the engine at about
on yourself or in your eyes, remove 2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
any contaminated clothing and flush lightly depressed.
the affected area with water im-
mediately. Then get immediate medi-
cal attention. If possible, continue
to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while en route to the medical
office.
357

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Jumper cable
Discharged
battery
Discharged Jumper cable
battery
Positive
Positive Booster
terminal
terminal battery
(“+” mark) Booster (“+” mark) Negative terminal
battery (“−” mark)
Connecting point
4. Make the cable connections in the or- c. Connect the clamp of the negative
der a, b, c, d. (black) cable to the negative (−) termi- Do not connect the cable to or near
a. Connect the clamp of the positive nal on the booster battery. any part that moves when the engine
(red) jumper cable to the positive (+) d. Connect the clamp at the other end is cranked.
terminal on the discharged battery. of the negative (black) jumper cable to
a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic CAUTION
b. Connect the clamp at the other end
of the positive (red) jumper cable to point of the vehicle with the discharged
battery. When making the connections, to
the positive (+) terminal on the booster avoid serious injury, do not lean over
battery. The recommended connecting point is the battery or accidentally let the
shown in the following illustration: jumper cables or clamps touch any-
thing except the correct battery termi-
nals or the ground.
358

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If your engine stalls while If you cannot increase engine

driving speed
5. Start your engine in the normal way. If your engine stalls while driving... If engine speed does not increase when
After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm 1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
for several minutes with the accelerator a straight line. Move cautiously off the may be a problem somewhere in the elec-
pedal lightly depressed. road to a safe place. tronic throttle control system.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-
exact reverse order: the negative cable er, if you depress the accelerator pedal
and then the positive cable. 3. Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
“LOCK” position, and try starting the vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover engine again.
cloths—they may now contain sulfuric checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
acid. If the engine will not start, see “If your possible.
vehicle will not start” on page 356 in this Even if the abnormality of the electronic
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent Section.
plugs. throttle control system is corrected during
low speed driving, the system may not be
If the cause of your battery discharging is CAUTION recovered until the engine is stopped and
not apparent (for example, lights left on), the engine switch is turned to the “ACC”
you should have it checked at your Toyota If the engine is not running, the pow- or “LOCK” position.
dealer. er assist for the brakes and steering
If the first start attempt is not success- will not work so steering and braking CAUTION
ful... will be much harder than usual.
Check that the clamp on the jumper Be especially careful to prevent erro-
cables are tight. Recharge the discharged neous pedal operation.
battery with the jumper cables connected
for several minutes and restart your en-
gine in the normal way.
If the another attempt is not successful,
the battery may be depleted. Have it ch-
ecked at your Toyota dealer.
359

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If your vehicle overheats

If your engine coolant temperature 3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the 6. After the engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you ex- radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle. has cooled to normal, again check the
perience a loss of power, or if you hear However, note that water draining from coolant level in the reservoir. If neces-
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the the air conditioning is normal if it has sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-
engine has probably overheated. You been used. ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the
should follow this procedure... system. You should have it checked as
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve- CAUTION soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.
hicle and turn on your emergency
flashers. Put the transmission in “P” When the engine is running, keep
and apply the parking brake. Turn off hands and clothing away from the
the air conditioning if it is being used. moving fan and engine drive belts.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the
radiator or reservoir, stop the engine. 4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-
Wait until the steam subsides before gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
opening the hood. If there is no coolant for assistance.
boiling over or steam, leave the engine 5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
running and make sure the electric the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add
cooling fan is operating. If it is not, coolant to the reservoir while the en-
turn the engine off. gine is running. Fill it about half full.
For the coolant type, see “Coolant type
CAUTION selection” on page 406 in Section 7−2.
To help avoid personal injury, keep CAUTION

the hood closed until there is no
steam. Escaping steam or coolant is Do not attempt to remove the coolant
a sign of very high pressure. reservoir cap when the engine and
radiator are hot. Serious injury could
result from scalding hot fluid and
steam blown out under pressure.
360

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If you have a flat tire—

1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau- CAUTION D Make sure to set the jack prop-
tiously off the road to a safe place erly in the jack point. Raising
well away from the traffic. Avoid When jacking, be sure to observe the vehicle with jack improper-
stopping on the center divider of the following to reduce the possi- ly positioned will damage the
a highway. Park on a level spot bility of death or serious injury: vehicle or may allow the ve-
with firm ground. D Follow jacking instructions. hicle to fall off the jack and
cause personal injury.
2. Stop the engine and turn on your D Do not put any part of your
emergency flashers. body under the vehicle sup- D Never get under the vehicle
ported by the jack. Otherwise, when the vehicle is supported
3. Firmly set the parking brake and by the jack alone.
put the transmission in “P”. personal injury may occur.
D Do not start or run the engine D Use the jack only for lifting
4. Have everyone get out of the ve- your vehicle during wheel
hicle on the side away from traffic. while your vehicle is supported
by the jack. changing.
5. Read the following instructions D Do not raise the vehicle with
thoroughly. D Stop the vehicle on a level firm
ground, firmly set the parking someone in the vehicle.
brake and put the transmission D When raising the vehicle, do
in “P”. Block the wheel diago- not place any objects on top
nally opposite to the one being of or underneath the jack.
changed if necessary. D Raise the vehicle only high
enough to remove and change
the tire.
361

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Required tools and spare

tire
1. Get the required tools and
NOTICE
spare tire on the back door.
Do not continue driving with a To prepare yourself for an emergency,
deflated tire. Driving even a you should familiarize yourself with
short distance can damage a the use of the jack, each of the tools
tire and wheel beyond repair. and their storage locations.
Tool bag
Jack
362

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
To remove the jack, turn the jack joint To remove the spare cover: 2. Close the back door. Remove the
by hand. 1. Open the back door. Unhook the spare tire cover.
To remove: Turn the joint in direction latch handle which on the bottom
1 until the jack is free. of the spare tire cover.
To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 The latch handle can be released only
until the jack is firmly secured to pre- when the back door is opened.
vent it flying forward during a collision
or sudden braking.
363

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament
Type A
To remove the spare tire, turn the 2. Block the wheel diagonally op-
hold−down nuts counterclockwise posite the flat tire to keep the
with the wheel nut wrench and re- vehicle from rolling when it is
move them. jacked up.
When stowing the spare tire, put it in When blocking the wheel, place a
place and secure it to prevent it from wheel block in front of one of the front
flying forward during a collision or wheels or behind one of the rear
sudden braking. wheels.
Type B
364

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Loosening wheel nuts

3. Remove the wheel ornament.
CAUTION
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench Never use oil or grease on the
as shown. bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
and the wheels may fall off,
CAUTION which could cause a serious ac-
cident.
Do not try to pull off the orna-
ment by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid
unexpected personal injury.
4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before
raising the vehicle.
Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
fit the wrench to the nut so that the
handle is on the right side, as shown
above. Grab the wrench near the end
of the handle and pull up on the han-
dle. Be careful that the wrench does
not slip off the nut.
Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-
screw them about one−half turn.
365

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Positioning the jack —Raising your vehicle
CAUTION
Never get under the vehicle when

the vehicle is supported by the
jack alone.
5. Position the jack at the correct 6. After making sure that no one
jack point as shown. is in the vehicle, raise it high
Make sure the jack is positioned on enough so that the spare tire
a level and solid place. can be installed.
Remember you will need more ground
clearance when putting on the spare
tire than when removing the flat tire.
To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
handle into the jack (it is a loose fit)
and turn it clockwise. As the jack
touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
double−check that it is properly posi-
tioned.
366

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Changing wheels —Reinstalling wheel nuts
7. Remove the wheel nuts and Before putting on wheels, remove any 8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-
change tires. corrosion on the mounting surfaces ger tight.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it with a wire brush or such. Installation Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
aside. of wheels without good metal−to−met- inward) and tighten them as much as
al contact at the mounting surface can you can by hand. Press back on the
Roll the spare wheel into position and cause wheel nuts to loosen and
align the holes in the wheel with the tire back and see if you can tighten
eventually cause a wheel to come off them more.
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get while driving.
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.
367

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Lowering your vehicle
CAUTION CAUTION
Never use oil or grease on the D When lowering the vehicle,

bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead make sure all portions of your
to overtightening the nuts and body and all other persons
damaging the bolts. The nuts around will not be injured as
may loose and the wheels may the vehicle is lowered to the
fall off, which could cause a seri- ground.
ous accident. If there is oil or D Have the wheel nuts tightened
grease on any bolt or nut, clean with torque wrench to 103 N·m
it. (10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soon
as possible after changing
9. Lower the vehicle completely wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
and tighten the wheel nuts. may loosen and the wheels
Turn the jack handle counterclock- may fall off, which could cause
wise to lower the vehicle. a serious accident.
Use only the wheel nut wrench and
turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.
Do not use other tools or any addition-
al leverage other than your hands,
such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.
Make sure the wrench is securely en-
gaged over the nut.
Tighten each nut a little at a time in
the order shown. Repeat the process
until all the nuts are tight.
368

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Stowing flat tire

10.Install the flat tire and spare tire
cover on the back door. CAUTION
CAUTION Make sure that the rubber rings

are not installed to the wheel
Make sure flat tire and spare tire nuts for aluminum wheel. Other-
cover are securely in place in wise, the nuts may become loose
their storage location to reduce and the wheel may fall off, which
the possibility of personal injury may cause a serious accident.
during a collision or sudden
braking. After repairing the flat tire, be sure
to reinstall the rubber rings to the
wheel nuts before stowing the spare
On vehicles with aluminum wheels tire. If the steel wheel is stowed with-
and a steel wheel for the spare, re- out reinstalling the rubber rings to the
move the rubber rings from the wheel wheel nuts, the spare tire carrier may
nuts of the spare tire carrier before produce abnormal noise when the ve-
stowing a flat tire. Be careful not to hicle is driven.
lose the rubber rings after removing
them.
369

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Guides
On some models—Before stowing the To install the spare tire cover: 2. Attach the cover by hooking the
flat tire, remove the center wheel or- 1. Insert the hooks under the guides 2 inner protrusions.
nament by pushing from the reverse to the upper slots and lower the Check that the cover is securely at-
side. cover. tached.
Be careful not to lose the wheel orna-
ment.
370

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Reinstalling wheel ornament
Type A Type C
3. Open the back door. Lock the
latch handle which is on the bot-
tom of the cover. 11. Reinstall the wheel ornament.
4. Close the back door. Type A and B—
Check that the cover is securely in 1. Put the wheel ornament into posi-
place. tion.
Type A only: Align the cutout of
the wheel ornament with the valve
stem as shown.
2. Then firmly tap the outer edge of
the wheel cap with the side or heel
of your hand to snap into place.
Type B
371

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—After changing wheels

Type C— 12.Check the air pressure of the re-
placed tire. CAUTION
Push the wheel ornament into the
center hole. Adjust the air pressure to the specifi- Before driving, make sure all the
With a spare tire of different wheel cation designated on page 433 in tools and jack are securely in
type from the installed tires, the wheel Section 8. If the pressure is lower, place in their storage location to
ornament can not be installed into the drive slowly to the nearest service reduce the possibility of person-
spare tire. After repairing the flat tire, station and fill to the correct pressure. al injury during a collision or
reinstall the wheel ornament. Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla- sudden braking.
tion valve cap as dirt and moisture
CAUTION could get into the valve core and
possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
D Take due care in handling the is missing, have a new one put on as
ornament to avoid unexpected soon as possible.
personal injury. 13.Restow all the tools and jack se-
D Do not attach a heavily dam- curely.
aged plastic wheel ornament. As soon after changing wheels as
It may fly off the wheel and possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
cause accidents while the ve- torque specified on page 433 in Sec-
hicle is moving. tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have a
technician repair the flat tire.
372

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If your vehicle needs to be

If your vehicle becomes stuck towed—
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
NOTICE (a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it If you rock your vehicle, observe the
forward and backward. following precautions to prevent dam- —From front
You can use the “AUTO LSD” switch age to the transmission and other
(two−wheel drive models) or four−wheel parts.
drive lock switch (four−wheel drive z Do not depress the accelerator ped-
models) in this situation. (For details, al while shifting the selector lever
see ““AUTO LSD” system” on page 153 or before the transmission is com-
or “Active torque control 4WD system” pletely shifted to forward or reverse
on page 150 in Section 1−7.) gear.
—From rear
z Do not race the engine and avoid
CAUTION spinning the wheels.
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle z If your vehicle remains stuck after
free by moving it forward and back- rocking the vehicle several times,
ward if people or objects are any- consider other ways such as tow-
where near the vehicle. During the ing.
rocking operation the vehicle may
suddenly move forward or backward (b) Using flat bed truck
as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or ob-
jects.
Two−wheel drive models
373

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If towing is necessary, we recommend TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck— you to have it done by your Toyota Use a safety chain system for all towing,
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser- and abide by the state/provincial and local
—From front vice. In consultation with them, have laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
your vehicle towed using either (a) or must be in good condition. If they are
(b). damaged, use a towing dolly.
Only when you cannot receive a towing Two−wheel drive models—
service from a Toyota dealer or com-
mercial tow truck service, tow your ve- (a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
hicle carefully in accordance with the From front—Release the parking brake.
instructions given in “—Emergency tow-
—From rear ing” on page 375 in this Section. NOTICE
Proper equipment will help ensure that When lifting wheels, take care to en-
your vehicle is not damaged while being sure adequate ground clearance for
towed. Commercial operators are generally towing at the opposite end of the
aware of the state/provincial and local raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
laws pertaining to towing. and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
Your vehicle can be damaged if it is will be damaged during towing.
towed incorrectly. Although most operators
(b) Using flat bed truck know the correct procedure, it is possible From rear—
to make a mistake. To avoid damage to
Use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
your vehicle, make sure the following pre-
cautions are observed. If necessary, show NOTICE
this page to the tow truck driver.
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the rear with the
front wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
Four−wheel drive models transmission.
374

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Emergency towing
(b) Using flat bed truck
(c) Towing with sling
Four−wheel drive models— type truck
(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
Use a towing dolly under the wheels not
lifted by the truck.
(b) Using flat bed truck
All models— If towing is necessary, we recommend

(c) Towing with sling type truck you to have it done by your Toyota
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
NOTICE vice.
If towing service is not available in an
Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
ther from the front or rear. This may
rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
cause body damage.
cured to the emergency towing eyelets
on the front of the vehicle. Use extreme
caution when towing vehicle.
To install the front towing eyelet, see
“—Installing front towing eyelet” described
below.
375

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Installing front towing eyelet

NOTICE NOTICE
z Only use specified towing eyelet; Use only a cable or chain specifically
otherwise your vehicle may be dam- intended for use in towing vehicles.
aged. Securely fasten the cable or chain to
z Never tow a vehicle from the rear the towing eyelet provided.
with four wheels on the ground.
This may cause serious damage to Before towing, release the parking brake
the transmission. and put the transmission in “N”. The en-
gine switch must be in the “ACC” (engine
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer off) or the “ON” (engine running) position.
it and operate the brakes.
CAUTION
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard−surfaced roads for a short dis- 1. Remove the front towing eyelet cover
If the engine is not running, the pow-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the on the front bumper, using a flathead
er assist for the brakes and steering
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and screwdriver which is wrapped with a
will not work so steering and braking
brakes must all be in good condition. cloth.
will be much harder than usual.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when towing ve-

hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would place
excessive stress on the emergency
towing eyelet and towing cable or
chain. The eyelet and towing cable or
chain may break and cause serious
injury or damage.
376

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Emergency towing eyelet

precautions
D Before emergency towing, check that
the eyelet is not broken or damaged
and that the installation bolts are not
loose.
D Fasten the towing cable or chain se-
curely to the eyelet.
D Do not jerk the eyelet. Apply steady
and even force.
D To avoid damaging the eyelet, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.
2. Use the front towing eyelet in the tool 3. Tighten the front towing eyelet securely
bag. Secure it to the hole on the by a wheel nut wrench.
bumper by turning clockwise. (For the
tool bag location, see “—Required tools CAUTION
and spare tire” on page 362 in this
Section.) When installing the eyelet on the ve-
hicle, be sure to tighten the front
eyelet securely. If the eyelet is loose,
it may come off when being towed
and result in death or serious injury.
377

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Tips for towing a stuck If you cannot shift automatic

vehicle transmission selector lever
The following methods are effective to get
CAUTION out when your vehicle is struck in mud,
sand or other condition from which the
If the emergency towing eyelet is vehicle cannot be driven out under its own
used to get out when your vehicle power. Use extreme caution when towing
becomes struck in mud, sand or oth- vehicles. In addition, keep away from the
er condition from which the vehicle vehicles and towing cable or chain when
cannot be driven out under its own towing.
power, make sure to observe the pre-
cautions mentioned below. Otherwise,
D Remove the soil and sand in the front
and the back of the tires.
excessive stress will be put on the
eyelet and the towing cable or chain D Place a stone or wood under the tires.
may break, causing serious injury or
damage.
D If the towing vehicle can hardly If you cannot shift the selector lever
move, do not forcibly continue the out of “P” position to other positions
towing. Contact your Toyota dealer even though the brake pedal is de-
or a commercial tow truck service pressed, use the shift lock override but-
for assistance. ton as follows:
D Tow the vehicle as straight ahead 1. Turn the engine switch to the
as possible. “LOCK” position. Make sure the
D Keep away from the vehicle during parking brake is applied.
towing. 2. Pry up the cover with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent.
378

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
If you lose your keys

You can purchase a new key at your
Toyota dealer if you can give them the
key number. If your vehicle is equipped
with the engine immobilizer system, the
dealer will also need your master key.
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—
Even if you lose only one key, contact
your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If
you lose all your master keys, you cannot
make new keys; the whole engine immobi-
lizer system must be replaced.
See the suggestion given in “Keys (with
engine immobilizer system)” on page 12 in
Section 1−2.
3. Insert your finger into the hole to
push down the shift lock override You can use the wireless remote control
button. You can shift out of “P” system with the new key. Contact your
position only while pushing the but- Toyota dealer for detailed information.
ton. If your keys are locked in the vehicle and
4. Shift into “N” position. you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
5. Insert the cover. dealers can still open the door for you,
using their special tools. If you must
6. Start the engine. For your safety, break a window to get in, we suggest
keep the brake pedal depressed. breaking the smallest side window be-
Be sure to have the system checked by cause it is the least expensive to replace.
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
the glass.
379

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
380

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 5
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
381

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Protecting your Toyota from

corrosion
Toyota, through the diligent research, de- D Wetness or dampness to certain parts D High pressure water or steam is effec-
sign and use of the most advanced of your vehicle for an extended period tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
technology available, helps prevent corro- of time, may cause corrosion even and wheel housings. Pay particular
sion and provides you with the finest qual- though other parts of the vehicle may attention to these areas as it is difficult
ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up to be dry. to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help D High ambient temperatures can cause more harm than good to simply wet the
ensure long−term corrosion prevention. corrosion to those components of the mud and debris without removing. The
The most common causes of corrosion vehicle which do not dry quickly due to lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
to your vehicle are: lack of proper ventilation. frame members have drain holes which
should not be allowed to clog with dirt
D The accumulation of road salt, dirt and The above signifies the necessity to keep as trapped water in these areas can
moisture in hard−to−reach areas under your vehicle, particularly the underside, as cause corrosion.
the vehicle. clean as possible and to repair any dam-
age to paint or protective coatings as D Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-
D Chipping of paint, or undercoating oughly when winter is over.
caused by minor accidents or by soon as possible.
stones and gravel. To help prevent corrosion on your See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” on
Toyota, follow these guidelines: page 383 for more tips.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your ve- Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of Check the condition of your vehicle’s
hicle under certain environmental condi- course, necessary to keep your vehicle paint and trim. If you find any chips or
tions: clean by regular washing, but to prevent scratches in the paint, touch them up im-
corrosion, the following points should be mediately to prevent corrosion from start-
D Road salt or dust control chemicals will ing. If the chips or scratches have gone
accelerate corrosion, as will the pres- observed:
through the bare metal, have a qualified
ence of salt in the air near the sea− D If you drive on salted roads in the body shop make the repair.
coast or in areas of industrial pollution. winter or if you live near the ocean,
D High humidity accelerates corrosion es- you should hose off the undercarriage
pecially when temperatures range just at least once a month to minimize cor-
above the freezing point. rosion.
382

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Washing and waxing your

Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa- Washing your Toyota Hand−washing your Toyota
ter and dirt can accumulate under the Keep your vehicle clean by regular Work in the shade and wait until the
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc- washing. vehicle body is not warm to the touch.
casionally check under the mats to make
sure the area is dry. Be particularly care- The following cases may cause weakness
to the paint or corrosion to the body and CAUTION
ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-
ers, fertilizers, salt, etc; these should be parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-
sible. D When cleaning under floor or chas-
transported in proper containers. If a spill
sis, be careful not to injure your
or leak should occur, immediately clean D When driving in a coastal area hands.
and dry the area. D When driving on a road sprinkled with D Exhaust gases cause the exhaust
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you antifreeze
pipe to become quite hot. When
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud D When exposed to coal tar, tree sap, washing the vehicle, be careful not
shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size bird droppings and carcass of an insect to touch the pipe until it has cooled
shields, which come as near to the ground
D When driving in areas where there is sufficiently, as touching a hot ex-
as possible, are the best. We recommend
a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or haust pipe can cause burns.
that the fittings and the area where the
shields are installed be treated to resist chemical substances
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be D When the vehicle becomes remarkably NOTICE
happy to assist in supplying and installing dirty with dust and mud
the shields if they are recommended for When the front wiper arms need to be
your area. lifted away from the windshield to
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated wash the vehicle, raise the arm on
garage or a roofed place. Do not park the driver side first. Conversely, when
your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti- returning the wipers to their original
lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in positions, fold down the arm on the
the garage, or if you drive it covered with front passenger side first. Failure to
water or snow, your garage may be so perform the operations in the correct
damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your order results in damage.
garage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-
rode if the ventilation is poor.
383

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re- Road tar: Remove with turpentine or
NOTICE
move any mud or road salt from the cleaners that are marked safe for painted
underside of the vehicle or the wheel z Do not use corrosive chemical− surfaces.
wells. based cleaners on your wheels. 3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can
2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap, (Example: hydrofluoric acid) cause streaking. In hot weather you
mixed according to the manufacturer’s z Do not use steam cleaners or the may need to rinse each section right
instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and chemicals therein to clean your after you wash it.
keep it wet by dipping it frequently into wheels. 4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle
the wash water. Do not rub hard—let using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not
z Do not use scouring pads, wire
the soap and water remove the dirt. rub or press hard—you might scratch
brushes, or coarse abrasives to
Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high− clean your wheels. the paint.
pressure car wash, for example) at or
z Do not use alcohol, solvents, gaso- NOTICE
near the fuel tank inlet with the fuel filler
line, or other non−neutral deter-
door opened. If the water enters the air
gents, because they may alter the z Do not use organic substances
vent, you may experience trouble with re-
wheel’s appearance and resistance (gasoline, kerosene, benzine or
fueling or rough engine idling.
to corrosion. strong solvents), which may be tox-
Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic ic or cause damage.
wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not z Do not scrub any part of the ve-
organic substances. If any organic sub-
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper hicle with a hard brush, which may
stances splashes an ornament, be sure to
faces are soft. cause damage.
wash them off with water and check if the
ornament is damaged. Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not use
organic substances or scrub them with a
Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap
hard brush. This may damage the sur-
or neutral detergent.
faces of the lights.
384

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Automatic car wash Waxing your Toyota Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on the
Your vehicle may be washed in an auto- Polishing and waxing is recommended surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause
matic car wash, but remember that the to maintain the original beauty of your damage to the lenses. If you accidentally
paint can be scratched by some types of Toyota’s finish. put wax on the light surfaces, wipe or
brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the wash it off.
Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
washing process itself. Scratching reduces surface does not repel water well. 3. Wax the vehicle again when water
paint durability and gloss, especially on does not bead but remains on the sur-
darker colors. The manager of the car 1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be- face in large patches.
wash should be able to advise you wheth- fore you begin waxing, even if you are
er the process is safe for the paint on using a combined cleaner and wax.
your vehicle. 2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
the finish has become extremely weath-
NOTICE ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-
lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-
To prevent damage to the antenna,
low the manufacturer’s instructions and
make sure it is removed before driv-
precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
ing your Toyota through an automatic
the chrome trim as well as the paint.
car wash.
Windshield washer nozzles: Make sure
that the nozzles do not become blocked
when waxing. If a nozzle becomes
blocked, contact your Toyota dealer to
have the vehicle serviced.
NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
385

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Cleaning the interior

First vacuum over the upholstery to re- Do not apply water—the best results are
CAUTION move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as
soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the possible. Read the shampoo instructions
D Vehicles with side airbags and cur- vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few and follow them closely.
tain shield airbags: minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt Seat belts
Be careful not to splash water or and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
spill liquid on the floor. This may cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re- The seat belts may be cleaned with
peat the procedure. Commercial foaming− mild soap and water or with lukewarm
prevent the side airbag and curtain
type vinyl cleaners are also available water.
shield airbag from activating cor-
rectly, resulting in serious injury. which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-
instructions. ing, check the belts for excessive wear,
D Do not wash the vehicle floor with
fraying, or cuts.
water, or allow water to get onto
NOTICE
the floor when cleaning the vehicle
NOTICE
interior or exterior. Water may get Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
into audio components or other or window cleaner on the interior. z Do not use dye or bleach on the
electrical components above or un- belts—it may weaken them.
der the floor carpet (or mat) and Carpets z Do not use the belts until they be-
cause a malfunction; and it may
Use a good foam−type shampoo to come dry.
cause body corrosion.
clean the carpets.
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove Windows
Vinyl interior
as much dirt as possible. Several types of The windows may be cleaned with any
The vinyl upholstery may be easily foam cleaners are available; some are in household window cleaner.
cleaned with a mild soap or detergent aerosol cans and others are powders or
and water. liquids which you mix with water to pro- NOTICE
duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,
When cleaning the inside of the rear
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.
window, be careful not to scratch or
Rub in overlapping circles.
damage the heater wires or connec-
tors.
386

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Air conditioning control panel, audio Leather interior

panel, instrument panel, console panel, z Mildew may develop on soiled leath-
The leather upholstery may be cleaned er upholstery. Be especially careful
and switches with neutral detergent for wool. to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning. Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened upholstery always clean.
Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke- with 5% solution of neutral detergent for z Long exposure to direct sunlight
warm water then lightly wipe off dirt. wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces may cause the leather surface to
of detergent with a clean damp cloth. harden and shrink. Keep your ve-
NOTICE After cleaning or whenever any part of the hicle in a shaded area, especially in
z Do not use organic substances (sol- leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean the summer.
vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti- z The interior of your vehicle is apt
etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions. lated shaded area. to heat up on hot summer days, so
These chemicals can cause discol- avoid placing on the upholstery
oring, staining or peeling of the NOTICE
items made of vinyl or plastic or
surface. z If a stain should fail to come out containing wax as these tend to
z If you use cleaners or polishing with a neutral detergent, apply a stick to leather when warm.
agents, make sure their ingredients cleaner that does not contain an z Improper cleaning of the leather up-
do not include the substances men- organic solvent. holstery could result in discolor-
tioned above. z Never use organic substances such ation or staining.
z If you use a liquid car freshener, do as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or
not apply the liquid onto the ve- alkaline or acid solutions for clean- If you have any questions about the
hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con- ing the leather as these could cleaning of your Toyota, your local
tain the ingredients mentioned cause discoloring. Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
above. Immediately clean any spill z Use of a nylon brush or synthetic them.
using the method mentioned above. fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the
fine grained surface of the leather.
387

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
388

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 6
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . . 394
For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Sched-

uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
389

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for Scheduled maintenance Where to go for service?
fewer maintenance requirements with long- The scheduled maintenance items listed in Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-
er service intervals to save both your time the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or cialists and are kept up to date with the
and money. However, each regular mainte- “Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those latest service information through technical
nance, as well as day−to−day care, is required to be serviced at regular inter- bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership
more important than ever before to ensure vals. training programs. They learn to work on
smooth, trouble−free, safe, and economical Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
driving. For details of your maintenance schedule,
read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” rather than while they are working on it.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. You can be confident that your Toyota
sure the specified maintenance, including dealer’s service department performs the
general maintenance service, is performed. It is recommended that any replacement
parts used for maintenance or for the best job to meet the maintenance require-
Note that both the new vehicle and emis- ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-
sion control system warranties specify that repair of the emission control system
be Toyota supplied. nomically.
proper maintenance and care must be per-
formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa- The owner may elect to use non−Toyota Your copy of the repair order is proof that
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple- supplied parts for replacement pur- all required maintenance has been per-
ment” for complete warranty information. poses without invalidating the emission formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-
control system warranty. However, use lems should arise with your vehicle while
General maintenance under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
of replacement parts which are not of
General maintenance items are those day− equivalent quality may impair the effec- promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to−day care practices that are important to tiveness of the emission control sys- to keep a copy of the repair order for any
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the tems. service performed on your Toyota.
owner’s responsibility to ensure that the What about do−it−yourself maintenance?
general maintenance items are performed You may also elect to have mainte-
regularly. nance, replacement, or repair of the Many of the maintenance items are easy
emission control devices and system to do yourself if you have a little mechani-
These checks or inspections can be done performed by any automotive repair es- cal ability and a few basic automotive
either by yourself or a qualified technician, tablishment or individual without invali- tools. Simple instructions for how to per-
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War- form them are presented on page 395 in
pleased to do them at a nominal cost. ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Section 7.
Manual Supplement” for complete war-
ranty information.
390

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
General maintenance
If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan- Listed below are the general maintenance Engine coolant level
ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom- items that should be performed as fre- Make sure the coolant level is between
mended. Please be aware that do−it−your- quently as specified. In addition to check- the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−
self maintenance can affect your warranty ing the items listed, if you notice any through reservoir when the engine is cold.
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa- unusual noise, smell or vibration, you See page 406 in Section 7−2 for addition-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple- should investigate the cause or take your al information.
ment” for the details. vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-
fied service shop immediately. It is recom- Radiator, condenser and hoses
mended that any problem you notice be Check that the front of the radiator and
brought to the attention of your dealer or condenser are clean and not blocked with
the qualified service shop for their advice. leaves, dirt, or insects. See page 407 in
Section 7−2 for additional information.
CAUTION Battery electrolyte level
Check the battery condition by the indica-
Make these checks only with ade-
tor color. See page 418 in Section 7−3 for
quate ventilation if you run the en-
additional information.
gine.
Brake fluid level
IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
See page 407 in Section 7−2 for addition-
Items listed below should be checked
al information.
from time to time, e.g. each time when
refueling. Engine oil level
Washer fluid Check the level on the dipstick with the
engine turned off and the vehicle parked
Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the
on a level spot. See page 404 in Section
tank. See page 422 in Section 7−3 for
7−2 for additional information.
additional information.
391

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Exhaust system Seats Parking brake

If you notice any change in the sound of Check that all seat controls such as seat Check that the lever has the proper travel
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
the cause located and corrected immedi- smoothly and that all latches lock securely is held securely with only the parking
ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” on in any position. For folding−down rear brake applied.
page 313 in Section 2.) seatbacks, check that the latches lock se- Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-
INSIDE THE VEHICLE curely. nism
Items listed below should be checked Seat belts On a safe incline, check that your vehicle
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic Check that the seat belt system such as is held securely with the selector lever in
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc. buckles, retractors and anchors operate “P” position and all brakes released.
Lights properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail aged. Items listed below should be performed
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights from time to time, unless otherwise
are all working. Accelerator pedal specified.
Service reminder indicators and warning Check the pedal for smooth operation and Fluid leaks
buzzers uneven pedal effort or catching.
Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-
Check that all service reminder indicators Brake pedal ter or other fluid after the vehicle has
and warning buzzers function properly. Check the pedal for smooth operation and been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
Steering wheel that the pedal has the proper clearance. fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
Check the brake booster function. found and corrected immediately.
Check that it has the specified free play.
Be alert for changes in steering condition, Brakes Doors and engine hood
such as hard steering or strange noise. In a safe place, check that the brakes do Check that all doors and back door oper-
not pull to one side when applied. ate smoothly and all latches lock securely.
Make sure the engine hood secondary
latch secures the hood from opening when
the primary latch is released.
392

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Does your vehicle need

repairing?
Tire inflation pressure Be on the alert for changes in perfor- If you notice any of these clues, take your
mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
Check the pressure with a gauge ev- indicate service is needed. Some impor- possible. It probably needs adjustment or
ery two weeks, or at least once a tant clues are as follows: repair.
month. See page 408 in Section 7−2
for additional information. D Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
CAUTION
D Appreciable loss of power
Tire surface and wheel nuts
D Strange engine noises Do not continue driving with the ve-
Check the tires carefully for cuts,
D A leak under the vehicle (However, wa- hicle unchecked. It could result in se-
damage or excessive wear. See page rious vehicle damage and possibly
ter dripping from the air conditioning
410 in Section 7−2 for additional in- personal injury.
after use is normal.)
formation. When checking the tires,
make sure no nuts are missing, and D Change in exhaust sound (This may
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
them if necessary. leak. Drive with the windows open and
have the exhaust system checked im-
Tire rotation mediately.)
Rotate the tires according to the D Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal
maintenance schedule. (For sched- when cornering; uneven tire wear
uled maintenance information, please D Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance straight on a level road
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple- D Strange noises related to suspension
ment”.) See page 412 in Section 7−2 movement
for additional information.
D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
feeling brake pedal; pedal almost
touches floor; vehicle pulls to one side
when braking
D Engine coolant temperature continually
higher than normal
393

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Emissions Inspection and

Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission in- The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
spection programs which include OBD after taking several driving trips, but the
(On−Board Diagnostics) checks. error code in the OBD system will not be
The OBD system monitors the operation cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
of the emission control system. When the taken.
OBD system determines that a problem If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
exists somewhere in the emission control even the malfunction indicator lamp does
system, the malfunction indicator lamp not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.
not pass the I/M test and need to be
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to
service the vehicle.
Even if the malfunction indicator lamp
does not come on, your vehicle may not
pass the I/M test as readiness codes
have not been set in the OBD system.
Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.
Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
come on recently due to temporary mal-
function such as a loose fuel tank cap,
your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
394

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 7− 1
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Do−it−yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Positioning a floor jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
395

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine compartment overview

"2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine
1. Fuse blocks
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Battery
6. Radiator
7. Condenser
8. Electric cooling fans
9. Engine oil level dipstick
10. Windshield and rear window washer
fluid tank
396

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
"3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

1. Fuse blocks
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Battery
6. Radiator
7. Condenser
8. Electric cooling fans
9. Engine oil level dipstick
10. Windshield and rear window washer
fluid tank
397

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Fuse locations
Spare fuses
398

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Do−it−yourself service
precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself,
be sure to follow the correct procedure CAUTION D Be sure that the engine is off if you
given in this Section. work near the electric cooling fans
D When the engine is running, keep or radiator grille. With the engine
You should be aware that improper or in- on, the electric cooling fans will
hands, clothing, and tools away
complete servicing may result in operating
from the moving fan and engine automatically start to run if the en-
problems.
drive belts. (Removing rings, gine coolant temperature is high
Performing do−it−yourself maintenance watches, and ties is advisable.) and/or the air conditioning is on.
during the warranty period may affect your
D Right after driving, the engine D Use eye protection whenever you
warranty coverage. Read the separate compartment—the engine, radiator, work on or under your vehicle
Toyota Warranty statement for details and where you may be exposed to flying
exhaust manifold and spark plug
suggestions.
boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care- or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
This Section gives instructions only for ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids D Used engine oil contains potentially
those items that are relatively easy for an and spark plugs may also be hot. harmful contaminants which may
owner to perform. As explained in Section
D If the engine is hot, do not remove cause skin disorders such as in-
6, there are still a number of items that flammation or skin cancer, so care
the coolant reservoir cap or loosen
must be done by a qualified technician
the drain plugs to prevent burning should be taken to avoid prolonged
with special tools.
yourself. and repeated contact with it. To re-
For information on tools and parts for do− move used engine oil from your
D Do not leave anything that may
it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and skin, wash thoroughly with soap
burn easily, such as paper or rags,
tools” on page 400 in this Section. and water.
in the engine compartment.
Utmost care should be taken when work-
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al- D Do not leave used oil within the
ing on your vehicle to prevent accidental low open flames around fuel or the reach of children.
injury. Here are a few precautions that D Dispose of used oil and filter only
battery. Their fumes are flammable.
you should be especially careful to ob-
D Do not get under your vehicle with in a safe and acceptable manner.
serve: Do not dispose of used oil and fil-
just the body jack supporting it. Al-
ways use automotive jack stands or ter in household trash, in sewers or
other solid supports. onto the ground. Call your dealer or
a service station for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
399

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Parts and tools

Here is a list of parts and tools you will
D Be extremely cautious when work- z Do not allow dirt or anything else need to perform do−it−yourself mainte-
ing on the battery. It contains poi- to fall through the spark plug holes. nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid. z Use only spark plugs of the speci- signed in metric sizes, so your tools must
fied type. Using other types will be metric.
cause engine damage, loss of per- CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
NOTICE formance or radio noise.
Parts (if level is low):
z Remember that battery and ignition z Do not reuse iridium−tipped spark
cable carry high currents or volt- plugs by cleaning or regapping. D “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-
ages. Be careful of accidentally lent
z Do not overfill automatic transmis-
causing a short circuit. sion fluid, or the transmission See page 404 in Section 7−2 for de-
z Add only “Toyota Super Long Life could be damaged. tails about engine oil selection.
Coolant” or similar high quality eth- z Do not drive with the air cleaner Tools:
ylene glycol based non−silicate, filter removed, or excessive engine D Rag or paper towel
non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo- wear could result. Also backfiring
rate coolant with long−life hybrid D Funnel (only for adding oil)
could cause a fire in the engine
organic acid technology to fill the compartment. CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT
radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life LEVEL
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% cool- z Be careful not to scratch the glass
surface with the wiper frame. Parts (if level is low):
ant and 50% deionized water (for
the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45% z When closing the engine hood, D “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or
deionized water (for Canada). check to see that you have not for- similar high quality ethylene glycol
gotten any tools, rags, etc. based non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-
z If you spill some of the coolant, be trite, and non−borate coolant with long−
sure to wash it off with water to life hybrid organic acid technology.
prevent it from damaging the parts
or paint. “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a
mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%
coolant and 45% deionized water (for
Canada).
400

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Positioning a floor jack

Tools: ADDING WASHER FLUID
D Funnel (only for adding coolant) Parts:
CHECKING BRAKE FLUID D Water
Parts (if level is low): D Washer fluid containing antifreeze
D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 (for winter use)
brake fluid Tools:
Tools: D Funnel
D Rag or paper towel REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
D Funnel (only for adding fluid) Parts:
CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION D Bulb with same number and wattage
Tools: rating as original (See charts in
“Replacing light bulbs” on page 422 in Front
D Warm water Section 7−3.)
D Baking soda Tools:
D Grease D Screwdriver
D Conventional wrench (for terminal
clamp bolts)
CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
D Fuse with same amperage rating as
original
Rear
401

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
When jacking up your vehicle with the

floor jack, position the jack correctly as D Make sure to set the floor jack
shown in the illustrations. properly in the jack point. Raising
the vehicle with floor jack improper-
CAUTION ly positioned will damage the ve-
hicle or may allow the vehicle to
When jacking, be sure to observe the fall off the floor jack and cause
following to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
death or serious injury: D Never get under the vehicle when
D Follow jacking instructions. the vehicle is supported by the
floor jack alone; use vehicle sup-
D Do not put any part of your body port stands.
under the vehicle supported by the
floor jack. Personal injury may oc- D Do not raise the vehicle with some-
cur. one in the vehicle.
D Do not start or run the engine while D When raising the vehicle, do not
your vehicle is supported by the place any objects on top of or un-
floor jack. derneath the floor jack.
D Stop the vehicle on a level firm

ground, firmly set the parking brake NOTICE
and put the transmission in “P”.
Block the wheels on the opposite Make sure to place the floor jack cor-
side of the floor jack up point if rectly, or your vehicle may be dam-
necessary. aged.
402

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 7− 2
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
403

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking the engine oil level
CAUTION NOTICE
Low level Full level
z Be careful not to spill engine oil on
Be careful not to touch the hot ex-
the vehicle components.
haust manifold.
z Avoid overfilling, or the engine
could be damaged.
NOTICE z Check the oil level on the dipstick
Be careful not to drop engine oil on once again after adding the oil.
the vehicle components.
Add oil O.K. Too full
If the oil level is below or only slightly
above the low level, add engine oil of
the same type as already in the engine.
With the engine at operating tempera-
ture and turned off, check the oil level Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
on the dipstick. oil in small quantities at a time, checking
the dipstick. We recommend that you use
1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle
a funnel when adding oil.
should be on level ground. After turning
off the engine, wait a few minutes for The approximate quantity of oil needed to
the oil to drain back into the bottom of raise the level between low and full on the
the engine. dipstick is indicated as follows:
2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
1.1 L (1.2 qt., 1.0 lmp. qt.)
the end and wipe it clean.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far 1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 lmp. qt.)
as it will go, or the reading will not be
For the engine oil capacity, see “Service
correct.
specifications” on page 429 in Section 8.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
When the level reaches within the correct
level while holding a rag under the
range, install the filler cap hand−tight.
end.
404

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
ENGINE OIL SELECTION 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in SAE 5W−30
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
to satisfy the following grade and
viscosity.
Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity:
SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20
Outside temperature
Oil identification mark

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-
SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-
fuel economy, and good starting in cold fication Mark is added to some oil con-
weather. tainers to help you select the oil you
If SAE 5W−30 oil is not available, SAE should use.
10W−30 oil may be used. However, it
should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at
Outside temperature the next oil change.
SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20 engine oil may be

used. However, SAE 0W−20 is the best
choice for good fuel economy and good
starting in cold weather.
405

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking the engine coolant

level
Look at the see−through coolant reser- Coolant type selection
voir when the engine is cold. The cool- Use of improper coolants may damage
ant level is satisfactory if it is between your engine cooling system.
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
reservoir. If the level is low, add the Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
coolant. (For the coolant type, see or similar high quality ethylene glycol
“Coolant type selection” described be- based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
low.) and non−borate coolant with long−life
hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
The coolant level in the reservoir will vary with long−life hybrid organic acid
with engine temperature. However, if the technology consists of the combination of
level is below the “LOW” line, add cool- low phosphates and organic acids.)
ant. Bring the level between the “FULL”
and “LOW” lines. For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
If the coolant level drops within a short 50% deionized water. This coolant pro-
To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-
mance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine time after replenishing, there may be a vides protection down to about −35_C
leak in the system. Visually check the (−31_F).
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
radiator, hoses, coolant reservoir cap and
specifically tested and approved for all For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Toyota engines. drain cock and water pump.
Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
If you can find no leak, have your Toyota 45% deionized water. This coolant pro-
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details about “Toyota Genuine Motor dealer test the cap pressure and check vides protection down to about −42_C
for leaks in the cooling system. (−44_F).
Oil”.
CAUTION NOTICE
To prevent burning yourself, do not Do not use plain water alone.

remove the coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot.
406

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking the radiator and

condenser Checking brake fluid
If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condi-
tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent burning yourself, be care-

ful not to touch the radiator or con-
denser when the engine is hot.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the radiator
and condenser, do not perform the
Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long To check the fluid level, simply look at
work by yourself.
Life Coolant”, which has been tested to the see−through reservoir. The level
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor should be between the “MAX” and
result in malfunction of your engine “MIN” lines on the reservoir.
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
with long−life hybrid organic acid be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
malfunction on Toyota vehicles. may indicate a serious mechanical prob-
lem.
Please contact your Toyota dealer for
further details. If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the
brake reservoir.
407

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking tire inflation

pressure
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by Keep your tire inflation pressures
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted at the proper level.
line. This brings the fluid to the correct
level when you put the cap back on. The recommended cold tire inflation
pressures, tire sizes and the com-
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once
bined weight of occupants and cargo
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
(vehicle capacity weight) are de-
the air, and excess moisture can cause a
dangerous loss of braking. scribed on page 428 and 433. They
are also on the tire and loading infor-
CAUTION mation label.
You should check the tire inflation
Take care when filling the reservoir pressure every two weeks, or at least
because brake fluid can harm your once a month. And do not forget the
hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your spare!
hands or in your eyes, flush the af-
fected area with clean water immedi-
ately. If you still feel uncomfortable
with your hands or eyes, go to the
doctor.
NOTICE
If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wipe it off to prevent it from dam-
aging the parts or paintwork.
408

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The following instructions for 5. After completing the tire inflation

Tire pressure gauge
checking tire inflation pressure pressure measurement and ad-
should be observed: justment, apply soapy water to the
D The pressure should be valve and check for leakage.
checked only when the tires are 6. Install the tire valve cap.
cold. If your vehicle has been If a gauge and air pump are not avail-
parked for at least 3 hours and has able, have your vehicle checked by
not been driven for more than 1.5 your Toyota dealer.
km or 1 mile since, you will get
an accurate cold tire inflation pres- CAUTION
sure reading.
D Always use a tire pressure Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
gauge. The appearance of a tire caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
can be misleading. Besides, tire or moisture could get into the
PROCEDURE
inflation pressures that are even valve core and cause air leakage.
just a few pounds off can degrade 1. Remove the tire valve cap. If the caps have been lost, have
ride and handling. 2. Press the tip of the tire pressure new ones put on as soon as pos-
D Do not bleed or reduce tire gauge to the tire valve. sible.
inflation pressure after driving. 3. Read the pressure using the grad-
It is normal for the tire inflation uations of the gauge. Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
pressure to be higher after driving. 4. In case the tire inflation pressure waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-
D Never exceed the vehicle capac- is not within the prescribed range, ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-
ity weight. Passenger and lug- insert the compressed air from the hicle less safe to drive.
gage weight should be located so valve. In case of applying too If a tire frequently needs refilling,
that the vehicle is balanced. much air, press the center of the have it checked by your Toyota deal-
valve and release the air to adjust. er.
409

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking and replacing tires
CAUTION High tire pressure (overinfla- Treadwear indicator

tion)—
Keep your tires properly inflated. D Poor handling
Otherwise, the following condi-
tions may occur and cause an ac- D Excessive wear
cident resulting in death or seri- D Uneven wear
ous injuries. D A greater possibility of tire
Low tire pressure (underinfla- damage from road hazards
tion)—
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D Poor handling CHECKING YOUR TIRES
D Possibility of blowouts from an Check the tire’s tread for treadwear
overheated tire indicators. If the indicators show,
D Poor sealing of the tire bead replace the tires. The location of
treadwear indicators is shown by
D Wheel deformation and/or tire
the “TWI” or “Δ ” marks, etc.,
separation
molded on the sidewall of each
D A greater possibility of tire tire.
damage from road hazards
410

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
The tires on your Toyota have built−in If air loss occurs while driving, do not REPLACING YOUR TIRES
treadwear indicators to help you know continue driving. Driving even a short When replacing a tire, use a tire of
when the tires need replacement. distance can damage a tire beyond the same size and construction,
When the tread depth wears to 1.6 repair. and the same or greater maximum
mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indicators Any tires which are over 6 years load as the originally installed
will appear. If you can see the indica- old must be checked by a qualified tires. Also, on four−wheel drive
tors in two or more adjacent grooves, technician even if damage is not models, all the tires must be the
the tire should be replaced. The lower obvious. same brand and have the same
the tread, the higher the risk of skid- tread patterns.
ding. Tires deteriorate with age even if they
have never or seldom been used. Using any other size or type of tire
The effectiveness of snow tires is may seriously affect handling, ride,
lost if the tread wears down below This applies also to the spare tire and
tires stored for future use. speedometer/odometer calibration,
4 mm (0.16 in.). ground clearance, and clearance be-
If you have tire damage such as tween the body and tires or snow
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to chains.
expose the fabric, or bulges indi- Check that the maximum load of the
cating internal damage, the tire replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
should be replaced. Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be of either the front axle or the rear
properly repaired due to the size or axle, whichever is greater. As for the
location of a cut or other damage, it maximum load of the tire, see the load
should be replaced. If you are not limit at maximum cold tire inflation
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer. pressure mentioned on the sidewall
of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-
tification Label.
411

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Rotating tires
For details about the side wall of the
tire and the Certification Label, see D Four−wheel drive models:
pages 321 and 324. Do not use tires of different
brands, sizes, construction or
CAUTION tread patterns, as this may
cause dangerous handling
Observe the following instruc- characteristics resulting in
tions. Otherwise, an accident loss of control.
may occur resulting in death or
serious injuries. Toyota recommends all four tires,
D Do not mix radial, bias belted, or at least both of the front or rear
or bias−ply tires on your ve- tires be replaced at a time as a set.
hicle, as this may cause dan- See “If you have a flat tire” on page With a spare tire of the same
gerous handling characteris- 361 in Section 4 for tire change proce- wheel type as the installed tires
tics resulting in loss of control. dure.
D Do not use tires other than the When a tire is replaced, the wheel
manufacturer’s recommended should always be balanced.
size, as this may cause danger- An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-
ous handling characteristics hicle handling and tire life. Wheels
resulting in loss of control. can get out of balance with regular
use and should therefore be balanced
occasionally.
When replacing a tubeless tire, the
air valve should also be replaced
with a new one.
412

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Installing snow tires and

chains
To equalize tire wear and help ex- WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR
tend tire life, Toyota recommends CHAINS
that you rotate your tires accord- Snow tires or chains are recommended
ing to the maintenance schedule. when driving on snow or ice.
(For scheduled maintenance infor- On wet or dry roads, conventional tires
mation, please refer to the “Sched- provide better traction than snow tires.
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own- SNOW TIRE SELECTION
er’s Manual Supplement”.)
However, the most appropriate tim- If you need snow tires, select tires of
the same size, construction and load
ing for tire rotation may vary ac-
capacity as the originally installed tires.
cording to your driving habits and Also, on four−wheel drive models, all
road surface conditions. the tires must be the same brand and
With a spare tire of different See “If you have a flat tire” on page have the same tread patterns.
wheel type from the installed 361 in Section 4 for tire change proce- Do not use tires other than those men-
tires dure. tioned above. Do not install studded tires
When rotating tires, check for uneven without first checking local regulations for
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is possible restrictions.
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out− CAUTION
of−balance wheels, or severe braking. Observe the following instructions.
Otherwise, an accident may occur re-
sulting in death or serious injuries.
D Do not use snow tires other than
the manufacturer’s recommended si-
ze, as this may cause dangerous
handling characteristics resulting in
loss of control.
413

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Four−wheel drive models: NOTICE

Side chain
Do not use snow tires of different
If the wrong combination of tire and
brands, sizes, construction or tread
chain is used, the chains could dam-
patterns, as this may cause danger-
age the vehicle body.
ous handling characteristics result-
ing in loss of control.
CHAIN INSTALLATION
Cross chain
SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION Install the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Do not use tire
Snow tires should be installed on all chains on the rear tires. Retighten
wheels. chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km
Installing snow tires on the front wheels (1/4—1/2 mile).
only can lead to an excessive difference When installing chains on your tires, care-
in road grip capability between the front TIRE CHAIN SELECTION fully follow the instructions of the chain
and rear tires, which could cause loss of manufacturer.
vehicle control. Use the tire chains of correct size.
For 215/70R16, 225/65R17 and 235/55R18 If wheel covers are used, they will be
When storing removed tires, you should scratched by the chain band, so remove
store them in a cool dry place. tires, use the following type chains.
the covers before putting on the chains.
Mark the direction of rotation and be sure mm (in.)
to install them in the same direction when A Diameter of side chain 3 (0.12)
replacing. B Width of side chain 10 (0.39)
C Length of side chain 30 (1.18)
D Diameter of cross chain 4 (0.16)
CAUTION
E Width of cross chain 14 (0.55)
F Length of cross chain 25 (0.98)
D Do not drive with the snow tires
incorrectly inflated. Regulations regarding the use of tire
chains vary according to location or
D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
type of road, so always check local reg-
with any type of snow tires.
ulations before installing chains.
414

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Replacing wheels
As you might have difficulty in identify- WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
CAUTION ing a flat or deflated tire, a tire pres- If you have wheel damage such as
sure warning system is provided on bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or this vehicle. wheel should be replaced.
the chain manufacturer’s recom-
When replacing the wheels, be sure to If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
mended speed limit, whichever is
install tire pressure warning valves and the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
lower.
transmitters on the wheels. Consult your loss of handling control.
D Drive carefully avoiding bumps, Toyota dealer about how to set up the tire
holes, and sharp turns, which may pressure warning valves and transmitters. WHEEL SELECTION
cause the vehicle to bounce. When replacing wheels, care should be
D Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel CAUTION taken to ensure that the wheels are re-
braking, as use of chains may ad- placed by ones with the same load ca-
versely affect vehicle handling. D Have the tires, wheels or tire pres- pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
D When driving with chains installed, sure warning valves and transmit- Correct replacement wheels are available
be sure to drive carefully. Slow ters replaced and ID codes regis- at your Toyota dealer.
down before entering curves to tered by Toyota dealer. If you need
A wheel of a different size or type may
avoid losing control of the vehicle. tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters, purchase from Toyota adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-
Otherwise an accident may occur. ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-
dealer.
eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight
D The tire pressure warning valve and aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-
transmitter nuts should always be ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
tightened to a torque of 4 N·m (0.4 the body and chassis.
kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lbf).
D The use of non−genuine wheels may
result in the system failure or air−
leak.
415

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Aluminum wheel precautions

Replacement with used wheels is not rec- D When installing aluminum wheels,
ommended as they may have been sub- check that the wheel nuts are tight
jected to rough treatment or high mileage after driving your vehicle the first 1600
and could fail without warning. Also, bent km (1000 miles).
wheels which have been straightened may D If you have rotated, repaired, or
have structural damage and therefore changed your tires, check that the
should not be used. Never use an inner wheel nuts are still tight after driving
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed 1600 km (1000 miles).
for a tubeless tire.
D When using tire chains, be careful not
to damage the aluminum wheels.
CAUTION
D Use only Toyota wheel nuts and
Observe the following instructions. wrench designed for your aluminum
Otherwise, an accident may occur re- wheels.
sulting in death or serious injuries. D When balancing your wheels, use only
D Do not use wheels other than the Toyota balance weights or equivalent
manufacturer’s recommended size, and a plastic or rubber hammer.
as this may cause dangerous han- D As with any wheel, periodically check
dling characteristics resulting in your aluminum wheels for damage. If
loss of control. damaged, replace immediately.
D Four−wheel drive models:
Do not use wheels of different
brands, sizes and types, as this
may cause dangerous handling
characteristics resulting in loss of
control.
416

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 7− 3
Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
417

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Checking battery condition—

—Precautions —Checking battery exterior
CAUTION D If electrolyte gets on your skin, Terminals Ground cable

thoroughly wash the contact area. If
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS you feel pain or burning, get medi-
The battery produces flammable and cal attention immediately.
explosive hydrogen gas. D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
D Do not cause a spark from the bat- there is a possibility of its soaking
tery with tools. through to your skin, so immediate-
ly take off the exposed clothing and
D Do not smoke or light a match near follow the procedure above, if nec-
the battery. Hold−down clamp
essary.
The electrolyte contains poisonous D If you accidentally swallow electro-
and corrosive sulfuric acid. lyte, drink a large quantity of water
D Avoid contact with eyes, skin or or milk. Follow with milk of magne-
clothes. sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable Check the battery for corroded or loose
oil. Then go immediately for emer- terminal connections, cracks, or loose
D Never ingest electrolyte. hold−down clamp.
gency help.
D Wear protective safety glasses when a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
working near the battery. with a solution of warm water and bak-
D Keep children away from the bat- ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-
tery. nals with grease to prevent further cor-
EMERGENCY MEASURES rosion.
D If electrolyte gets in your eyes, b. If the terminal connections are loose,

flush your eyes with clean water tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
immediately and get immediate overtighten.
medical attention. If possible, con- c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only
tinue to apply water with a sponge enough to keep the battery firmly in
or cloth while en route to the medi- place. Overtightening may damage the
cal office. battery case.
418

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
NOTICE
z Be sure the engine and all accesso-
ries are off before performing main-
tenance.
z When checking the battery, remove
the ground cable from the negative
terminal (“−” mark) first and rein-
stall it last.
z Be careful not to cause a short cir-
cuit with tools.
z Take care no solution gets into the
Removing clip battery when washing it.
Before replacing the battery, remove the
cover as shown. If the battery is disconnected or run
down, You should normalize the power
window and moon roof may not operate
correctly after you reconnect, replace or
recharge the battery. In any of these
cases, you should normalize each system.
To normalize them, see “Power windows”
on page 24 and “Electric moon roof” on
page 30 in Section 1−2.
Installing clip
419

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Checking battery condition Battery recharging precautions Checking and replacing fuses
During recharging, the battery is pro-
Type A ducing hydrogen gas.
Clear or
light yellow Therefore, before recharging:
Green Dark
1. If recharging with the battery installed
on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
Type B 2. Be sure the power switch on the re-
Blue White Red charger is off when connecting the
charger cables to the battery and when
disconnecting them. Good Blown
CAUTION
Type A
CHECKING BY INDICATOR D Always charge the battery in an un-
Check the battery condition by the indi- confined area. Do not charge the
cator color. battery in a garage or closed room
where there is not sufficient ventila-
Indicator color tion.
Condition
Type A Type B D Only do a slow charge (5 A or
less). Charging at a quicker rate is
Green Blue Good dangerous. The battery may ex-
Charging necessary. plode, causing personal injuries.
Have battery
Dark White
checked by your
Toyota dealer. NOTICE Good Blown
Clear or Have battery Never recharge the battery while the
light Red checked by your engine is running. Also, be sure all
yellow Toyota dealer. accessories are turned off.
Type B
420

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Type A fuses can be pulled out by using

the pull−out tool. The location of the pull−
out tool is shown in the illustration.
If you are not sure whether the fuse has
blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
with one that you know is good.
If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
into the clip.
Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-
ing designated on the fuse box lid.
Good Blown If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
emergency you can pull out the “RAD
Type C NO.1” or “CIG” fuse, which may be dis-
If the headlights or other electrical pensable for normal driving, and use it if
components do not work, check the its amperage rating is the same.
fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
If you cannot use one of the same amper-
they must be replaced.
age, use one that is lower, but as close
See “Fuse locations” on page 398 in Sec- to the rating as possible. If the amperage
tion 7−1 for locations of the fuses. is lower than that specified, the fuse
Turn the engine switch and inoperative might blow out again but this does not
component off. Pull the suspected fuse indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
straight out and check it. the correct fuse as soon as possible and
return the substitute to its original clip.
Determine which fuse may be causing the
problem. The lid of the fuse box shows It is a good idea to purchase a set of
the name of the circuit for each fuse. See spare fuses and keep them in your ve-
page 434 in Section 8 for the functions hicle for emergencies.
controlled by each circuit.
421

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

If the new fuse immediately blows out, If any washer does not work or wind- The following illustrations show how to
there is a problem with the electrical sys- shield washer fluid level warning light gain access to the bulbs. When replacing
tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as comes on, the washer tank may be a bulb, make sure the engine switch and
soon as possible. empty. Add washer fluid. light switch are off. Use bulbs with the
You should normalize the power window You may use plain water as washer fluid. wattage ratings given in the table.
and moon roof may not operate correctly However, in cold areas where tempera- The stop/tail lights and high mounted stop-
after replacing blown fuses. To normalize tures range below the freezing point, use light consist of a number of LEDs. If any
the power window and moon roof, see washer fluid containing antifreeze. This of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle
“Power windows” on page 24 and “Electric product is available at your Toyota dealer to your Toyota dealer to have the light
moon roof” on page 30 in Section 1−2. and most auto parts stores. Follow the replaced.
manufacturer’s directions for how much to
If two or more LEDs in a stop/tail light
CAUTION mix with water.
burn out, your vehicle may not conform to
NOTICE local laws (SAE).
Never use a fuse with a higher am-
perage rating, or any other object, in Do not use engine antifreeze or any CAUTION
place of a fuse. This may cause ex- other substitute because it may dam-
tensive damage and possibly a fire. age your vehicle’s paint. D To prevent burning yourself, do not
replace the light bulbs while they
are hot.
D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and require special handling.
They can burst or shatter if
scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb
only by its plastic or metal case.
Do not touch the glass part of a
bulb with bare hands.
422

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Bulb A: HB3 halogen bulbs

NOTICE Light bulbs W Type
No. B: HB4 halogen bulbs
Only use a bulb of the listed type. C: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Headlights (high) 9005 60 A D: H11 halogen bulbs
Headlights (low) 9006 51 B E: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
The inside of the lens of exterior lights
F: Double end bulbs
such as headlights may temporarily fog up Front turn signal,
when the lens becomes wet in the rain or parking and front 7443 21/5 C
in a car wash. This is not a problem side marker lights
because the fogging is caused by the
temperature difference between the outside Front fog lights — 55 D
and inside of the lens, just like the Rear turn signal
windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if 7440 21 E
lights
there is a large drop of water on the
Back−up lights 921 16 C
inside of the lens, or if there is water
pooled inside the light, contact your Rear side marker
— 5 C
Toyota dealer. lights
License plate light 168 5 C
Interior light — 8 F
Front personal
— 8 C
lights
Vanity lights — 8 C
Luggage
— 5 E
compartment light
423

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Headlights
High beam (inside)
Low beam
(outside)
1. Open the hood. Turn the bulb base 2. Unplug the connector while depress- 3. Plug in a new bulb into the connec-
counterclockwise to the front of the ing the lock release. tor and install it into the mounting
vehicle as shown. If the connector is tight, wiggle it. hole.
The above illustration shows the left−hand Aiming is not necessary after replacing
headlight. the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
essary, contact your Toyota dealer.
424

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—Front turn signal, parking —Rear turn signal, rear side

and front side marker lights —Front fog lights marker and back−up lights
If either the left or right front fog light
burns out, contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
Do not try to replace the front fog
light bulbs by yourself. You may dam-
age the vehicle.
425

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
—License plate light
a: Rear side marker light Use a flathead screwdriver.

b: Rear turn signal light
c: Back−up light
426

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 8
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
427

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Dimensions and weights

∗1 : 215/70R16 tires
4570 (179.9)∗1 ∗2 : 225/65R17 tires
Overall length mm (in.) 4575 (180.1)∗2 ∗3 : 235/55R18 tires
∗4 :
4580 (180.3)∗3 With spare tire cover
∗5 : With over fender
4600 (181.1)∗4
∗6 : Unladen vehicle
∗7 : With third seat
1815 (71.5)
Overall width mm (in.) ∗8 :
1855 (73.0)∗5 With roof rails
∗9 : 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine
∗10 : 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine
1685 (66.3)
∗11 : Without towing package
Overall height∗6 mm (in.) 1690 (66.5)∗7
∗12 : With towing package
1745 (68.7)∗8
1755 (69.1)∗7, 8
Wheelbase mm (in.) 2660 (104.7)
Front tread mm (in.) 1560 (61.4)
Rear tread mm (in.) 1560 (61.4)
Vehicle capacity weight 375 (825)

(occupants + luggage) kg (lb.) 525 (1155)∗7
680 (1500)∗9
Towing capacity
(trailer weight + cargo weight) kg (lb.) 907 (2000)∗10, 11
1588 (3500)∗10, 12
428

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Engine Fuel Service specifications

Model: Fuel type: ENGINE
2AZ−FE and 2GR−FE Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87 Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):
Type: (Research Octane Number 91) or higher 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine only
2AZ−FE engine Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.): Intake 0.19—0.29 (0.007—0.011)
4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline 60 (15.9, 13.2) Exhaust 0.38—0.48 (0.015—0.019)
2GR−FE engine Spark plug type:
6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke, mm (in.): DENSO SK20R11
2AZ−FE engine NGK IFR6A11
88.5 96.0 (3.48 3.78)
2GR−FE engine 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine
94.0 83.0 (3.70 3.27) DENSO FK20HR11
Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.): Spark plug gap, mm (in.):
2AZ−FE engine 2362 (144.1) 1.1 (0.043)
2GR−FE engine 3456 (210.9)
NOTICE
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine—Use only
above spark plugs. Do not adjust
gaps for engine performance or
smooth driveability.
429

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
ENGINE LUBRICATION Recommended oil viscosity: 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

Oil capacity (drain and refill), 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine SAE 5W−30
L (qt., Imp. qt.): SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20
With filter 4.3 (4.5, 3.8)
Without filter 4.1 (4.3, 3.6)
With filter 6.1 (6.4, 5.4)
Without filter 5.7 (6.0, 5.0)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent Outside temperature
to satisfy the following grade and Outside temperature
viscosity.
Oil grade:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details.
430

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
COOLING SYSTEM BATTERY Notice: Using automatic transmission

Total capacity, L(qt., lmp. qt.): Open voltage∗ at 20_C (68_F): fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF
2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine 12.6—12.8 V Fully charged WS” may cause deterioration in shift
6.8 (7.2, 6.0) 12.2—12.4 V Half charged quality, locking up of your transmission
11.8—12.0 V Discharged accompanied by vibration, and ultimate-
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine ly damage the automatic transmission
Without towing package ∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af- of your vehicle.
8.9 (9.4, 7.8) ter the key is removed with all the lights
With towing package turned off Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
9.3 (9.8, 8.2) ther details.
Charging rates:
Coolant type: 5 A max. TRANSFER
(four−wheel drive models)
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
used in your Toyota vehicle at factory Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., 0.45 (0.48 0.40)
fill. In order to avoid technical problems, Imp. qt.):
only use “Toyota Super Long Life Oil type:
Up to 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)
Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene Hypoid gear oil API GL−5
glycol based non−silicate, non−amine, Fluid type:
Recommended oil viscosity:
non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with Toyota Genuine ATF WS
Above −18_C (0_F)
long−life hybrid organic acid technology. Change automatic transmission fluid only SAE 85W−90
(Coolant with long−life hybrid organic as necessary. Below −18_C (0_F)
acid technology consists of the combina- Generally, it is necessary to change SAE 80W−90
tion of low phosphates and organic automatic transmission fluid only if your
acids.) vehicle is driven under one of the Special
Do not use plain water alone. Operating Conditions listed in your
Please contact your Toyota dealer for “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
further details. “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When
changing the automatic transmission fluid,
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” (ATF
JWS3324 or NWS9638) to aid in assuring
optimum transaxle performance.
431

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
REAR DIFFERENTIAL STEERING

(four−wheel drive models) Wheel free play:
Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.): Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
0.5 (0.5, 0.4)
Oil type:
Hypoid gear oil API GL−5
Recommended oil viscosity:
Above −18_C (0_F)
SAE 90
Below −18_C (0_F)
SAE 80W or 80W−90
BRAKES
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
with a force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)
with the engine running, mm (in.):
Without third seat 95 (3.7)
With third seat 120 (4.7)
3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine 120 (4.7)
Pedal free play, mm (in.):
1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
1.0 (0.04)
Parking brake adjustment when pulled with
the force of 200 N (21 kgf, 45 lbf):
6—8 clicks
Fluid type:
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
432

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Tires
Tire size, cold tire inflation pressure and wheel size:
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire size kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi) Wheel size
Front Rear Spare
215/70R16 99H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 6 1/2J
17 6 1/2J∗1
225/65R17 101H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)
17 7J∗2
235/55R18 99H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 18 7 1/2J
∗1 :
Steel wheels
∗2 :
Aluminum wheels
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
103 (10.5, 76)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-
sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages 408 through 416 in Section 7−2.
433

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Fuses
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (No.1) 13. HEAD RL 10 A: Right−hand headlight
1. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse (low beam)
2. SPARE 20 A: Spare fuse 14. AC INV 15 A: AC inverter
3. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse 15. TOWING 30 A: No circuit
4. ECU−B2 7.5 A: Air conditioning sys- 16. STV HTR 25 A: No circuit

tem, power windows 17. DEICER 20 A: Windshield wiper de−
5. RSE 7.5 A: Rear seat entertainment icer
system 18. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system
6. STR LOCK 20 A: No circuit 19. PTC2 50 A: No circuit
7. RAD NO.1 20 A: Audio system 20. PTC1 50 A: No circuit
8. ECU−B 10 A: Wireless remote control 21. HEAD MAIN 50 A: “HEAD LL”, “HEAD
system, electric power steering system, RL”, “HEAD LH”, “HEAD RH” fuses
main body ECU, power door lock, front 22. RDI 30 A (without towing package)
passenger occupant classification sys- or FAN2 50 A (with towing package):
tem, clock, audio system, meters and Electric cooling fan
gauges
23. CDS 30 A (without towing package)
9. DOME 10 A: Engine switch light, interi- or FAN1 50 A (with towing package):
or light, vanity lights, luggage compart- Electric cooling fan
ment light, front personal lights, foot
lights 24. H−LP CLN 30 A: No circuit
10. HEAD LH 10 A: Left−hand headlight
(high beam)
11. HEAD RH 10 A: Right−hand headlight
(high beam)
12. HEAD LL 10 A: Left−hand headlight
(low beam)
434

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (No.2) 13. ABS2 30 A: Anti−lock brake system,

1. AMP 30 A: Audio system traction control system, enhanced ve-
hicle stability control system, “AUTO
2. AM2 30 A: Starting system LSD” system, downhill assist control
3. IG2 15 A: Starting system, multiport system, hill−start assist control system
fuel injection system/sequential multi- 14. ABS1 50 A: Anti−lock brake system,
port fuel injection system traction control system, enhanced ve-
4. HAZ 10 A: Emergency flashers hicle stability control system, “AUTO
5. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injection LSD” system, downhill assist control
system/sequential multiport fuel injec- system, hill−start assist control system
tion system 15. EMPS 60 A: Electric power steering
6. AM2−2 7.5 A: No circuit system
7. EFI NO.1 10 A: Multiport fuel injection 16. MAIN 80 A: “HEAD MAIN”, “ECU−B2”,
system/sequential multiport fuel injec- “RSE” fuses
tion system 17. ALT 120 A (without towing package)
8. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection or 140 A (with towing package):
system/sequential multiport fuel injec- “ABS 1”, “ABS 2”, “RDI”, “CDS”,
tion system “FAN1”, “FAN2”, “AC INV”, “TOWING”,
“HTR”, “DEICER” fuses
9. EFI MAIN 20 A: Multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel injec-
tion system, “EFI NO.1”, “EFI NO.2”
fuses
10. HORN 10 A: Horn
11. A/F 20 A (3.5 L V6 [2GR−FE] engine
only): A/F sensor
12. P/I 50 A: “EFI MAIN”, “HORN”, “A/F”
fuses
435

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
INSTRUMENT PANEL 8. STOP 10 A: Stop/tail lights, high

1. S−HTR 15 A: Seat heaters mounted stoplight, automatic transmis-
sion shift lock system, multiport fuel
2. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers injection system/sequential multiport
3. RR WIP 15 A: Rear window wiper fuel injection system, anti−lock brake
4. WSH 15 A: Windshield washer, rear system, traction control system, en-
window washer hanced vehicle stability control system,
“AUTO LSD” system, downhill assist
5. ECU−IG1 10 A: Electric cooling fan, control system, hill−start assist control
anti−lock brake system, traction control system
system, enhanced vehicle stability con-
trol system, “AUTO LSD” system, 9. DOOR 25 A: Main body ECU, power
downhill assist control system, hill−start door lock system
assist control system, active torque 10. ACC−B 25 A: “ACC”, “CIG” fuses
control 4WD system, tire pressure 11. 4WD 7.5 A: Active torque control 4WD
monitor system, automatic transmission system
shift lock system, air conditioning sys-
tem, main body ECU, electric moon 12. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights
roof, stop/tail lights, windshield wiper 13. AM1 7.5 A: Starting system
de−icer, electric power steering system, 14. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, parking lights,
clock, AC inverter license plate light, front fog lights, rear
6. ECU−IG2 10 A: Air conditioning sys- side marker lights
tem, rear window defogger 15. PANEL 7.5 A: Clock, instrument panel
7. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys- lights, audio system
tem 16. GAUGE1 10 A: Buck−up lights, charg-
ing system
17. D FR DOOR 20 A: Power window
(front doors)
18. RL DOOR 20 A: Power window (rear
left door)
436

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
19. RR DOOR 20 A: Power window (rear

right door)
20. S/ROOF 25 A: Electric moon roof
21. CIG 15 A: No circuit
22. ACC 7.5 A: Audio system, power out-
lets, power rear view mirror control,
automatic transmission shift lock sys-
tem, main body ECU, clock, rear seat
entertainment system
23. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-
ror heaters
24. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets
25. RR FOG 10 A: No circuit
26. IGN 7.5 A: SRS airbag system, multi-
port fuel injection system/sequential
multiport fuel injection system, front
passenger occupant classification sys-
tem, starting system
27. GAUGE2 7.5 A: Meters and gauges
28. DEF 30 A: Rear window defogger,
“MIR HTR” fuse
29. P/SEAT 30 A: Power seat
30. POWER 30 A: Power windows
437

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
438

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
SECTION 9
FOR OWNERS
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) . . . . . . . . . . 440
439

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Seat belt instructions for

Reporting safety defects for Canadian owners (in
U.S. owners French)—
If you believe that your vehicle To contact NHTSA, you may call The following is a French explanation
has a defect which could cause a the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll−free of seat belt instructions extracted from
the seat belt section in this manual.
crash or could cause injury or at 1−888−327−4236 (TTY:
death, you should immediately in- 1−800−424−9153); go to See the seat belt section for more de-
tailed seat belt instructions in English.
form the National Highway Traffic http://www.safercar.gov; or write
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200
addition to notifying Toyota Motor New Jersey Ave, S.E.,
Sales, U.S.A., Inc. Washington, DC 20590. You can
(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331). also obtain other information about
If NHTSA receives similar com- motor vehicle safety from
plaints, it may open an investiga- http://www.safercar.gov.
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of ve-
hicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
440

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
441

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
442

2008
Quick Reference Guide
2008
RAV4
This Quick Reference Guide is a summary of
basic vehicle operations. It contains brief
descriptions of fundamental operations so you
can locate and use the vehicle’s main
equipment quickly and easily.
The Quick Reference Guide is not intended as

a substitute for the Owner’s Manual located
in the vehicle’s glove box. We strongly
encourage you to review the Owner’s Manual
and supplementary manuals so you will have
a better understanding of the vehicle’s
capabilities and limitations.
Your dealership and the entire staff of Toyota

Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. wish you many years
of satisfied driving in your new RAV4.
! A word about safe vehicle operations

This Quick Reference Guide is not a full
description of RAV4 operations. Every
RAV4 owner should review the Owner’s
Manual that accompanies this vehicle.
Pay special attention to the boxed

“ ” information highlighted
throughout the Owner’s Manual. Each box
contains safe operating instructions to
help you avoid injury or equipment
malfunction.
All information in this Quick Reference

Guide is current at the time of printing.
Toyota reserves the right to make changes
at any time without notice.
INDEX
Item Page no.
OVERVIEW
Engine maintenance 8
Fuel tank door release and cap 6
OVERVIEW
Hood release 7
Indicator symbols 4-5
Instrument cluster 4
Instrument panel 2-3
Keyless entry* 6-7
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Active torque control 4WD 10
Air Conditioning/Heating 16-17
Audio 18-19
Auto LSD (Limited Slip Differential) 21
Automatic Transmission 9
Bottle holders 17
Clock 17
Cruise control 23
Cup holders 23
Door locks 21
Light control-Instrument panel 22
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Lights & turn signals 14

Moonroof 20
Parking brake 15
Power outlets 22
Rear seat entertainment system 20
Seat adjustments-Front 10
Seat adjustments-Second row seats 11
Seat heaters 16
Seats-Head restraints 11
Seats-Folding down second row seats 12
Seats-Stowing third row seats 13
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®) 21
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel 15
Windows 15
Windshield wipers & washers 13
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Doors-Child safety locks 24
Seat belts 24
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor 24

Spare tire & tools 25
Tire Pressure Warning System 24
* Visit your Toyota dealer for information on

customizing this feature.
1
OVERVIEW
Instrument panel
Steering wheel
controls
Steering wheel audio controls

Telephone controls*
Speech command button*
Cruise control
Instrument panel light control
Headlight, turn signal and front fog light* control
Wiper and washer controls
Four-wheel drive lock switch (4WD models) or
“AUTO LSD” switch (2WD models)
Audio system
Emergency flasher switch
Front passenger occupant classification indicator
Air Conditioning controls
Rear window and outside rearview mirror
defogger switch*
2
With automatic Air
Conditioning system
OVERVIEW
With manual Air
Conditioning system
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Clock and Air Conditioning display

12V DC Power outlet
Seat heater switch*
Downhill Assist Control switch
Front passenger seat belt reminder light
Engine immobilizer indicator*
Engine switch
Tilt and telescopic steering release
115V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch*
* If equipped
3
OVERVIEW
Instrument cluster
Tachometer
Service indicator and reminder
Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature
Fuel gauge
Odometer, two trip meters and outside
temperature display
Trip meter reset knob
Indicator symbols
Brake system warning1
Driver/Front passenger seat belt

reminder1 (alarm will sound if speed
is over 12 mph)
Charging system warning1
Low engine oil pressure warning1
Malfunction/Check Engine indicator1
Low fuel level warning1
Engine oil replacement reminder1

•Vehicle Stability Control warning1
•“AUTO LSD” warning1
•Traction Control warning1
•Downhill Assist Control warning1
•Hill-start Assist Control warning1
Open door warning1
1 For details, refer to “Service reminder indicators and warning
buzzers,” Section 1-6, 2008 Owner’s Manual.
2 For details, refer to “Active torque control 4WD system,”
Section 1-7, 2008 Owner’s Manual.

4
Airbag SRS warning1
Automatic Transmission fluid temperature
warning1
OVERVIEW
Low Tire Pressure Warning1
“4WD” warning2
Electric power steering system warning1
Low windshield washer fluid level warning1
Front passenger occupant classification indicator
Headlight high beam indicator
Turn signal indicator
Front fog light indicator

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Automatic Transmission indicator (4-speed)1
Automatic Transmission indicator (5-speed)1
Four-wheel drive lock indicator2
Slip indicator
“AUTO LSD” indicator
Downhill Assist Control indicator
Cruise control indicator3
Anti-lock Brake System warning1

3 If this light flashes, refer to “Cruise control,” Section 1-7, 2008

Owner’s Manual.
5
OVERVIEW
Fuel tank door release and cap

Driver seat
Pull up
Turn
Store
NOTE: Tighten until one click is heard. If the cap is

not tightened enough, Check Engine “ ” indicator
may illuminate.
Keyless entry
Beep sound can be switched “ON” or “OFF.” Refer to
the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Locking operation Unlocking operation
Push ONCE: Driver door

Push TWICE: All doors
NOTE: After unlocking, if a door is not opened within
30 seconds, all doors will relock for safety.
6
Panic button
OVERVIEW
Push and hold
Hood release
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Pull
Pull up latch
and raise hood
7
OVERVIEW
Engine maintenance
4 cylinder (2AZ-FE) engine
6 cylinder (2GR-FE) engine
Engine coolant reservoir

Engine oil filler cap
Engine oil level dipstick
Windshield and back window washer fluid tank
Note: Regularly scheduled maintenance, including
oil changes, will help extend the life of
your vehicle and maintain performance.
Please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet,” “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement.”
8
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Automatic Transmission
4-speed models
OVERVIEW
Park*
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Third gear
Second gear
First gear
5-speed models
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Park*
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Fourth gear
Third gear
Second gear
First gear
* The engine switch must be ON, and the brake

pedal depressed to shift from “Park.”
Downshifting increases power going uphill, or

provides engine braking downhill. For best fuel
economy during normal driving conditions, always
drive with the shift lever in the “D” position.
9
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Auto lock
Active torque
functions
control 4WD (4WD models)
Four-wheel drive lock switch
Push the switch to ensure that the engine torque is

applied to the four wheels.
NOTE: Should ONLY be used when wheel spinning
occurs on loose or unpaved surfaces.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Seat adjustments-Front
Manual seat Power seat
Position
Height crank (driver side only)
Seatback angle
Driver seat: position, cushion angle and height
Passenger seat: position only
Seatback angle
Lumbar support
10
Seats-Head restraints
Front seats Second row seats
OVERVIEW
Lock release button
Third row seats
Lock release button

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Seat adjustments-Second row seats

Vehicles with
third row seats
Position
Seatback angle
Seatback lock release
11
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Seats-Folding down second row seats

Vehicles without third row seats
Left side
remote seat release
Right side
remote seat release
Vehicles with third row seats
(2) Lower
(1) Push
(3) Pull down
12
Seats-Stowing third row seats (if equipped)
(4) Fold down
OVERVIEW
(2) Lower
(3) Pull
(1) Push
(8) Push to lock in

(6) Lift up (5) Pull up
(9) Push to lock in

FEATURES/OPERATIONS
(7) Push
down
Windshield wipers & washers

Front
Single wipe
Adjust interval
Interval wipe
Pull to wash and wipe
Slow
Fast
Rear
Wash and wipe
Wipe
Interval wipe
Wash and wipe
13
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Lights & turn signals

Headlights
Headlights
Parking lights
High beam
Low beam
High beam flasher
-Daytime Running Light system (if equipped)

Automatically turns on the headlights at a reduced
intensity.
-Automatic light cut off system Will automatically
turn lights off after a delay of 30 seconds, or the
lock switch on remote may be pushed.
Turn signals
Right turn
Lane change
Lane change
Left turn
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Turn
Front fog lights come on only when the headlights

are on low beam.
14
Parking brake
Set Release
Pull
OVERVIEW
(1) Pull slightly
(2) Push
(3) Lower
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
Length
Angle
Lock
release
lever FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Hold wheel, push lever down, set angle and length,

and return lever.
NOTE: Do not attempt to adjust while the vehicle
is in motion.
Windows
Driver side
Windows
Up lock
button
Up
Down Down
Automatic operation (driver side only) Push the

switch completely down or pull it completely up and
release to fully open or close. To stop window
midway, lightly push the switch in the opposite
direction.
Window lock switch Deactivates all passenger
windows. Driver’s window remains operable.
NOTE: If the battery is disconnected, the window
needs to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s
Manual for more details.
15
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Seat heaters (if equipped)

Left front seat
Right front seat
Air Conditioning/Heating
Automatic Air Conditioning
Temperature (driver side)

Fresh or recirculated cabin air
Airflow vent
In “ ” or “ ” mode, use fresh air (“ ”
indicator “OFF”) to reduce window fogging.
Air Conditioning ON/OFF
“DUAL” button
Indicator ON: Separate temperature settings
for driver and passenger.
Indicator OFF: Synchronize temperature
settings for driver and passenger.
Temperature (front passenger side)
Micro dust and pollen filter ON/OFF
Rear defogger
Fan speed
Climate control OFF
Automatic climate control ON
Adjust the temperature setting, and airflow
vents and fan will adjust automatically.
16
Manual Air Conditioning
OVERVIEW
Airflow vent selector
In “ ” or “ ” mode, use fresh air (“ ”
indicator “OFF”) to reduce window fogging.
Fan speed
Temperature
Air Conditioning ON/OFF
Use for quick cooling. MAX A/C changes air
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
intake to recirculate. It is not possible to

change intake to fresh, or to turn A/C OFF in
this mode.
Rear defogger
Fresh or recirculated cabin air
Clock
Manual Automatic
Air Conditioning system Air Conditioning system
H- Hour set
M- Minute set
:00- Round off minutes
Bottle holders
Front doors Rear doors
17
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Audio
Type 1
Push to turn Preset buttons - functions in other

ON/OFF modes indicated above number.
Push to
adjust
Eject CD tone &
Seek balance
station/ Push to
CD track skip
select up/down
Station/CD Mode View CD text folder
track scan
Type 2 additional functions
Load CD(s)
AM/Satellite
radio
View genre/Push to
skip up/down folder
Type 2 (with JBL speakers)
CD PLAYER
To scan tracks on a disc Push “SCAN.” Push again to
hold selection.
CD Changer (Type 2)
-To load one disc Push “LOAD” and insert one disc.
-To load multiple discs Push and hold “LOAD” until
you hear a beep. Insert one disc. Wait until the
green indicator illuminates and shutter opens to
insert next disc.
To select a file (MP3/WMA only) Turn “TUNE.FILE.”
To select a folder (MP3/WMA only) Push either side
of “FOLDER” or “TYPE/FOLDER.”
18
RADIO
To preset stations Tune in the desired station and
hold down a preset button (1-6) until you hear a
OVERVIEW
beep. Push desired preset button (1-6) to select.
To scan stations Push “SCAN.” Push and hold to scan
preset stations. Push again to hold selection.
Steering wheel controls (if equipped)
-
“ +”
Volume control
“MODE”
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Push to turn audio ON and select an audio mode.

Push and hold to turn the audio OFF.
>
“ ”
>
-In radio mode Push to select a preset station;

push and hold to seek the next strong station.
-In CD mode Push to skip up or down to next/
previous track.
AUX audio jack
By inserting a mini plug into the AUX audio jack, you

can listen to music from a portable audio device
through the vehicle’s speaker system.
19
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Rear seat entertainment system

(if equipped)
Front audio system

DVD player
DVD screen
Remote control
A/V input adapter
115V AC Power outlet
115V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch
Moonroof (if equipped)

Sliding operation
Close Open
Recommended
driving position
to minimize
wind noise
Tilting operation
Tilt Close
NOTE: If battery is disconnected, the moonroof

needs to be reinitialized. Refer to the Owner’s
Manual for more details.
20
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®)*
(if equipped)
OVERVIEW
Bluetooth® technology allows dialing or receipt of
calls without taking hands from the steering wheel
or using a cable to connect the telephone and the
system.
Door locks FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Unlock
Lock
Auto LSD (Limited Slip Differential)

(2WD models)
Push the “AUTO LSD” switch when the vehicle is

stopped. To deactivate, push the switch again.
NOTE: Will ONLY work for 2-wheel drive models.
Should ONLY be used when wheel spinning
occurs on slippery or unpaved surfaces.
Refer to the Owner‘s Manual for more details on
this system before attempting to use it.
21
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Power outlets
12V DC
Instrument panel Inside center console
Luggage Compartment
NOTE: Designed for car accessories. Engine switch

must be in the “ACC” or “ON” position to be used.
115V AC (if equipped)
ON/OFF switch
Push
Rear console
NOTE: Engine switch must be in the “ON” position

to be used.
Light control-Instrument panel
+
Brightness
control
-
With the dial turned fully up, instrument panel lights
will not dim when the headlights are turned ON.
22
Cruise control
Turning system ON/OFF
OVERVIEW
System ON/OFF
Functions
Resume2/Increase speed
Cancel1
Set/Decrease speed
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
1 The set speed may also be cancelled by depressing

the brake pedal.
2 The set speed may be resumed once vehicle speed
exceeds 25 mph.
Cup holders
Front Rear
Second row
Third row side trim

(if equipped)
23
SAFETY AND
EMERGENCY FEATURES
Doors-Child safety locks
Rear door
Moving the lever to “LOCK” will allow the door to

be opened only from the outside.
Seat belts
Take up
slack
Too high
Keep as low on
hips as possible
If belt is fully extended, then retracted even

slightly, it cannot be re-extended beyond that point,
unless fully retracted again. This feature is used to
help hold child restraint systems securely.
To find more information about seat belts, and how

to install a child restraint system, refer to the
Owner’s Manual.
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor

Push up or
squeeze lock
release to lower
Tire Pressure Warning System

The system is designed to provide a warning when
tire pressure of any one of the tires (including the
spare) is critically low.
24
Spare tire & tools
Tool location
OVERVIEW
Luggage compartment Luggage compartment
Inside left side box Inside right side box
Tool bag Jack
Removing the spare tire

(1)
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
(2)
(1) To remove the spare tire cover,* open the back

door. Unhook the latch on the bottom of the
cover. After closing the back door, remove the
cover.
(2) To remove the spare tire, turn the wheel nuts
counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench
and remove.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and
jack positioning procedures.
* If equipped
25
Customer Experience Center
1-800-331-4331
MN 00505-QRG08-RAV4
Printed in the USA 8/07
’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:
U.S. OWNERS: D When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:
Toyota Customer Experience Center Toll−free:1−800−331−4331
D Hawaii:
Servco Automotive Customer Services Toll−free:1−888−272−5515
CANADIAN OWNERS: D When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:
Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 or 1−888−869−6828
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
Please access our websites for further information.
D The U.S. mainland www.toyota.com
D Hawaii www.toyotahawaii.com
D Canada www.toyota.ca
© 2008 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
U −1
Quick index
D If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 129
D If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
D If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
D If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
D If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
D If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
D Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
D How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
D General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
D Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO TAG
Gas station information
Fuel type:
UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher
See page 309 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
60 L (15.9 gal., 13.2 Imp. gal.)
Engine oil:
ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.
See page 405 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 408 through 416.
Tire inflation pressure: See page 433.
Publication No. OM42726U

Part No. 01999-42726
Printed in Japan 01−0802−00 I
( U)

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Important information about this manual
Safety and vehicle damage warnings Safety symbol

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-
age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause

injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are
informed about what you must or must not do in
order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
others.
When you see the safety symbol
shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
NOTICE “Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
happen”.
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.
ii

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Important information about your Toyota
Occupant restraint systems The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to event of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-
read Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the event of collision. However, the more you know about
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
vehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual is your chances become of surviving an accident without
the most important Section for you and your family to death or serious injury.
read. Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern- the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys- seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
should be aware of. These systems work together along their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.
iii

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with Event data recorder
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-
bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control cer-
of death or serious injury if an occupant is too close to an tain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist in
airbag, or if an object or some part of his or her body has driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Be-
been placed between the occupant and the airbag at the sides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is a
time of deployment. This is just one example of how the system to record data in a crash or a near car crash
instructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help event. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).
ensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and
The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a
increase the safety they can provide to you and your fami-
crash or a near car crash event, this device may record
ly in the event of an accident.
some or all of the following information:
Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
D Engine speed
1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time
D Whether the brake pedal was applied or not
of ownership of this vehicle.
D Vehicle speed
D To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
D Position of the transmission selector lever
iv

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
D Whether the driver and front passenger wore the seat The information above is intended to be used for the
belts or not purpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike
D Driver’s seat position general data recorders, the EDR does not record sound
D Front passenger’s occupant classification data such as conversation between passengers.
D SRS airbag deployment data Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a
D SRS airbag system diagnostic data third party except when:
D An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-
ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained
D Officially requested by the police or other authorities
D Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit
D Ordered by the court
However, if necessary Toyota will:
D Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety
performance
D Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-
poses without disclosing details of the vehicle owner,
and only when it is deemed necessary
D Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-
cation information to a non−Toyota organization for
research purposes

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
New vehicle warranty Important health and safety

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
information about your Toyota
warranties:
D New vehicle warranty CAUTION
D Emission control systems warranty
D WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-
D Others ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s nents contain or emit chemicals known to the
Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual State of California to cause cancer and birth de-
fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
Supplement”.
oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
well as waste produced by component wear con-
tain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
Your responsibility for other reproductive harm.
maintenance D Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci- hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section animals. Always protect your skin by washing
thoroughly with soap and water.
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-
formation, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
vi

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Accessories, spare parts and Spark ignition system of your

modification of your Toyota Toyota
A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod- Standard.
ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine
Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-
tion, damage or performance problems resulting from the
modification may not be covered under warranty.
vii

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Installation of a mobile D Tire pressure warning system

D Cruise control system
two−way radio system
D Anti−lock brake system
As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in D Electronic throttle control system
your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as fol-
lows, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precau-
tionary measures or special instructions regarding installa-
tion. Tires and loading on your
D Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel Toyota
injection system
D SRS airbag system Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the
excess load may result in the deterioration of
D Seat belt pretensioner system
steering ability and braking ability, leading to an
D Active torque control 4WD system accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-
D Traction control system cally and be sure to keep the load limits given in
D “AUTO LSD” system this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation
D Enhanced vehicle stability control system pressure and load limits, see pages 335 and 408.
viii

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Scrapping of your Toyota On−pavement and off−road

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
driving tips
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class. Utility
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
types of vehicles. This vehicle will handle and maneuver
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-
differently from an ordinary passenger car because it is
sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service
designed for off−road use also. In addition, this vehicle
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
has a higher ground clearance and center of gravity than
vehicle.
that of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design
feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to
rollover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result
in loss of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing
Leak detection pump death or serious injury. Be sure to read “Utility vehicle
This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. This precautions” on page 308 in Section 2 and “Off−road
check is done approximately five hours after the engine is driving precautions” on page 345 in Section 3.
turned off. So you may hear sound coming from under the
floor around the driver’s seat for several minutes. It does
not indicate a malfunction.
ix

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate.
These components may include airbag, seat belt preten-
sioners, and wireless remote control batteries.

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
running order is to maintain it properly from
the moment you drive it off the showroom
floor.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
packed with literally everything you need to
know to perform your own maintenance in
virtually every area of your new vehicle.

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.
Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Where to obtain the
Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to prevent
small problems from growing into larger ones later on.
Repair Manual
The repair manual outlines exactly what maintenance
is required and clearly explains how to do the work The repair manual for RAV4 may be purchased
yourself step−by−step. from any Toyota dealer or the Material Distribu-
Areas covered include such things as spark plug re- tion Center. To purchase the repair manual, please
placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil contact your Toyota dealer or call the Material
and filter replacement. Distribution Center toll−free at 1−800−622−2033.

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)
WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP
Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.
Toyota belts are:
D Comfortable
D Easy to use
D Convenient
We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.
U 2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

2008 Toyota Rav4 Owners Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Toyota Rav4 Owners Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Toyota Rav4 Owners Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

’08 Rav4_U (L/O 0802)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Instrument panel overview

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

"View B (with manual air conditioning system)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

17. Engine switch

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

"View B (with automatic air conditioning system)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

17. Engine switch

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Steering switches overview Overhead console overview

Without electric moon roof

With electric moon roof

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Instrument cluster overview

1. Tachometer 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 7. Trip meter reset knob

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

Low fuel level warning light∗1

or Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Automatic transmission fluid temperature

Enhanced vehicle stability control

Tire pressure warning light∗1

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator

Headlight indicator light “AUTO LSD” indicator light

Headlight high beam indicator light Cruise control indicator light∗2

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Keys (without engine Keys (with engine immobilizer

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

To protect items locked in the glove box

NOTICE z When starting the engine, do not

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

z Do not cover the key grip with any

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Engine immobilizer system

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Wireless remote control—

FCC ID: MOZRI−20BTY This device complies with RSS−210 of

CAUTION 1. Indicator light

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

—Locking and unlocking

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Special care should be taken to pre-

Replace the battery by following these

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

Do not pull the inside handle of the

Closing the door with the lock knob in the

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

2008 RAV4 from Feb. ’08 Prod. (OM42726U)